Instrumentation for Fluid-Particle Flow - PDF Free Download (2024)

3.4.5 Particle Velocity Probes (anemometers) and sensors Particle velocity measurement in multiphase systems can be approximately categorized as invasive (probes, impaction devices) and noninvasive (rings, coils, optical beams). Yan (1996) has further detailed particle velocity measurement according to: (1) Doppler methods: laser and microwave; (2) Cross-correlations methods: capacitance, electrodynamic, acoustic or

92

Instrumentation for Ftuid-Particle Flow

radiometric sensors; and (3) Spatial filtering: optical, microwave, capacitance or namic sensors. In multiphase flows, charge induction from either linear motion or fluctuations of charged flowing particles can be used to detect particle motion using electromagnetic radiation and the fundamental laws of Ampere and Faraday. Velocity is subsequently determined directly by time of flight measurement or indirectly by field intensity measurement. Naturally occurring charge of 10 -13 C on particles is usually sufficient for detection (Nieh et. al. 1986). A time of flight experiment was devised by So0 et. al. (1989) utilizing a sudden release of ions emitted from a negative corona discharge as a tracer to detect both solids and gas phase velocities. The method is similar to an ion flow anemometer utilizing released ion pulses to measure wind velocity (Asano, 1995). Yet another method involves deflection of ions across a duct (Castle and Sewell, 1975). So0 et. al. used 210-230 p glass spheres in a dense-gas-solid suspension in air have solids loading 6 kg/kg of air and pipe Reynolds number 34,000. Tests were run with and without particles. The ion pulse was generated in the phases by a negative corona discharge during initial breakdown. Time of flight times were of the order 300 ms giving velocities of 7- 15 m/s for their system. Figure 3-20 shows the time of flight probe of Nieh, et. al. (1986) for which the particle velocity in a dilute pipe flow is measured. The probe concept is similar to that used by Yamamoto and Scarlett (1986) who measured single particle velocity. Axial phase velocities were evaluated in the radial direction of a pipe. The probe and the associated electronics convert an induced charge on the inner brass tube to a square pulse when a single charged particle enters and leaves the probe. The time of flight of the particle is then determined from the pulse time and knowledge of the length of the inner probe of 5d (d = inner probe diameter, 2.5 mm).

FIGURE

3-20 Electrostatic induction probe (Nieh, et. al., 1986).

>

The electronics utilized a charge sensing op-amp (operational amplifier) with rapid signal decay (circuit RC = 0.1 1 or 0.64 ms) that converted the charge disturbances at either end of the probe end into separate voltage

Electrostatic Measurements

93

spikes. The two spikes were inverted as positive signals and shaped into a square pulse using a pair of Schmitt triggers placed in parallel with two stardstop flip-flop circuits. The time of the square pulse representing the time of flight over distance 5 d was chopped by a 10 MHz oscillator. This gave a high resolution over a typical ms time of flight through the probe. An example particle time of flight time was 1.2805 ms. An alternative and indirect approach to measuring particle velocity ud using particle charge is to measure the mass flux and the effective density of the dispersed phase (particles) and apply the relationship m d

= P d ad

( 3.38 )

d '

The effective density P d ad of the dispersed phase is determined by a capacitance measurement of the solids voidage a d (with P d known). Electrometers

I""""'' "

Time

FIGURE 3-21 Computer output signals (right) from two pairs of coilsfleft) showing a correlation of signals for 450 pm glass particles in PVC pipe at upstream and downstream locations (Klinzing et. al. 1987). Klinzing et. al. (1987) describe two systems in which the detectors are either two separate coils placed perpendicular to the flow (external to the pipe, Figure 3-21) at known separation distance or, alternatively, a single coil of wire wrapped around 0.0254 and 0.0508 m insulating PVC pipe (not shown). The first method gives a direct particle velocity without a calibration curve. In this setup two coils (one terminal of each grounded) were spaced at 0.34 m along the pipe and cross-correlation of signals was applied at the two locations. Similar signal patterns from fluctuations in the particles flow are assumed to persist along the pipe for some distance, Figure 3-21 (right). The time of flight of particles is measured from the known separation distance of the coils and the time measured between like signals (upper or lower pairs). Electrometers were used to amplify the signals. Approximate particle velocities of 5 - 18 m/s

94

Instrumentation for Fluid-Particle Flow

corresponded to gas velocities of about 5 - 22 m/s for 270 pm methyl methacrylate particles in a 0.0254 m horizontal pipe (the particle velocity lagging the gas velocity). They found that the particle charge increased pressure drop in vertical pipe flow for a solids loading of 100 kg soliddkg air (Ally and Klinzing, 1985, Zaltash et. al. 1988). In a second system, Klinzing et. al. utilized a single coil to detect the wave action associated with accelerating /decelerating particles undergoing collisions with the walls and with themselves. The particles were 450 pm and 270 pm crushed glass beads and 270 pm methyl methacrylate particles. Coil currents (one end grounded) of 0.5 to 1.5 pA were detected with an electrometer corresponding to gas velocities of 7 to 10 m/s for constant solids flow rates of 0.020 and 0.029 kg/s. This system was found to be limited in usefulness since the particle velocity was not identified and calibration curves were be required for different flow configurations. Zaltash et. al. 1988 describe a method for measuring vertical flow particle velocity in a pipe (Plexiglas and copper) utilizing two aluminum cylinders 0.0508 m in length with an internal diameter of 0.0254 m (1 in) spaced at 0.610 m (2 ft). The two small sections of cylinder constituted part of the pipe wall of 0.0254 m (1 in). Cross-correlation was used to interpret particle bombardment and charge transfer to the probes using an electrometer to detect the signals. A pair of optical probes was used to compare the flow rates, again using cross-correlation. Solid flow rates were 0.01 1-0.025 kg/s, gas velocities were 3.5-15.5 m/s, particle sizes were 18.8-446.3 pm (Plexiglas and copper), and the relative humidity was varied from 19.5 % to 61.6 %. Good agreement was reported for the two types of probes (electrostatic and optical).

A single ring-type capacitance sensor was used by Yan (1996) to measure particle velocity in a metal pneumatic pipeline. The grounded pipe constituted the second electrode of the capacitor (the ring being insulated from the pipe). This setup was more sensitive to particles located near the wall than located at the centerline. The method utilizes spatial filtering of the noise produced by the bulk flow of particles moving inside the ring. The ring measured 53 mm in diameter and 2 mm in axial length and was flush with the inner diameter of the pipe. Yan found that the bandwidth of the frequency response of the fast Fourier transform (FFT) produced by the flow was related to the dimensions of the ring in the axial direction and the mean particle velocity. A linear relationship is given between the measured bandwidth from 0 to 5.0 kHz and the mean particle velocity from 0 to 45 d s . The method is sensitive to particle size but not the material. He gives data for cement and two grades of coal.

Electrostatic Measurements

95

3.5 INSTRUMENTATION 3.5.1 Electrostatic Voltmeters, Fieldmeters, and Electrometers Electrostatic fieldmeters, voltmeters, and electrometers have been discussed by Cross (1987), Glor (1988), Horenstein (1995), Pratt (1997), and Northrop (1997). c*ntactingelectrometers by definition are electrostatic devices with a high input resistance and come in two basic designs, high voltage capacitance based input and low voltage low current solid state input. In the conventional capacitance based electrometer movement, a potential differences from 100 V to 100 kV, corresponding to charge loadings of 0.01pC to 1 pC or capacitance change of 100 fF to 10 fF (f is measured by a mechanical force utilizing a capacitance-spring arrangement. By comparison, a modern low current solid state electrometer has typical input ranges as follows: potential difference of 10 pV to 100 V, current of 1 fA to 300 mA, charge of 1 fC to 10 pC,and resistance of 1 to 100 TQ (T=10l2).

a)

3.5.1.1 Contacting electrometer

A simple contacting high voltage electrometer is based on charge induced electrostatic torque of a variable capacitor. The high voltage source to be measured is placed in electrical contact with the rotating plate of the capacitor with the remaining plate held at ground potential. The torque on the capacitor varies as the square of the applied voltage while the restraining torsion spring is linear so that a calibration of the device results in a non-linear scale having reduced resolution at low voltages. This meter responds to both ac or dc voltage and has a true rms output (i.e., gives correct RMS for any wave shape). At radio frequencies, the reactance of the instrument must be considered. As noted previously, potentials from a few hundred volts to 100 kV or more can be measured with a typical input capacitance of 10 to 225 pF. 3.5.1.2 Nuncontactingfieldmeter and voltmeter Electrostatic fieldmeters and voltmeters are nonc*ntacting devices used to measure high voltages to 100 kV or more of charged surfaces. Alternatively, the electric field strength from a charged suspension or a packed bed of powder can be measured directly if the instrument is properly employed. Low voltage electrostatic millivoltmeters in the range f 0.010 to f 10 V are designed to measure contact potentials of materials (see section on contact potential). Surface resolutions down to a few mm can be achieved with suitable probes.

96

Instrumentation for Fluid-Particle Flow

Ideal meters have a high input impedance and low capacitance to avoid draining the source charge. In a typical commercial noncontactingelectrostatic voltmeter, the housing on the sensing probe is driven to the potential of the source so that the intervening electric field is nulled. The readout is given in volts at a specified distance. A nulled voltmeter cannot detect the intervening electric field strength between the test surface and the meter since only potential is indicated. Surface potentials from 0.01 to 200 kV can be measured by design of such instruments. Zacher and Williams (1995) discuss an ac feedback electrostatic voltmeter utilizing low voltage nulling and claim high accuracy and low cost. Electrostatic fieldmeters detect the electric field strength at the sensing electrode and are calibrated to give the voltage of a charged surface at a known separation distance of the sensing electrode (usually limited to a few cm) or else to indicate electric field strength directly (if used properly). The surface voltage readout is voltdm (reading) multiplied by the gap distance (measured) when used within the specified calibration distance of the instrument. If the insertion of the grounded fieldmeter meter itself disturbs the electric field strength to be measured (by bringing ground potential close to the surface) then a theoretical correction to the measured electric field strength is required.

A hand-held electrostatic fieldmeter (assumed to be grounded) indicating the field lines with and without a grounded parallel plate is shown in Figure 3-22 (left). Field uniformity is improved near the test region by the addition of the ground plate that serves to null the electric field (E=O, from induced charged on plate) in the region behind the test surface for the case of either a charged insulator or conductor. This aids in the interpretation of the reading and extends the calibration distance of the instrument. A small opening for the electrode is provided to sense the field. To stabilize the instrument, the sensing electrode can be vibrated to produce an ac signal (typical of commercial fieldmeters). Phase detection provides for the determination of positive or negative polarity of the measured field. In a dusty or corrosive environment, gas purging may be incorporated to protect the meter. In the electrostatic field mill design, either a rotating or tuning-fork shutter is used to produce an ac electric field at the sensing electrode. which is proportional to the electric field (Horenstein, 1995). Castle et. al. 1988 designed a self-purging electrostatic field millfor measuring the field strength of fly ash in an industrial electrostatic precipitator.

In practice, the sensing electrode is placed behind a small hole of about 1 mm diameter.

Electrostatic Measurements E

-

97

0 (conductor or insulator with gound plate)

/

......... ........ ..

:z

Fieldmeter

+ + +

+ E

+ +

g 4 e s t Surface (conductor or insulator)

FIGURE 3-22 Left: Non-contacting electrostatic fieldmeter,reads surface potential wittdwithout ground plate; electric field behind charged test surface is zero when ground plate is added; Right, fieldmeter correctly mounted to read a uniform electric field strength E from charged suspension inside the grounded tube. Figure 3-22 (right) shows the correct placement of the electrostatic fieldmeter so that the electric field strength E can be read directly from the meter. In this application, the surface potential is not meaningful. Two limiting electrostatic conditions of interest in potential measurement are constant voltage and constant charge flat surfaces. In both cases a uniform electric field is desired between the source and the sensing electrode so that the calibration of the instrument is retained over a wider range of separation distances (Blitshteyn, 1984). Firstly, for a flat test object that is electrically isolated (charged dielectric in Figure 3-22, left ) the charge remains constant while the surface voltage is altered by the presence of the meter due to the capacitance change as seen by the test object. The charge on the test surface remains constant. The unknown surface charge density q, can be calculated using Gauss’s law for E=O behind the surface. The grounded metal plate on the meter situated at a distance L from the surface serves to exactly balance the charge on the test surface, so that

qs=

VmEo L

9

v,,

=JC C

SO

v,

SJ c

so

+c

cso

m

V , constant charge

( 3.39 )

This equation should not be used for a constant voltage source measurement since in this case the charge on the surface will vary when the meter (and its ground plate) are inserted.

98

Instrumentation for Fluid-Particle Flow

where the meter reading is Vm,The desired voltage-to-ground of the test surface V,, (without the meter) is then calculated from 9,. Its deviation from V,,, depends on the ratio of capacitance-to-ground of the object before C,, and after C, the introduction of the fieldmeter (C, is the capacitance between the object and the grounded fieldmeter). Equations 3.39 are approximate, but demonstrate that the original voltage is greater than that indicated by the fieldmeter reading.

For a constant voltage source, the charge on the test surface will be altered by the capacitance of the meter; however, the voltage of the test surface can be correctly read from the meter (reading in V/m multiplied by the separation distance in m). For closely spaced parallel plates, the original charge density on the test surface is calculated by the relation

q,=---=‘mE0 L

c,

“0

vmEo(

L

c,+c, “0

)

constant voltage

( 3.40 )

Equation 3.40 shows that the charge density on the test surface is increased by the presence of the meter (and ground plate) and must be reduced by the ratio of capacitance before and after introduction of the fieldmeter. The insertion of a grounded (or ungrounded) instrument near the charged surface to be measured alters the surface potential for an electrically insulated surface or else alters the charge for a surface held at constant voltage. It should be noted that the meter reading (V/m) multiplied by the separation distance (m) gives the correct surface potential with the meter inserted since by its calibration.

3.5.1.3 Contacting voltmeters

FIGURE

3-23 Voltage divider circuit in high voltage probe connected to voltmeter.

Probe

H Volts

iigh Joltage ....

...............

-

A contacting high voltage probe connected to a multimeter or similar laboratory instrument is fundamentally different from that of a an electrostatic

Electrostatic Measurements

99

noncontactingvoltmeter described above since a sustainable current source is required at the measured potential. The probe voltage reading will be correct providing that the current drawn is not excessive in loading the test circuit. Laboratory voltmeters (or multimeters) typically have an input impedance of 10 MQ and are designed to measure circuits but are not suitable for the measurement of spatial potential within an air gap. When such a voltmeter is connected to a contacting 40 kV high voltage probe (a dividing circuit is built in the probe, Figure 3-23), the input impedance is increased to about 109Q as seen at the probe tip. This impedance will be much less than that of the air gap (infinity). The solution is a high impedance instrument such as the electrostatic fieldmeter or voltmeter described previously.

3.6 OTHER MEASUREMENTS 3.6.1 Tomography An established method in tomography is that of Magnetic Resonance Imaging (MRI) in which a magnetic field is used to detect and visualize a multiphase system (Hill and Kakalios, 1996). A recent development is electrical tomography utilizing capacitance, resistance, inductance or triboelectric sensing (Williams and Beck, 1995; Plaskowski et. al., 1995; Beck and Williams, 1996). Non-electrical tomography includes ultrasonic, optical and emission. These non-intrusive techniques give both temporal (real time) and spatial variations of bed voidage and bubble activity in fluidized beds. The Electrical Capacitance Tomography (ETC) system consists of the sensing electrodes, sensor electronics, transputer network, host pc, and display (Kuhn, et. al., 1994). Visualization in two and three-dimensional give information on bubble shape, size, and coalescence and bubble rise velocity (Wang. et. al., 1996). The dynamic behavior of a fluidized bed is considered from cross-correlation in either space or time. ECT is also being applied in chaos analysis to consider scaleup of fluidized beds. The volume being surveyed is limited to areas of the bed covered by the electrodes. A temporal resolution of less than 0.015 s is possible. At the present time, bed diameters of a few centimeters (10-28 cm) are utilizable by ECT with diameters that may reach the meter range (Kuhn, et. al., 1994).

100 Instrumentation for Fluid-Particle Flow

E

51 r

t =O

ms

t 4 . 7 6 ms

E N u)

t 4.52

/

ms

t =14.28 ms

Air Flow

FIGURE 3-24 Left: Four plane capacitance sensor with driven guard electrodes located near the distributor in fluidized bed (distances in mm); Adapted from Beck et. al. (1995); Right: Bubbles (dark) attached to a wall of bed in time sequence (seealso Wang et. al. 1996) With ETC, capacitance measurements are made in the horizontal plane by 8 to 12 electrodes placed circumferentially around the bed with an outer shield kept at zero-potential to shield the sensing electrodes, Figures 3-24. Phase velocity can be detected by analyzing the time lag of a disturbances such as the tip of a rising bubble at different planes (4 planes are shown). A single plane gives a two-dimensional image of the voidage across a slice of the bed evaluated in real time as shown in Figure 3-24 (right) for a 15 cm bed. A threedimensional construction of the bed is made possible using multiple layers of electrodes (Wang. et. al., 1996). Guard electrodes above and below the electrodes are used to overcome fringing of the field. The time between images is 4.76 ms with frame rates of 100 (two plane) to 200 per second (single plane). The spatial resolution of ECT is smallest near the center of the bed so that small bubbles may go undetected in this region. The capacitance tomography scheme consists of sampling at low voltages

(15 V) and high frequencies (1.25 MHz) all combinations of successive pairs of electrodes around the bed (Figure 3-46, lefl). The displacement current is sensed for each electrode pair, which is assumed proportional to the permittivity of the material between the electrodes. The wave length of the electric field is much greater than the diameter of the bed so that any queried

Electrostatic Measurements

101

process of fluidization is a solution to the average electrostatic field equations. The system is calibrated for both an empty bed and an all-solids compacted bed to establish the extremes, with the void fraction being characterized as intermediate grey levels as individual pixels on a monitor. An image is reconstructed using back projections to calculate the spatial permittivity (Plaskowski et. al., 1995). This procedure is successful if the relative permittivity of the solid is somewhat larger than that of the air (ratio: 3-6). To improve the resolution of an 8 electrode system (-0.3 fF),a 12 or 16 electrode can be employed. Other considerations include the center-bed resolution problem, soft-field error during image reconstruction, and field fringe error.

3.6.2 Electrostatic Discharge The presence of particulate matter can have a profound effect on electrostatic discharge especially were matters of safety and explosion hazard are concerned. The measurement of electrostatic discharges will not be covered here but can be found in the literature under the following categories (Glor, 1988; Jones and King, 1991): sparknightning discharge, corona discharge, capacitance discharge, brush discharge (two surfaces), propagating brush discharge (three surfaces) - Lichtenberg, Maurer discharge (type of brush discharge).

3.6.3 Ignition and spark breakdown testing of powders

. . : : Needle Electrode Motion

I

.

a

.

3-25 EPS method used by Yu and Colver (1987, 1998) to suspend and measure sparking characteristics of copper suspensions.

FIGURE

The electrostatic particulate method (EPS) of Fig. 3-25 has been used to measure various sparking and combustion characteristics of select powders (Colver et. al., 1996; Yu and Colver, 1987, 1998). Colver (1976) evaluated the breakdown distance for microdischarge in an electric field between inductively charged small copper spheres and a conducting surface.

102 Instrumentation for Fluid-Particle Flow Other measurements of interest in multiphase systems include ignition energy, autoignition temperature, explosion pressure, and flammability limits in admixtures of oxygen with inert gases. Larger volume containers 15-20 liters are required to obtain ignition and flammability limits that are independent of wall effects (Cashdollar and Hertzberg, 1986). Once suspended, the cloud is ignited by any one of several means including spark energy, radiation (laser), chemical ignitors, and resistance heaters. The subject of powder combustion testing has been reviewed by Eckhoff (199 1).

3.7 REFERENCES Adamson, A. W, Phvsical Chemistrv of Surfaces, 3rd. Ed., Wiley, NY, 1976, Chps. 4, 6. Ally, M.R. and G. E. Klinzing, “Inter-relation of Electrostatic Charging and Pressure Drops in Pneumatic Transport,” Powder Tech. (short Comm.) 44, 1985, pp. 85-88. Asano, K. “Electrostatic Flow Measurement Techniques,” in Handbook of Electrostatic Processes, Eds. J. S. Chang, A. J. Kelly, and J. M. Crowley, Marcelk Dekker, Inc., NY, 1995, pp. 265-269. ASME/ANSI Power Test Code 28, “Determining the Properties of Fine Particulate Matter,” 1973. ASTM, Annual Book of ASTM Standards, ASTM Philadelphia, 1983 and 1986. Bafrnec, M., and J. Bena, “Quantitative Data on Lowering of Electrostatic Charges in a Fluidized Bed,” Chem. Eng. Sci., 27, 1972, pp. 1177-1181. Bailey, A, W. L. Cheung, J. M. Smallwood, “A High-Resolution Probe for Space Potential Measurements,” J. Electrostatics, 36, 1995, pp. 151-163. Ban, H., J. L. Schaefer, and J. M. Stencel, “Particle Tribocharging Characteristics Relating to Electrostatic Dry Coal Cleaning,” Fuel, 73, 7, 1994, pp. 1108-1113. Ban, H., J. L. Schaefer, K. Saito, and J. M. Stencel, “Electrostatic Separation of Powdered Materials: Beneficiation of Coal and Fly Ash,” Energeia, CAER, Univ. of Kentucky, 6, 4, 1995, pp. 1-3 Beck, M. and R. A. Williams, “Process Tomography: a European Innovation and its Application,” Meas. Sci. Tech., 7, 1996, pp. 215-224. Beck, M. S.,T. Dyakowski, and, Wang, S. J., “Measurement of Fluidization Dynamics in a Fluidized Bed Using Capacitance Tomography,” International Fine Particle Research Institute Annual Report, Nov. 30, 1995. Bickelhaupt, R.E.,“Surface Resistivity and the Chemical Composition of Fly Ash,” J. Air Pol. Ctrl. Assoc., 25, 2, Feb. 1975, pp. 148-152. Bleaney, B. I., and B. Bleaney, Electricitv and Magnetism, Oxford, London, 1962. Blitshteyn, M., “Measuring the Electric Field of Flat Surfaces with Electrostatic Fieldmeters,” The Simco Co., Inc., 2257 N. Penn Rd., Hatfield, PA., 19440. Boland, D., and D. Geldart, “Electrostatic Charging in Gas Fluidised Beds,” Powder Tech., 5, 1971/72, pp. 289-297. Bottomley, L. A.,J. E. Coury, and P. N. First, “Scanning Probe Microscopy,” Anal. Chem, 68, 1996, pp. 185R-230R.

Electrostatic Measurements

103

Brodkey, R. S., The Phenomena of Fluid Motions, Addison-Wesley Series in Chemical Engineering, Robert S. Brodkey Pub., Columbus, OH., 1967, p. 114. Brunton, J. D. and A. J. W. Rozelaar, “Factors Affecting The Force Between Electrical Contacts,” Electronics Letters, 4, 26, Dec. 27, 1968, pp. 602-603. Cashdollar K. L., and M. Hertzberg (Eds.), Industrial Dust Explosions, ASTM Special Technical Pub. 958, ASTM, Philadelphia, PA., June 10-13, 1986. Castle, G. S. P. and M. R. Sewell, “An Ionization Device for Air Velocity and Mass Flow Measurements,” IEEE Trans. Ind. Appl., IA-11, 1, Jan/Feb. 1975, pp. 119124. Castle, G. S. P. and M. R. Sewell, “General Model of Sphere-Sphere Insulator Contact Electrification,” J. Electrostatics, 36, 1995, pp. 165-173. Castle, G. S. P., I. I. Inculet, S. Lundquist, and J. B. Cumming, “Measurement of the Particle Space Charge in the Outlet of an Electrostatic Precipitator Using an Electric Field Mill,” IEEE Trans. Ind. Appl., 24, 4, July/Aug. 1988, pp. 702-706. Cheng, L., S, S. K. Tung and S. L. Soo, “Electrical Measurement of Flow Rate of Pulverized Coal Suspension,” J. Eng. Power, Apr. 1970, pp. 135-149. Cheng,L. and S. L. Soo, “Charging of Dust Particles by Impact,” J. Appl. Phys., 41, 2, Feb 1970, pp. 585-591. Ciborowski, J., and A. Wlodarski, “On Electrostatic Effects in Fluidized Bed,” Chem. Eng. Sci., 17, 1962, pp. 23-32. Clements, R. M. and P. R. Smay, “Collection of ions by Electric Probes in Combustion MHD Plasmas: an Overview,” AIAA J. Energy, 2, 1978, pp. 53-58. Clift, R., J. R. Grace, and M. E. Weber, Bubbles, Drous, and Particles, Academic Press, NY, 1978. Cobine, James D. Gaseous Conductors, Dover, NY, 1958, p.254, 256,. Colver, G. M. and A. M. Sarhan, “Pneumatic Transport of Solids with Electric Field,” Second Internl. Particle Tech. Forum, 5th World Congress of Chemical Engineering, Vol. VI, AIChE, San Diego, CA., July 14-18, 1996, pp. 436-442. Colver, G. M. and D. L. Howell, “Particle Diffusion in an Electric Suspension,” Conference Record, IEEE Industry Applications Society Annual Meeting, Sept. 28-Oct. 3, 1980, pp. 1056-1062. Colver, G. M. and J. S . Wang, “Bubble Stability Modeling in Fluidized Beds Utilizing Electric Fields,” First Internl. Particle Technology Forum, Denver, CO, August 17-19, 1994, pp. 83-88. Colver, G. M., “Bubble Control in Gas-Fluidized Beds with Applied Electric Fields,” J. Powder Tech., 17, 1977, pp. 9-18. Colver, G. M., “Dynamic and Stationary Charging of Heavy Metallic and Dielectric Particles against a Conducting Wall in the Presence of A DC Applied Electric Field,” J. Appl. Phys., 47, 1976, pp. 4839-4849. Colver, G. M., “Electric Suspensions Above Fixed, Fluidized and Acoustically Excited Beds”, J. Powder Bulk Solids Tech., 4, 1980, pp. 21-31. Colver, G. M., “Use of Electrical Resistivity in the Diagnostics of Powder Dynamics,” International Powder and Bulk Solids Conference/Exhibition, Chicago, Illinois, May 12-14, 1981, pp. 89-96. Colver, G. M., “Use of Powder Resistivity as a Diagnostic in Dense Phase Suspensions,” AIChE Symposium Series 310, 92, 1996, pp. 168-173. Colver, G. M., and G. S. Bosshart, “Heat and Charge Transfer in an AC Electrofluidized Bed,” in Multiphase Transport: Fundamentals, Reactor Safety, Applications, 1-5, Hemisphere, Wash. DC, 1980, pp. 2215-2243.

104 Instrumentation for Fluid-Particle Flow Colver, G. M., and G. S. Bosshart, “Heat and Charge Transfer in an AC Electrofluidized Bed,” in Multiphase Transport: Fundamentals, Reactor Safety, Applications, 1-5, Hemisphere, Wash. DC, 1980, pp. 2215-2243. Colver, G. M., S. W. Kim, and Tae-U Yu, “An Electronic Method for Testing Spark Breakdown, Ignition, and Quenching of Powder,” J. of Electrostatics, 37, 1996, pp. 151-172. Corbett, R. P., “The Influence of Powder Resistivity and Particle Size on the Electrostatic Powder Coating Process,” in Elektrostatische Aufladune,, DechemaMonographien Nr. 1370-1409, DECHEMA, Frankfourt, 1974, pp. 261-271. Cotroneo, J. A. and G. M. Colver, “Electrically Augmented Pneumatic Transport of Copper Spheres at Low Particle and Duct Reynolds Numbers,” J. Electrostatics, 5, 1978, pp. 205-223. Cross, Jean, Electrostatics. PrinciDles. Problems and ADDlications, Adam Hilger, Adam Hilger, Bristol, 1987, p. 30, Chp. 3. Curtis, H. L.,“Insulating Properties of Solid Dielectrics,” , Bureau of Standards (Bulletin, Dept. of Commerce), 11, 1915, pp. 359-420. Debeau, D. E., “The Effect of Adsorbed Gases on Contact Electrification,” Physical Rev., 66, Nos. 1 & 2, July 1 and 14, 1944, pp. 9-16. Dietz, P. W. and J. R. Melcher, “Momentum Transfer in Electrofluidized Beds”. AIChE Symposium Series, 74, 175 , 1978A, pp.166-174. Dietz, P. W. and Melcher, J. R., “Interparticle Electrical Forces in Packed and Fluidized Beds”, Ind. Eng. Chem. Fundam., 17, 1, 1978B, pp. 28-32. Donahoe, T. S. and G. M. Colver, “Bubble Rise Velocity in AC and DC Electrofluidized Beds,” IEEE Trans. Ind. Appl., 1A-20, 2, March-April 1984, pp. 259-266. Doremus, R. H., Glass Science, Wiley, NY, 1973, p 225. Duckworth, H. E., Electricitv and Magnetism, Holt, Rinehart and Winston, NY, NY, 1961. Dutta, S. and C. Y. Wen, “A Simple Probe for Fluidized Bed Measurements,” Can. J. of Chem. Eng., 57, Feb. 1979, pp. 115-119. Eckhoff, R. K., Dust Explosions in the Process Industries, ButterworthHeinemann, Oxford, England, 1991. Fasso, L, B. T Chao and S. L. Soo, “Measurement of Electrostatic Charges and Concentration of Particles in the Freeboard of a Fluidized Bed,” Powder Tech., 33. 1982, pp. 211-221. Fujino, M., Ogata, S., and H. Shinohara, “The Electric Potential Distribution Profile in a Naturally Charged Fluidized Bed and Its Effects,” Intern. Chem. Eng., 25 (l), 1985, pp. 149-159. Gajewski, J. B., “Mathematical Model of Non-Contact Measurements of Charges While Moving,” J. Electrostatics, 15, 1984, p. 81. Geldart, D. and J. R. Kelsey, “The Use of Capacitance Probes in Gas Fluidized Beds,” Powder Technol., 6, 1972, pp. 45-60. Gill, E. W. B. and G. F. Alfrey, Nature 163, 1949, p. 163. Glor, M. Electrostatic Hazards in Powder Handling, Research Studies Press Ltd., Wiley, NY, 1988, pp. 27, 28. Grace, J. R. and J. Baeyens, “Instrumentation and Experimental Techniques,” in Gas Fluidization Technoloey, Ed. D. Geldart, Wiley, N. Y., 1986, Chp. 13. Graham, W. and E. A. Harvey, “The Electrical Resistance of Fluidized Beds of co*ke and Graphite,” Canadian J. of Chem. Engr., 43, 3, June, 1965, pp. 146-149.

Electrostatic Measurements

105

Greaves, J. R. and B. Makin, “Measurement of the Electrostatic Charge from Aerosol Cans,” Conference Record, IEEE Industry Applications Society Annual Meeting, Sept. 28-Oct. 3, 1980, pp. 1075-1080. Haenen, H. T. M., “The characteristic decay with time of surface charges on dielectrics,” J. Electrostatics, 1, 1975, pp. 173-185. Harper, W. R., “How do solid surfaces become charged?,” in Static Electrification, Proceedings of Conference, Conf. Series No. 4 , The Institute of Physics and the Physical Society Static Electrification Group, London, May 1967. pp. 3-10. Harper, W. R., Contact and Frictional Electrification, Oxford university Press, 1967. Hassler, H. E. Birgitta, “A New Method for Dust Separation Using Autogenous Electrically Charged Fog,” J. Powder & Bulk Solids Tech., 2, 1, Internl. Powder Inst., Chicago, IL., Spring 1978, pp. 10-14. Haus, H. A. and J. R. Melcher, Electromagnetic Fields and Energy, Prentice Hall, Englewood Cliffs, NJ, 1989, art. 1.6. Hayakawa, T., W. Graham and G. L. Osberg, “A Resistance Probe Method for Determining Local Solid Particle Mixing Rates in A Batch Fluidized Bed,” Can. J. of Chem. Eng., June 1961, pp. 99-103. Hill, K. M. and J. Kakalios, “Magnetic Resonance Imaging of Granular Media Segregated in a Rotating Drum,” Second Internl. Particle Tech. Forum, , 5th World Congress of Chemical Engineering, VI, AIChE, San Diego, CA., July 14-18, 1996, pp. 216-219. Holland, L., The Prouerties of Glass Surfaces, Chapman and Hall, London, 1966., p. 480. Holm, R., Electric Contacts, Springer-Verlag NY Inc., Berlin, 1967, pp. 10, 14. Horenstein, M. N., “Measurement of Electrostatic Fields, Voltages, and Charges,” in Handbook of Electrostatic Processes, Eds. J. S. Chang, A. J. Kelly, and J. M. Crowley, Marcelk Dekker, Inc., NY, 1995, pp. 225-246. Ikazaki, F. and M. Kamamura, “Electric Adhesion Force of a Single Particle and of a Powder at Room Temperature and Above Ambient Temperature and its Application to a Fluidized Bed,” Particle Sci. Tech., 2, 3, 1984, pp. 271-283. Inculet, I. I., N. H. Malak, and J. A. Young, “Corona Charging of Immobilized Spherical Particles,” in Electrostatics 1983, Ed. S. Singh, Conf. Ser., 66, Inst. Phys, 1983. pp. 98-105. Israelachvili, J. N. and P. M. McGuiggan, “Forces Between Surfaces in Liquids,” Science, 241, Aug. 12, 1988, pp. 795-800. Jackson, J. D., Classical Electrodvnamics, Wiley, NY, 1962. Jimbo, G. and R. Yamazaki, “The Development and Evaluation of New Measuring Methods of the Adhesion Force of Single Particles,” Kona, Powder Science and Technology in Japan, 1, 1983, pp. 40-47. Johnson, T. W. and, J. R. Melcher, “Electromechanics of Electrofluidized Beds,” Ind. Eng. Chem., Fundam, 14, 3, 1975, pp. 148-153. Jones, T. B. “Diploe moments of conducting particle chains,” J. Appl. Phys. 60, 7, 1 Oct. 1986, pp. 2226-2417. Jones, T. B. and J. L. King, Powder Handling and Electrostatics, Understanding and Preventing Hazards, Lewis Pub., Chelsea Michigan, 1991. Jones, T. B., “Dielectric Measurements on Packed Beds,” GE Report No. 79CRD131, Tech. Info. Series, June 1979. Jones, T. B., “Dielectric Measurements on Packed Beds,” Report No. 79CRD131, General Electric Co., Schenectady, NY, June, 1979, p. 26.

106 Instrumentation for Fluid-Particle Flow Jones, T. B., “Effective dipole moment of intersecting conducting spheres,” J. Appl. Phys. 62, 2, 15, July 1987, pp. 362-365. Jones, T. B., Electromechanics of Particles, Cambridge Univ. Press, NY., 1995, p. 26. Keithley, Test and Measurement Catalog, 1995/96, p. 237. Kennedy, J. B. and A. M. Neville, Basic Engineering Statistics, Harper and Row, N. Y., 1976, pp. 239-243. Kingery, W. D., H. K. Bowen, and D. R. Uhlmann, Introduction to Ceramics, Znd Ed., Wiley, NY, 1976, pp. 875, 876, art. 17.5. Kisel’nikov, V. N., Vyalkov, V. V., and V. M. Filatov, “On the Problem of Electrostatic Phenomena in a Fluidized Bed,” Intern. Chem. Eng., 7, 3, 1967, pp. 428-431. Klinzing, G. E., A. Zaltash, and C. A. Myler, “Particle Velocity Measurements Through Electrostatic Field Fluctuations Using External Probes,” Particle Sci. Tech., 5, 1, 1987, pp. 95-104. Kobashi, M., “Particle Agglomeration Induced by Alternating Electric Fields,” HTGL (High Temp. Gasdynamic Lab.; Mech. Eng. Dept.), Report No. 111, Stanford Univ., Dec. 1978. Krupp, H., “Particle Adhesion, Theory and Experiment,” In Adv. in Colloid and Interface Sci., 1967, p. 170. Kuhn, F.T., J. CSchouten, C. M. Van den Bleek, and B. Scarlett, “Electrical Capacitance Tomography Applied to Fluidization Dynamics for Chaos Analysis,” Second Internl. Particle Tech. Forum, 5th World Congress of Chemical Engineering, VI, AIChE, San Diego, CA., July 14-18, 1996, pp. 216-219. Kuhn, F.T., J. CSchouten, R. F. Mudde, J. C. M. Marijnissen, C. M. Van den Bleek, H. E. A. van den Akker, and B. Scarlett, “Electrical Capacitance Tomography for Flow Imaging in Fluidised Beds,” First Internl. Particle Tech. Forum, Part I, AIChE, Denver CO., Aug. 17-19, 1994, pp. 512-517. Kunii, Daizo, and Octave Levenspiel, Fluidization Enpineering, Znd Ed., Butterworth-Heinemann, Boston, 1991, pp. 80,81. Kunkel, W. B., “The Static Electrification of Dust Particles on Dispersion into a Cloud,” J. Appl. Phys., 21, Aug. 1950, pp. 820-832. Lacharme, J. P., “Ionic jump processes and high field conduction in glasses,” J. Non-Crystalline Solids 27, 1978, pp. 381-397. Lamarre, E. and W. K. Melville, “Instrumentation for the Measurement of VoidFraction in Breaking Waves: Laboratory and Field Results,” IEEE J. of Oceanic Eng., 17, 2, April 1992, p. 204-. Lampert, M., and P. Mark, Current Iniection in Solids, Academic Press, N. Y.,1970, Chps. 2, 5. Lapple, C. E., “Electrostatic Phenomena with Particulates,” Advances in Chemical Engineering, Academic Press, NY, 1970, pp. 2-96. Law, S. E, “Electrostatic Atomization and Spraying,” in Handbook of Electrostatic Processes, Eds. J. S. Chang, A. J. Kelly, and J. M. Crowley, Marcelk Dekker, Inc., NY, 1995, pp. 413-439. Lawton, J. and Weinberg, F. J., Electrical Asuects of Combustion, Clarendon Press, Oxford., 1969, Chps.2, 5. Liu, X., and G. M. Colver, “Capture of Fine Particles on Charged Moving Spheres: A New Electrostatic Precipitator,” IEEE Trans. Ind. Appl., 27, 5, Sept/Oct 1991, pp. 807-815. Loeb, L. B., Static Electrification, Springer-Verlag, Berlin, 1958, Chp. IV d.

Electrostatic Measurements

107

Louge, M., “Experimental Techniques, in Circulating Fluidized Beds,” Eds. J. R. Grace, A. A. Avidan, and T. M. Knowlton, Blackie Academic & Professional (Chapman Hall), NY, 1997, Chp. 9. Martin, C. M., M. Ghadiri, U. Tuzun and B. Formisani, “Effect of the Electrical Clamping Forces on the Mechanisms of Particulate Solids,” Powder Tech., 64, 1991, pp. 37-49. Martin, C. M., P. A. Arteaga, M. Ghadiri, and U. Tuzun, “Characterization of the Single Contact Electrical Clamping Force,” (pt. 11) , AICHE First Internl. Particle Technology Forum, Denver, CO, Preprints, Aug. 17-19, 1994, pp. 77-82. Masuda, H., T. Itakura, k. Gotoh, T. Takahashi, and T. Teshima, “The Measurement and Evaluation of the Contact Potential Difference Between Various Powders and a Metal,” Adv. Powder Tech., 6, 4, 1995, pp. 295-303. Mathur, M. P. and G. E. Klinzing, “Measurement of Particle Velocity in Pneumatic Transport of Coal Using Cross-Correlation Technique,” Particulate Sci. and Tech., 2, 1984, pp. 223-235. Matsuyama, T. and H. Yamamoto, “Electrification of Single Polymer Particles by Successive Impacts with Metal Targets,” IEEE Trans. Ind. Appl., 31, , 1995, pp. 144 1-1445. Maxwell, J.C., A Treatise on Electricitv & Magnetism, 3 rd. ed., Dover, NY, 1, 1954, pp. 276, p. 440. Mazumder, M. K., “E-SPART Analyzer: Its Performance and Application to Powder and Particle Technology Processes,” KONA, No. 11, 1993, pp. 105-118. Mazumder, M. K., R. E. Ware, T. Yokoyama, B. J. Rubin, and D. Kamp, “Measurement of Particle Size and Electrostatic Charge Distributions on Toners Using E-SPART Analyzer,” IEEE Trans. Ind. Appl., 27, 1991, pp. 611-619. McLean, K. J., “Cohesion of Precipitated Dust Layer in Electrostatic Precipitators,” J. Air Pol. Contrl. Assoc., 27, 11, Nov. 1977, pp. 1100-1103. Misev, T. A,, Powder Coatings, Chemistry and Technology, Wiley, NY, 1991, p. 292. Miyanami, K., and Terash*ta, K., “Direct Shear Test of Powder Beds,” Kona, Powder Science and Technology in Japan, 1, 1983, pp. 28-39. Mizuno, A. and M. Otsuka, “Development of Charge-to-Radius Ratio Measuring Apparatus for Submicron Particles,” IEEE Trans. Ind. Appl., IA-20, 3, May/June 1984, pp. 703-708. Monroe, Electrostatic Instrumentation Catalog, 1997, p. 9. Montgomery, D. J., Solid State Phvsics, Advances in Research and Applications, Eds. F. Seitz and D. Turnbull,_S Academic Press, NY, 1959. Morey, G. W., The Properties of Glass, Reinhold, NY, 1954, p. 476. Mort, J., The Anatomv of Xeroeraphv, Its Invention and Evolution, McFarland & Co. Inc, Jefferson, NC., 1989. Moslehi, B., “Electromechanics and Electrical Breakdown of Particulate Layers,” High Temperature Gasdynamics Laboratory Report No. T-236, Stanford Univ., Dec. 1983. Moslehi, G. B., and, S. A. Self, “Current Flow Across a Sphere with Volume and Surface Conduction,” J. Electrostatics, 14, Mar. 1983, pp. 7-17. Nakajima, Y., Y. Komuro, and T. Sato, “Electrostatic Scavenging of Submicron Particles Aided by the Hydrodynamic Effect of Particle Vibration,” Adv. Powder Tech., 7, 4., 1996, pp. 255-270.

108 Instrumentationfor Fluid-Particle Flow Nieh, S., B. T. Chao, and S. L. Soo, “An Electrostatic Induction Probe for Measuring Particle Velocity in Suspension Flow,” Part. Sci. and Tech., 4, 1986, pp. 113-130. Northrop, R. B., Introduction to Instrumentation and Measurement, CRC Press, New York, 1997, sec. 8.2. Plaskowski, A, M. S. Beck, R. Thorn, and T. Dyakowski, ImatzinP Industrial Flows, (Applications of Electrical Process Tomography), Inst. of Physics, Philadelphia, 1995. Pratt, T. H., Electric Ignitions of Fires and Explosions, Burgoyne Inc., Marietta, GA, 1997. Rhim, W. K. and A. J. Rulison, “Measuring Surface Tension and Viscosity of a Levitated Drop,” NASA Tech. Briefs, July 1996, pp. 64-65. Rietema, K., The Dvnamics of Fine Powders, Elsevier, New York, 1991. Robinson, K. S. and T. B. Jones, “Electromechanics of Electropacked Beds,” Conference Record, IEEE Industry Applications Society Annual Meeting, Sept. 59, 1980, pp. 1068-1074. Robinson, K. S. and T. B. Jones, “Particle-Wall Adhesion in Electropacked Beds,” Conference Record, IEEE Industry Applications Society Annual Meeting, Oct. 47, 1982, pp. 1013-1017. Robinson, K. S. and T. B. Jones, “Slope Stability of Electropacked Beds,” Conference Record, IEEE Industry Applications Society Annual Meeting, Oct. 59, 1981. 1036-1042 Sarhan, Ahmed., “Effect of Electrically Driven Particles on Air Flow in a Rectangular Duct,” Ph.D. thesis, Dept. of Mechanical Eng., Iowa State Univ., Ames, IA.1989. Schaefer, J. L., H. Ban, and J. M. Stencel, “TriboelectrostaticDry Coal Cleaning,” Proceedings of the Eleventh Annual Coal Conf., Sept. 12-16, Pittsburgh, pp. 624629. Schein, L. B., ElectroDhotoPraDhv and DeveloDment Phvsics, 2 nd Ed., SpringerVerlag, Berlin, 1992, pp. 77, 78, 82, art. 4.4.4. Self, S. A., R. Assaad, E. Kushner, P. Paul and E. Pejack, “A Charge-Analyzer Probe for Aerosol Flows,” Conference Record, IEEE Industry Applications Society Annual Meeting, 1979, pp. 218-225. Smith C. P., S. R. Snyder, and H. S. White, “Measurement of Surface Forces,” in Electrochemical Interfaces: Modern Techniques for In-Situ Interface Characterization, Ed. H. Abruna, VCH Pub., NY, 1991, pp. 157-191. Smythe, W. R., Static and Dvnamic Electricity, McGraw-Hill, NY, 1968, arts. 6.04, 6.10. Soo, S. L., “State of Multiphase Instrumentation,” Vol. XI, Developments in Theoretical and Applied Mechanics, University of Alabama, Huntsville, AL., 1982, pp. 563-567. Soo, S. L., D. A. Baker, T. R. Lucht, and C. Ahu, “A Corona Discharge Probe System for Measuring Phase Velocities in a Dense Suspension,” Rev. Sci. Instrum. 60, 11, NOV. 1989, pp. 3475-3477. Soo, S. L., Fluid Dvnamics of MultiDhase Flow, Blaisdell, Waltham Mass, 1967, art. 10.4. Stoy, R. D., “Force on Two Touching Dielectric Spheres in a Parallel Field,” J. Electrostatics, 35, 1995, pp. 297-308.

Electrostatic Measurements

109

Takahashi, H., K. Sato, S. Sakata, and T. Okada, “Charge Leakage Characteristic of Glass Substrate for Liquid Crystal Display,” J. Electrostatics, 35, 1995, pp. 309322. Tardos, G. I., R. W. L. Snaddon, and P. W. Dietz, “Electrical Charge Measurements on Fine Airborne Particles,” IEEE Trans. Ind. Appl., IA-20, 6, Nov/Dec 1984, pp. 1578-1583. Tardos, G., and R. Pfeffer, “A Method to Measure Electrostatic Charge on a Granule in a Fluidized Bed,” Chem. Eng. Commun., 4, 1980, pp. 665-671. Taylor, D. and P. Secker, Industrial Electrostatics, Wiley, NY, 1994. Teyssedou, A., A. Tapucu, and M. Lotie, “Impedance Probe to Measure Local Void Fraction Profiles,” Rev. Sci. Instrum., 59, 4, April 1988. Timoshenko, S. and J. N. Goodier, Theory of Elasticity, 2”d Ed., Mcgraw Hill, NY., 1951, art. 125. Tombs, N. T. and T. B. Jones, “Digital Dielectrophoretic Levitation,” Rev. Sci. Instrum, 62, 4, Apr 1991, pp. 1072-1077. Tombs, N. T. and T. B. Jones, “Effect of Moisture on the Dielectrophoretic Spectral of Glass Spheres,” IEEE Trans. Ind. Appl., 29, 2, Mar/Apr 1993, pp. 281285. Tombs, N. T., “Electrostatic Force on a Moist Particle Near a Ground Plane,” J. Adhesion, 51, 1995, pp. 15-25. Touchard, G., “Flow Electrification of Liquids,” in Handbook of Electrostatic Processes, Eds. J. S. Chang, A. J. Kelly, and J. M. Crowley, Marcelk Dekker, Inc., NY, 1995, pp. 83-87. Trek, Product and Systems Catalog, 1998, p. 18. Tucholski, D. and G. M. Colver, “Electrostatic Separation of Coal Pyrite in a Circulating Fluidized Bed,” Proceedings of the 2nd International Conference on Appl. Electrostatics, Beijing China, Nov. 4-7, 1993B, pp. 412-416. Tucholski, D. and G. M. Colver, “TriboelectricCharging in a Circulating Fluidized Bed,” Proceedings of the 2nd International Conf. on Appl. Electrostatics, Beijing China, Nov. 4-7, 1993A,. pp. 287-296. Tucholski, D., “Coal Beneficiation and Triboelectric Effects in a Circulating Fluidized Bed,” MS Thesis, Dept. of Mechanical Engineering, Iowa State University, 1992. Turner, G. A., and M. Balasubramanian, “The Frequency Distribution of Electrical Charges on Glass Beads,” J. of Electrostatics, 2, 1976, pp. 85-89. Vercoulen, P. H. W., Electrostatic Processing of Particles, Doctoral Thesis, Technical University of Delft, 1995, p. 81. Vercoulen, P. H. W., J. C. M. Marijnissen, B. Scarlett and R. A. Roos, “The Development of an Instrument for Measuring Electric Charge on Individual Particles,” Proc. of the PARTEC Conf. Nurnberg, 2, 1992, p. 593. Wang, S. J., T. Dyakowski, and M. S. Beck, “An Application of Electrical Capacitance Tomography to Measure Gas-Solid Motion in a Fluidized Bed,” AIChE Symposium Series, National Heat Transfer Conf., Houston, Ed, M. S. ElGenk, 92, 310, Aug. 3-6, 1996, pp. 155-160. Weast, R. C., (Ed.), Handbook of Chemistrv and Phvsics, The Chemical Rubber Co., Cleveland, OH., 1970. Weissler, G. A., “Resistance Measurements on Copper Powder Using High DC Currents,”J. Powders & Bulk Solids Tech., 2, 1, 1978, pp. 38-40. White, H. J., Industrial Electrostatic PreciDitation, Addison-Wesley, Reading MS, 1963, p.135.

110 Instrumentation for Fluid-Particle Flow

Williams, R. A. and M. S. Beck (Eds), Process Tomoeraphv, ButtemorthHeinemann, Oxford, 1995. Yamamoto, H. and B. Scarlett, “Triboelectric Charging of Polymer Particles by Impact,” Part. Charac. 3, 3, Oct. 1986, pp. 117-121. Yan, Y., “Spatial Filtering Method of Particle Velocity Measurement in a Pneumatic Suspension Using a Single Capacitance Sensor,” Second Internl. Particle Tech. Forum, 5th World Congress of Chemical Engineering, Vol. VI, AIChE, San Diego, CA., July 14-18, 1996, pp. 581-586. Yu, Tae-U and G. M. Colver, “Spark Breakdown in Clouds of Conducting Particles and Related Particle Dynamics,” World Congress on Particle Technology 3, IChE, Brighton, UK, July 6-9, 1998, paper #77 (CD-ROM), Abstracts p. 42. Yu, Tae-U and G. M. Colver, “Spark Breakdown of Particulate Clouds: A New Testing Device,” IEEE Trans. Ind. Appl., 1A-23, 1, Jan./Feb. 1987, pp. 127-133. Zacher, D. M. and B. T. Willimam, “An AC Feedback Electrostatic Voltmeter,” ESA 1995 Annual Meeting Proceedings, Eds., J. M. Crowley, M. Zaretsky, and D. Rimai, June 20-23, 1995, Univ. of Rochester, Laplacian Press, Morgan Hill, CA., pp. 159 - 164. Zaltash A., C. Myler and G. E. Klinzing, “Stability Analysis of Gas-Solid Transport with Electrostatics,” J. Pipelines, 7, 1988, pp. 85-100.

Notation a = cap (contact) radius of spherical particle (m)

h = height of powder (m)

Ab = bed cross-section (m‘)

J = current density (A/m2) K = equation constants, Cunningham

A

= sample

or capacitor cross-section

(m2)

I = current (A)

correction

C = capacitance (F)

L = sample length (m)

d = diameter of particle (m)

m = mass of particle (kg)

D = diameter of ring electrode or bed D,

= diameter of ring electrode or bed

E = electric field strength (V/m) E, = far-field electric field strength (V/m) f

= frequency (s-l)

Fdc= dc field particle force (N) Facldc= ac or

F,

= force

dc field particle force (N)

on particle by gravity (N)

g = gravity (m2/s)

% = mass flux of dispersed phase (kg/mz-s)

M d= mass of powder in the bed N, = number of particles nd = dispersed phase concentration (number/m3)

Q = (particle) charge (C)

Qel= (particle) triboelectric charge (C) q, = surface charge density (C/m2)

Electrostatic Measurements q,

= charge-to-mass ratio

(C/kg)

droplets), i = phase i, p = particle, s = surface, v = volume, bold = vector quantity

r = radius of particle (m), of cylinder (m)

R = resistance (R), outer radius of cylinder (m)

a = void fraction (dimensionless)

R.H. = relative humidity (“36)

y = constant = 0.5772; material surface resistivity (Susq)

Rs= surface resistance (R)

E=

R,= particle contact resistance (Q) Rp = resistance of single particle (Q) S = surface area to mass ratio of

Eb = effective bulk

K = dielectric constant

dispersed phase velocity (m/s)

V = voltage (V) (= electric potential difference)

(V)

= contact potential

(V)

vel= volume flow rate of gas

p

= viscosity (N-s/m2)

p

= material density (kg/m3)

ps = volume charge density (C/m3) 0 = material conductivity (phase i)

(S/m); surface conductivity (N/m)

os= surface charge density (C/m2) ‘I: = time

Greek Notation

(= E/%)

h = mean free path of gas (m)

W = sample width (m)

Z = impedance (R)

permittivity of

bed (F/m) potential (V)

T = period of cycle (s)

= applied voltage

free space (F/m)

R = electric potential or contact

t = time (s)

V, V,

material permittivity (phase i) (F/m)

E, = permittivity of

particle (m2/kg,

ud=

111

constant (s)

0 = radial frequency for ac field

Subscripts: b = bulk (bed), c = continuous phase (gas or liquid), d = 31 disperse phase (solid particle or

(radian/s) = material resistivity

(0-m)

Fiber Optics Shaozhong Qin, Mooson Kwauk

4.1 INTRODUCTION

Since fiber optics was introduced (Kapany, 1957, for instance), this new sensing technique has developed rapidly. The application of optic fibers as sensors in measurements has the advantages of high sensitivity, fast response, large dynamic range, small volume and light weight, fire- and shock resistance and corrosion proof, freedom from disturbance by electric and magnetic fields, insulation against high voltage, and suitability for remote transmission and multi-channel detection. As light may produce reflection, refraction, interference, polarization and diffraction, combination of these phenomena with the fiber optic technique results in a variety of optic fiber sensors. With development in application of optic fibers in communication and imaging, special demands have called forth different types of optic fibers each with its unique performance. According to materials, optic fibers can be divided into three categories: glass optic fibers, plastic optic fibers and liquid core fibers. Based on refractivity distribution, optic fibers can be classified into two types: step-index optic fibers and gradient-index optic fibers. As to transmission mode, there are single-mode and multi-mode optic fibers. Figure 4-1 shows the range of core diameters and the refractivity distribution for three principal types of optic fiber. The optic fiber shown in Figure 4-la consists of a core with refractivity of n, and a coating with refractivity of n2, for which the condition of n2 < n, should be satisfied. Light waves are transmitted in total reflection. This kind of optic fiber has been widely used due to its large core diameter and good performance. The optic fiber shown in Figure 4-lb, is a special example in which the refractivity n, of the core material varies radially from the central axis outward. When light is transmitted in this kind of optic fiber, its transfer 112

Fiber Optics

113

FIGURE 4-1 Refractivity and core diameter ranges for three types of optic fibers. (a) Multi-mode step-index optic fiber, (5) Multi-mode gradient-index opticJber, (e) Single model step-index optic fiber. trajectory is a sine curve. This optic fiber has the ability of focusing and transferring images in a single fiber. With this kind of optic fiber, lens fibers of several tens of pm can be constructed for direct transmission of images. The optic fiber shown in Figure 4-lc is called single mode fiber because its core diameter is so small (usually several pm) that only a single beam of axial light could be transmitted in it. This kind of optic fiber has a very narrow frequency band and little signal distortion, and is thus suitable for remote communication. Based on the basic performance of optic fiber sensors, Krohn (1986) divided optic fiber sensors into two basic classes. In the first class, the transmission of the fiber is directly affected by the physical phenomena being sensed and is referred to as an intrinsic optic fiber sensor. The second class is for optic fiber position sensors which detect position changes and are sensitive to changes in physical property. There are usually five types of sensors according to their different working principles: intensity modulated, transmitting, reflective, micro bending and intrinsic. Optic fiber sensors used in multiphase flows are based on the reflectivity of particles against incident light. This kind of optic fiber sensor, the socalled intensity modulated optic fiber sensor, is simple in structure, easy in operation and high in sensitivity. The application of optic fiber probes to the measurement of local concentration of solids and particle velocity, will be described below separately.

114 Instrumentation for Fluid-Particle Flow

(a) transmission

- type

0 object

receiver

(b) reflection - type

FIGURE 4-2 Two diflerent arrangements of optic fiber probes (Matsuno et al., 1983). 4.2 MEASUREMENT OF LOCAL CONCENTRATION OF SOLIDS The application of optic fiber probes to the measurement of local concentration of solids is based on the principle that the particles in the fluid produce scattering of incident light. Thus structurally this kind of probes consists of two parts: light input and light output. Usually, for light input, a fiber is connected to a light source, while for light output, it is connected to a photoelectric converter. However, the difference in location of light input and light output for optic fiber probes may result in different modes of signals. Figure 4-2 shows two different arrangements of optic fiber probes. Type (a) is called the transmission-type probe, in which light input and light output are coaxial, i.e., the object to be measured is located between the two probe tips, and the effective volume of measurement is dependent on the distance L, between the two probe tips, diameter and the numerical aperture of the probe. The output signals of the probe may attenuate due to the forward scattering of particles against the incident light, and the signal is

Fiber Optics

partide

115

€3

A2

bubbles A,

FIGURE 4-3 Comparison of particles (B) and bubbles (AI, A2) signals Hatano and Ishida, 1983). thus independent of the chromaticness of particles, i.e., a single white or black particle may produce the same output signals. Type (b) is called the reflection-type probe. The probe has only one tip and the effective volume of measurement depends on the diameter, numerical aperture, overlap region of the capture angles and the optic sensitivity of the photoelectric converter. The output signals of the probe are produced by the back scattering of incident light by particles, and are thus dependent on the chromaticness and reflectivity of the particles.

4.2.1 The TransmissionType Probes The measurement of local particle concentration with the transmission type probes was developed on the basis of opto-electric turbidimetry. This simplest probe structure is based on the forward scattering of particles against incident light. Hatano and Ishida (1983) used this type of probe in the measurement of bubbles in fluidized beds and compared the resulting signals with those obtained by the reflection-type probe. Figure 4-3 illustrates the signals for bubbles and particles velocity obtained at different probe locations. It can be seen from Figure 4-3 that the bubble signals (A,, A,) obtained by the transmission-type probe are more prominent than those by the reflection-type probe for velocity measurement, but when the fluidized bed is in a bubbleless highly concentrated state, there would be no obvious difference between particle velocity signals (B). Therefore, the measuring range of volumetric concentration of the transmission-type probe could not be too large, and the distance, L, between the incident light and the receiving light could not be too long, or otherwise the waveforms of signals would be flat and without obvious response due to the overlap of particles in the dispersed phase. It is especially important that the structure of the transmission-type probe should ensure the light input and output exactly coaxial, since any displacement may produce variation in the effective

1 16 Instrumentation for Fluid-Particle Flow

Lens

Silicone rubber seal ring

Optic fiber bundle ($5 mm)

Stainless steel jacket ($25 m)

FIGURE 4-4 Industrial opticJiber probe for cell concentration measurement. fluid medium or vibration of the device. Nakajima et al. (1990) improved the structure of the transmission-type probe by parallel arrangement of the two fibers, thus avoiding the difficulty of keeping the two tips of probes coaxial, and reducing the influence of vibration. Moreover, in order to maintain a constant distance L, the incident light and receiving light of the fiber could be bent by 90", Le., the tips of the two large fibers were ground into 45" reflecting surfaces. Cutolo et al. (1990) measured high time-averaged solids volumetric concentration (up to 0.16) in gas--solid suspensions. These authors' method was based on a properly modified version of the forward scattering of laser light. When a parallel beam of light was incident on a collection of dielectric particles uniform in size and in spatial distribution, the energy fraction that emerges without experiencing any deflection from the original direction of propagation was given by Dobbins and ji*zmagian (1966):

T = exp [-3E(a,m)CJ/2dP]

(4.1)

where T is the optical transmittance, L the optical path length, E the extinction coefficient, m the refractive index of the particles relative to the surrounding medium, a the size number equal to x ddh, and h is the wavelength of the incident light in the surrounding medium. The experimental apparatus basically consists of a solids feed hopper and a 41 mm i.d. by 1 m high plexiglass pipe. The solids were narrow cut glass beads, with a 90 pm average diameter. A smaller tube (33 mm i.d.) was coaxically placed at the bottom of the 41 mm pipe. This allowed the separation of solids falling along the walls of the larger tube which were not subject to measurements.

Fiber Optics

1 .o

117

c

FIGURE 4-5 fermentation.

time, hr Measured cell concentration in industrial glutamic acid

Qin and Liu (1982) measured concentration of cells with the transmission-type optic fiber probe in a 5-ton reactor for glutamic acid fermentation. The structural features of the probe used for measurement in industrial reactors are shown in Figure 4-4. This probe stood up long periods of steam disinfection at 130°C and vibration of stirring etc., and large amounts of data on concentration of cells during fermentation were obtained. The measuring range of this type of probe was from zero to 10' celldml. In order to avoid the influence of change in fermentation liquor on the wavelength of incident light, an interference filter with fixed wavelength of 650 nm was used in the apparatus, and flexible optic fiber bundles were used instead of the traditional optic parts such as reflector, focusing lens, cassette etc., so that solid state light circuitry could be employed, resulting in improvement in vibration resistance of the optic probe that is required in industrial application. In electrical circuitry the automatic compensation method was adopted by using a dual-light path modulation system. By means of a light chopper, the photo-multiplier picked up alternatively measuring signals, light source reference signals and zero standard signals in the measuring cycle, and the light source reference signals and zero standard signals were compensated automatically by two feedback circuits, eliminating errors caused by unavoidable instability of light source and zero drift of the system. Figure 4-5 shows the measurements made by the transmission-type probe for cell concentration, as compared to those obtained by a spectrophotometer at a wavelength of 650 nm after manual

1 18 Instrumentation for Fluid-Particle Flow

Single

Cc axial

Random

Hemispherical

Fiber Pair

1

2

3

4

5

‘\\ A

\

/4

m

s

z”

0.0 L 0

25

50

75

100

125

150

175

200

Distance (0.001 Inch)

FIGURE 4-6 Representative configurations of reflection type optic fiber probes (Krohn, 1986). sampling every two hours. It can be seen from this figure that under normal conditions fermentation for producing glutamic acid needs about 14 hours. This probe and the related instrument are important for monitoring fermentation and other biochemical processes and their on-line computerized control. 4.2.2 The Reflection-Type Probes

The application of the reflection-type optic fiber probes to measurement of local concentration of solids was developed on the basis of the optic fiber displacement sensor. Salins (1975) and Krohn (1986) summarized the arrangement of different optic fiber probes and their response curves, as illustrated in Figure 4-6. It shows that when the displacement sensor detects

Fiber Optics

119

FIGURE 4-7 Comparison of probes having different particle-to-probe diameter ratios (Matsuno, 1983). a plate reflecting surface, its output signals always consist of an upward part and a downward part as displacement increases. The same intensity of reflected light may arise from two different corresponding displacement points. Hence, this type of displacement sensor can usually be applicable to only the rising slope with best linearity when measuring displacement. Contrary to the objective of the displacement sensor, the measurement of particles concentration requires the location of particles in an effective volume to be independent of the intensity of the reflected light, an impossibility. Therefore, the output signals of the reflection-type probe include errors caused by the variable distance of the particles, and the greater the gradient of the responding curves of the probe, the greater the stochastic error. However, the output signals of the reflection-type probe depend, to a large extent, on the aforementioned chromaticness of the particles, and the intensity of reflected light of white and black particles of the same diameter may differ by several times, and the roughness of particle surfaces may also have a similar influence. Hence the reflection-type probes need to be calibrated and adjusted according to the optical sensitivity of the materials to be measured. Matsuno (1 983) classified the reflection-type probes into two categories according to the ratio of particle diameter to fiber diameter, as shown in Figure 4-7. Type 11, for which the particle is larger than the probe is derived from the particle velocity probe, the output signals from the light receiver being converted into pulses at some threshold level V,, and the pulse count corresponding to the number of particles. The reflected light of particles at long distances is eliminated if it falls below the threshold level V,. Therefore the effective volume of measurement is rather limited.

120 Instrumentation for Fluid-Particle Flow Type I probe has a diameter larger than that of the particle, the output signals are all generated by back scattered light from the particles, and the integrated values of the output signals can be correlated with the concentration of particles by any calibration method, from which the instantaneous concentration can be obtained by output signals analysis. These probes have been widely used in concentration measurement of particles. Qin and Liu (1982) used a probe in which 0.015 mm fibers were arranged by alternate-layers to form a 2x2 mm sectional area. This probe structure allowed large receiving signals of reflection light under the same intensity of incident light. Probes of the similar structure were used by Tung et al. (1988), Zhang et al. (1991), Wang et al. (1992) and Zhouet al. (1994). Matsuno et al. (1983) used a pair of parallel plastic fiber to form a simple optic probe of rather low sensitivity. The surface of the tip was easily roughened by abrasion by particles. Improvement by Reh and Li (1990) includes bending the front part of probe so that the axes of light crossed each other. Figure 4-8 shows a comparison of measured volume and response curves of parallel and cross beams. As shown in the figure, for the defined measurement volume, p has to be greater than 8.Otherwise, particularly for p =Oo, the measuring volume will be infinite, and the optic fiber arrangement becomes the parallel probes, and for p = 90°, the optic fiber arrangement becomes the transmission type. The maximum length of the measuring volume as shown in Figure 4-8 is:

I,,,,

=

df sin (p/2) + dfcos (p + 6/2)/tan (p - e)

(4.2)

The cross beam probe can limit the measured volume, which is very important for gas-solid two-phase flow with bubbles. Hartge et al. (1988) further simplified the parallel optic fiber probe. Fig. 4-9 illustrates such probe structure, in which the incident light and the reflected light are transferred in a common single fiber. This was realized by a beam splitter that separates light signals before receiving the reflected light, thus making the probe much finer, but the beam splitter may cause a loss of more than a half of the light signals, and may need compensation by increasing the intensity of the incident light or the sensitivity of the light detector. Another feature of this type of probe is that both concentration and velocity measurement of particles can be made with the same probe, thus realizing the measurement of solid mass flow rate in two-phase flow. Two different designs of the multi-fiber probe were described by Hartge et al. (1986). Probe design I consisted of one light emitting fiber surrounded by 6 fibers for the transmittal of the reflected light, each fiber having a diameter of 0.5 mm. Probe design I1 consisted of a bundle of 700 fibers, each fiber with a diameter of 0.05 mm. About half of the fibers were emitting light

Fiber Optics Volum Measurement Volume

121

/

Parallel Probe Input Light

\'

,

Measurement

,Optical Fiber

ku

I

Reflected J Light

Crossed Probe FIGURE 4-8 Comparison of measurement volume between parallel and crossed opticfiber probe (Reh and Li, 1990). and the other half receiving light. Light emitting and light receiving fibers were randomly mixed at the probe tip. Figure 4-10 shows the results of calibration of these two types of probes in liquid-solid fluidized beds. It can be seen from the figure that for the same 2mm i.d. optic fiber bundle operating on a 25 mW HeNe light source, the sensitivity of the randomly arranged fine fibers is higher than that of the larger diameter coaxially arranged fibers.

122 Instrumentation for Fluid-Particle Flow

4

ZURE 4-9 Opto-electronic measuring system of Hartge et al. (1988). FIGURE FI< 1-Probe, 2-Optical fiber, 3-Photo-diode,4-Beam splitter, 5-Laser, 6-Steel capillary, 2 mm 0.d.

U

cv,vol. -% FIGURE 4-10 Two types of multi-Jiberprobes and their calibration results (Hartge et al., 1986). scattering of light fkom particles were given. Bemer (1978) found that the intensity of the back scattered light was a function of solids concentration and mean particle size. Qin and Liu (1982) described the relationship between output signals and voidage E and particle diameter d, based on regular arrangement of particles. Nevertheless, the expressions were based on many assumptions, for instance, particles are all spherical with a common diameter

Fiber Optics

123

of dp,reflectivity of incident light for all particles is the same, and there is no overlap between particles in the foreground and background. Furthermore, all coeficients obtained were based on the particular materials under the given experimental conditions. Therefore, for the various types of probes, calibration method and data processing become important problems in the measurement of solids concentration.

4.2.3 Calibration Method Both the transmission-type probe and the reflection-type probe, need be calibrated for their measuring range in local solids concentration. The calibration of optic fiber probes is known to be a difficult problem. Calibration methods fall into two categories: the first is to calibrate a probe against agitated or fluidized liquid-solid systems; the second is to use particle free-fall in gas-solid systems or the traditional pressure drop method for fluidized solids; the third is in a flow system with particle density deduced from mass flux of particles and measurement where phase velocities were nearly equal. Qin and Liu (1982) calibrated their probes with two kinds of river sands with diameters of 0.3 mm and 0.9 mm, in a liquid--solid fluidized bed 40 mm in diameter. Voidage can be obtained from height L of the expanded bed as: E=

1- (LJL)(l-Eo)

(4.3)

where Lo is the height of a packed bed and E, is the voidage of the packed bed. The results of the calibration is shown in Fig. 4-1 1. The integral time of the measured signals was 60 s. The calibration curves (Figure 4-10) of Hartge et al. (1986) were obtained by a similar method. They found that with quartz sand with a size distribution around an average diameter of 56 pm, calibration was difficult in the high voidage region. For voidages above 80% the bed surface was obscure. Zhou et al. (1994) divided the calibration methods for concentration probes used in liquid--solid systems into two parts. For voidages less than 0.8, calibration was carried out in a fluidized bed because particles are quite uniformly distributed in such a system. Calibrations at high voidages was carried out in a beaker: a certain volume of solid particles is put into a beaker and mixed with a known volume of water, and the liquid--solid mixture is then stirred until the particles are uniformly distributed in the water. Different voidages were attained by mixing different volumes of particles

124 Instrumentation for Fluid-Particle Flow

o d p - ~mm

2

dp - 9 9 mm >

E

2

s

1 .

Reqression Eq. VI-4 -272-1 - 86 2E(mv)

R= -0.997 S= 0.036

I

1

I

I

into water. Thecalibration curve was very nearly linear over the entire voidage range of interest. This calibration method is applicable to all multifiber probes with the probe tips in direct contact with the fluid and the particles. Yam& et al. (1992) calibrated his probe (Figure 4-12) and in a liquidsolid stirred mixer. Figure 4-13 gives the calibration curves for different particles. It shows that particles of different sizes and materials have different sensitivities and linear regions. Saturation may occur because of light scattering by particles of different surfaces and concentrations.

optical fiber

glass plate

i

l-~200mm

. 1

FIGURE 4-12 Opticfiber probe used by Yamazaki et al. (I 982).

Fiber Optics

10

20

125

30

c v CVOl%l FIGURE 4-13 Calibration curevesfor various solid particles (Yamazaki et al., 1983). The purpose of probe calibration in liquid--solid systems is to ascertain if the responding curves of the probe and the measuring system are linear for the test materials. Since in liquid-solid systems particles are distributed uniformly, the reproducibility would be perfect. If the calibration results of the whole system are linear, for gas-solid systems the only parameter which needs to be changed is the index of refraction of the continuous phase. Experiments showed that in the case of a gas--solid system, under the same experimental conditions the output signals of concentration were larger that those for the liquid--solid systems. One of the calibration methods for probes used in gas-solid systems employs the free-falling particles at their terminal velocities after having traveled a certain distance. The calibration method of Matsuno et al. (1983) utilized (Figure 4-14)particles falling at uniform velocity from a vibrating sieve at a sufficient height. The particle concentration was varied by

126 Instrumentation for Fluid-Particle Flow

.... ..*. .....

...::::’.;.’.I.

1-1

. ..... . -

* . . ‘ ( .

. . .. -. -

“‘1 .. .: . . . .

*

. *

*

Particles

. . .-

. . Optical probe ..

-

.

I .w I

FIGURE 4-14 Calibration with@ee-fallingparticles, and relation between integrator voltage and particle concentration (Matsuno et al., 1983). changing the weight of particles on the sieve and also by using sieves of different apertures. Glass beads of average diameter 65.5 pm and density 2.52 g/cm’ (C, lo4) were used, and the particle density is calibrated by:

-

ps

=

AWISVJt

(4.4)

where AW is the cumulative weight of particles sampled on the crosssectional area S within time At, and V, is the terminal velocity of particles. The density range of the calibration curves in the figure has to be limited to a relatively dilute state. However, this method proves that in the calibrated concentration range the output signals of the probe for gas--solid systems are linear too, although a comparatively uniform distribution of solid particles should be satisfied. Cutolo et al. (1 990) calibrated his probe with a collecting vessel placed on a platform balance which is mounted at the bottom of the device. The solids rate is directly evaluated by weight and time measurements. The average volume fraction of solid C,,w in the pipe of cross section S is:

Fiber Optics

127

where W is the weight of the particles, having material density p collected during the time interval t,, and U is the average falling velocity of the particles. In general, U(CJ is a rather involved function of pressure and composition of the gas and of the size, concentration, and weight of the particles. This is a calibration method for the measurement of concentration in gas-solid two-phase flow with the transmission-type probes. Experimental results show that it has good linearity when the volume fraction is below 0.1. Herbert et al. (1994) calibrated probes with a similar method, with the difference that the FCC catalyst particles used flow from a fluidized bed, through an orifice in the center of a porous metal grid, into a square tube (8x8 mm) where they fall 2.5 m into a collection pot. The mass flow rate was determined by particle collection and weighing over a known time period, and the volume fraction range calibrated was only 0.01to 0.1. Tung et al. (1988) calibrated their probe directly in a 90mm diameter fast fluidized bed with FCC catalyst. A multiple regression method was developedfor calibrating the probe by traversing it through the bed and

0.4

0.6

E

0.8

1

.o

FIGURE 4-15 Calibration in a fast fluidized bed and typical multiple regression curve (Tung et al,, 1988).

128 Instrumentation for Fluid-Particle Flow

comparing the resulting measurements with average volume fractions inferred from static-pressure gradients. The average voidages were obtained from pressure drops across the two nearest taps located above and below the probe. If rn runs under different operating conditions were made, the readings with respect to average voidage and corresponding values of output signals N, at n radial coordinates, would form a system of m simultaneous equations:

j = 1,2, 3,

.. m

The coefficients a, b,, b,, b, and b, can therefore be obtained by solving the above equations. By using this calibration method, a plot of voidage versus probe output signals N is shown typically in Figure 4-15. These are readings,

1 .o

/

0.9

-€

-

0.8

-

0.9

1 .o

EAP FIGURE 4-16 Comparison of average voidage given by optic fiber (Tung et al., 1988) that given by pressure drop

and

Fiber Optics

129

with m = 9 and n = 8, which cover conditions from incipient fluidization to pneumatic transport. Figure 4-16 shows a comparison of the average voidage (E ) computed from radial voidage profiles calibrated above, with values determined by pressure difference measurements (E &). Tung's calibaration method provides a comparison between the measured results obtained with a optic fiber probe used in a practical apparatus under different operating conditions and those using the traditional pressure-drop method. The deviation of this calibration method may depend upon the amount of pressure taps and circular rings of equal areas, because the probe measures only the concentration at some specified point. Lischer and Louge (1992) described an optic fiber probe that measured the particle volume fraction in a dense suspension using light from a 5 mW He-Ne laser. Particles illuminated by the central fiber scattered light to the surrounding fibers connected to a photodiode. The output was calibrated against a capacitance probe. Figure 4-17 is a schematic of the calibration set

measurement

FIGURE 4-17 Setup for calibration of optic fiber probe against a capacitance probe (Lischer and Louge, 1992).

130 Instrumentation for Fluid-Particle Flow up. The experimental results were obtained by pouring particles randomly along the probe assembly. They showed that the accuracy of the probe measurement increased with a decreasing ratio of particle diameter to the probe diameter, ddd,. They also found that measurement of transparent materials such as glass beads in water was problematic. Reh and Li (1990) calibrated the crossed and parallel probes in a 100 rnm i.d. gas-solid fluidized bed. The average bed voidage was obtained by pressure drop measurements. These two probes were also calibrated in a liquid--solid fluidization system. It can be seen from the comparison of two calibration curves in Figure 4-18 that both these two kinds of probes had linear response when calibrated in a liquid--solid system, but the nonlinearity of the parallel probe became more evident in the calibration in a gas--solid system. It is obvious that whether the continuous phase is water or air, the average intensity of light output indicates the difference in refractivity. The reason for the difference is that in the gas-solid calibration system the particles were not as uniformly distributed as in the liquid-solid system. Random bubbles and agglomerates exist in the former. Signals of local voidage from these two probes are shown in Figure 4-19. Bubbles, to which the responses of the crossed probe should be zero, cannot be correctly detected by the parallel probe, because the reflection from the bubble boundaries causes a certain level of output. Thus for the modified cross probe, the near-linear response curve is attributed to its localed measurement. These authors concluded from their optic voidage measurements that if the measuring volume of a probe is reasonably small, its response to the bed density would approach linearity. Therefore, it is important to limit the measuring volume and to use appropriate data processing method for random signals in determining the local particle concentration in gas-solid flow using fiber optic probes.

4.2.4 Analysis of Signals

Since dispersion of solids in a fluid-particle system is in a random state of movement, and the signals of light output from both the transmission-type and the reflection-type probes are dependent on diameter, morphology, chromaticness, distance and refractivity of the particles, the signals produced by particles in random movement can only be described by random data analysis. One of the simplest way is to use the mean value, i.e.,

Fiber Optics

(a) air/aiunlina: c,l=

0-110

Average Voidage

131

prn

E

(b) wacer/glass beaus: d, 150-250

pm

FIGURE 4-18 Calibration curves for parallel and crossed optic Jiber probes (Reh and Li, 1990). (a) air-alumina: d, = 0-110 pm,(b) water-glass beads, d, = 150-250 pm.

132 Instrumentation for Fluid-Particle Flow

Crossed Probe

Parallel Probe h

\

F

A

I I I l t l

\

I

l

l

1

FIGURE 4-19 Local voidage signals for parallel and crossed optic Pber probes (Reh and Li, 1990). (0-110 pm alumina in a 90 mm i.d. bed) Usually the signals of the intensity of light are converted into analog signals through the light detector. Through an A / D converter the time-averaged values of signals can be determined. In addition, the waveforms of the original signals in the sampling process can be observed. The instantaneous readings of each point enables calculation of the variance. In order to determine the sampling time, a simple way is to increase the sampling time after stable operation is achieved until the reproducibility is controlled within some preset range of deviation. The time-averaged value obtained by whatever method was not complete for the measurement of local concentration of particles, which may have the random fluctuations. For instance, and the existence of bubbles in gas--solid two-phase flow would not be accounted for in the time-averaging process. Therefore the probability density function and the cumulative probability distribution function have been widely used in the analysis of concentration signals.

Fiber Optics

133

FIGURE 4-20 The nature ofprobability density measurement of signals. The probability density function of random data describes the probability that the data will assume a value within some defined range at any instant of time. Consider the sample record of x(t) illustrated in Figure 4-20. The probability that x(t) assumes a value within the range between x and x + Ax may be obtained by taking the ratio of T,/T, where T, is the total time that x(t) falls within the range (x, x+Ax) during an observation lasting up to T. This ratio will approach an exact probability description as T approaches infinity, or in equation form, Prob [x < x(t) I (x + Ax)] = T-rm lim(T, / T )

(4.8)

For small x, the probability density function Prob(x) can be defined as: Prob [x < x(9 S (x + AX)] = P(x)Ax

(4.9)

According to the above principle, a probability density function measurement of data is to establish a probabilistic description for the instantaneous values of solids concentration. Qin and Liu (1982) showed in Figure 4-21 the probability density function at the center, 113 and 2/3-way from the center and at the wall of a fast fluidized column of 90 mm id. and 8 m high, and operating with a solids mass flow rate of 19.6 kg/m2s. It can be seen fiom the figure that when E = 0 and E = 1 are defined, the probability of voidage signals of the probe at different locations can be clearly presented. P(x) is defined as the probability at the instant for value x(t) larger or smaller than certain x value, which is equal to the integration of the probability density function. P(x) is called the cumulative probability distribution function and should be between 0 to 1. The probability for x(t) falling within any domain (x,, x2) is

134 Instrumentation for Fluid-Particle Flow

I

I

I I 20

40

60

60 E%

50 r PS

I I

Bed walls

I 10

25 r=23 O!O

I

-

r=l

I I

I

5

I

I 0

20

40

. 1 0

60

40

60

E Yo

FIGURE 4-21 Probability densityfunction for voidage 1982). P(X2)- fY-31 =

t'

E

(Qin and Lin,

(4.10)

Hartge et al. (1988) measured radial solids concentrations and probability density and cumulative probability distribution of ash particle in a 400 mm i.d. and 8 m high circulating fluidized bed, the results of which are shown in Figure 4-22. It can be found from comparison of data for the same

Fiber Optics

135

;;K;;K

1oK--;j$G7

r-0 I

h

w41m O 6 00 00

00

01

01 C"

00

C"

00

00

01 00 C"

01 C"

o ' K;M!!MNJu h-09m O 6

00

06 C"

00

06 C"

00

00

06 C"

oooo

06 C.

';

(a) Local solids concentration distributions

{-JI ..

.3

.2

.1

.1

0.0 0

0.1

0.2 r.m

0.0 0

*

- --

0.1 * 0.2 r.m

(b) Radial solids concentration profiles

FIGURE 4-22 Measurement of ash concentraion in a circulating fluidized bed (400 mm i.d., 8 m height) u = 3.7 d s , G,= 30 kg/m2s (Hartge et al., 1988). (a) Local concentration distributions, (b) Radial concentration proj2es. height and operating conditions that when h = 0.9 m and probe in the central position, the time-averaged value of volume fraction C, = 0.22, but the maximum probability in the figure occurs at C, = 0.08. It is obvious that the time-averaged value ignores the local instantaneous concentration profile, because during the process of time averaging of concentration there were bubbles. Since the optic fiber probe has time response characteristic of the nanosecond level, limited by the response of the light detector, the response of signals will have essentially no time lag. Thus another method for describing optic output signals for particle concentration is to analyze the power spectrum. The power spectral density function of random signals can express the frequency structure of signals by the mean square value. The power spectral density function S,y> can be defined as:

136 Instrumentation for Fluid-Particle Flow

So0

Frequency f

(HI)

FIGURE 4-23 Typicalpower spectrum density for fast fluidized bed (Xia et al.,1992).

(4.1 1)

where M,’ cf ,Af ) is the mean value. Xia et al. (1992) applied this signal analysis method to study the oscillatory behavior of light output signals in a fast fluidized bed. Figure 423 shows the typical power spectral density of optic output signals in the fast fluidized bed. The oscillatory behavior of the optic output signals has no characteristic time scale, or a deterministic Itequency response, but forms fractal time characteristics. The major methods for local solids concentration measurement with fiber optic probes are summarized in Table 4-1.

Fiber Optics

137

13 8 Instrumentation for Fluid-Particle Flow

+a

.-C

2

Fiber Optics

139

4.3 MEASUREMENT OF LOCAL PARTICLE VELOCITY Particle velocity is one of the fundamental parameters in the study of fluid-particle flow systems. The initial application of optic fibers was devoted to the measurement of particle velocity in fluidization. Of interest to researchers are the instantaneous value, average value and profile of particle velocity, and at the same time, it is desirable to measure solids concentration as well as the distribution of particle diameters. The range of measurement should be as wide as possible, while the probe diameter should be as small as possible in order to minimize its influence on the flow field. Since the optic fiber probe can satisfy these requirements, it was widely applied and developed. Measurement of particle velocity with optic fibers is based on traversing a distance 1 by a particle between two known points over a transit time (or the time lag) t or the velocity V = Ut. However, the instantaneous velocity can be obtained only when the measuring distance between the two detector points is short enough to avoid interference. The diameters of the optic fiber and of the particle can both fit in the same range, and the response of probe against light signals is almost without time lag. Thus this kind of probes is very suitable for the measurement of instantaneous particle velocity. The probe for local particle velocity measurement is generally comprised of two separate sets of fibers, one for the incident light and one for the reflected light from the particles. One or more fibers are generally used to project the light emitted by a light source on the particles, and two or more fibers to detect the light reflected by the solid particles. The structure of fiber optic probes varies little, but they may be provided with different arrangements for satisfying different requirements. They include different velocity ranges and design characteristics of the probe, e.g., for measurement of bubble velocity, moving direction of particles, local concentration and solid flow rate, etc. Figure 4-24 illustrates typical arrangements of various optic fiber probes. The maximum of cross-correlation function for average velocity and the local discrimination for instantaneous velocity will be described below. 4.3.1 Cross-Correlation Method

In order to obtain the time lag between two sets of reflected light signals of known distance apart, points a and b, for particles in random movement, the cross-correlation function method is generally used in treating the signals. The cross-correlation function of two sets of random signals a(t) and b(t) express the independence of the two sets of sampled data, i.e.,

1 40 Instrumentation for Fluid-Particle Flow h

(A)

Oki e l OL (197s. 1977.1980) Horio e l aL (1988) Yang e l aL (1992)

(B)

Qin and Liu (1982)

W

Hsrtpe at aL (1988) Mllltrer e l ai. (1992) Herbert 01 ai. (1994)

Q

. .

Ishida at aL (1980) Halrno and Irbida (198.3) hthboae et ai. (1989)

Patrme and Cram (1982)

N o m k et ai. (1990)

Uou et a1. (1995)

e Legeads:

Fiber for incident iiehl

Same fiber for both incident and renected Iighb

Fiber for reflected light

FIGURE 4-24 Different types of fiber optic probes for particle velocity measurement. R,(t) = T+m lim(l/ T)ca(t)b(t+z)dt

(4.12)

When T + coy the mean product would tend to a correct cross-conelation function. In addition, when a and b are interchanged, R,(T) in the diagram of cross-correlation is symmetric, i.e.,

Fiber Optics

141

Sometimes the cross-correlation coefficient is used to express the maximum time lag, C*(T,), i.e., C*(T,) = Tlim(l/ +m T)fia(t-~,)-a][b(t)-b(t)~t/F,G,

(4.14)

and 6, is given by an analogous relation by replacing symbol a with b in the same relation. The time required for particles to travel between these two points is the transit time T, where the cross-correlation function is a maximum. The particle velocity V,, therefore, can be calculated according to:

vp=1/T,

(4.15)

where 1 is the effective distance between the two detecting fibers. Improving on the system used by Oki et al. (1977), Horio et al. (1988) used a probe of Type B in Figure 4-24 for measuring velocities of FCC particles and clusters in a circulating fluidized bed. The fiber diameter was 0.5 mm, and the distance between two fibers was 3.1 mm. A special FFT analyzer was used for analyzing the cross-correlation or power spectrum to give T ~ .Figure 4-25(a) shows an example of the signals of the probe. It indicates that groups of particles were passing the probe tips at certain time intervals. The time lag between two signals can be easily known by comparing the time of corresponding peaks and valleys. Such a procedure can be automatically carried out by computing a cross-correlation function. RI

30 time

(ms)

(a) Typical probe signals

(b) Distribution of measured time lag and mean value from cross correlation

FIGURE 4-25 Measurement of FCCparticle velocity (Horio et al., 1988).

142 Instrumentation for Fluid-Particle Flow

In Figure 4-25(b) the real velocity of each group of particles was obtained from the time lag between corresponding peaks of the signals from the two probe tips, and it is compared with the average time delay obtained from the FFT analyzer. The average time delay from the correlation agrees fairly well with that calculated from the original signals. Yang et al. (1992) also used the above mentioned probe in the measurement of particle velocity in a circulating fluidized bed. Experiments were carried out in a 140 mm i.d. bed with FCC particles at operating gas velocities ranging from 1.5 to 6 . 5 d s . As shown in Figure 4-26, it is worth mentioning that, in the dilute zone at 6.6 m axial position, the measured particle velocity agreed well with those measured by laser Doppler velocimetry (LDV). Hartge et al. (1988) developed a optic fiber probe of the minimum size for velocity and concentration measurements. This kind of probe which allows the transmission of incident and reflected lights in a single fiber, as already shown in Figure 4-9, falls into Type C in Figure 4-24. The authors detailed their measuring method and experimental results, and pointed out

8 ,

Axial Location: 6.6 m

7 VI

\

6@

E 5 >;

-Y

'3 4

9 3 .: - 2

-

- 0 measured by LDV 0 measured by Optic1 Fiber Probe

0 -1

&-

0.0

I

0.2 0.4 0.6 Rcdial Distance,

0.8

1.u

E-]

FIGURE 4-26 Comparison of particle velocities determined by LDV and cross-correlationof opticJiber measurement (Yang et al., 1992)

Fiber Optics

143

that the effective optic distance between the two fibers for receiving light and the distance of fibers having different geometric arrangements should be calibrated by using a rotating metal plate with color marks, since 1 was one of the main factors influencing data error. Besides, in order to calculate crosscorrelation h c t i o n from Eq. (4.14) , it means that in practical cases the integration time T must be sufficiently long. In a circulating fluidized bed, they have to take into account the structure elements of the flow pattern, e.g., clusters or strands of solids which may have significantly different velocities. In order to detect instantaneous velocities, it was therefore decided to use very short integration time (0.Values of T between 10 and 30 ms were found to be sufficient to yield reproducible values of instantaneous velocities in the present case, where the sampling frequency was 25 kHz and 8.3 kHz, respectively. An integration period T of 20 ms corresponds to a vertical length of 100 mm for a typical gas velocity in the fluidized bed operating at 5 d s , and this seems sufficiently short to detect individual velocities of the structure elements. Figure 4-27(a) gives representative of velocity measurements for FCC particles taken at two different heights above the distributor and at different distances, Y , from the vessel center line. The results were plotted as probability densities and cumulative probability densities of the velocities calculated from the time delay z, of the cross-correlation functions. It is interesting that in all measurements, positive as well as negative velocity values, were registered. It is only the proportion of upward and downward velocities, respectively, which varies with the locus of measurement. As a general tendency, it is the upward velocity which dominates in the vessel center whereas the downward velocity is more pronounced in the wall region. Such a display of data with probability statistic distribution is visual and detailed. If compared with the profiles of the local average solids velocity, more information can be obtained. For example, in Figure 4-27(b), at the wall position of Y =0.2 m at h =0.9 m, , the average solids velocity is zero. Figure 4-27(a) shows basically symmetric probability distributions of both positive and negative velocities, but it can be seen from the cumulative density function curves that the positive velocity larger than 5 m / s still constitutes about 8\%. Militzer et al.jl992) used probes of similar structure (Type C in Figure 4-24) for measuring particle velocities and improved the computer software for processing cross-correlation signals (as will be mentioned later in this chapter). The probe contains two parallel plastic fibers at a distance of approximately 3 mm from each other. Each of these fibers is connected to a light emitting diode (LED) and to a photocell. The same fiber is used both to send and to receive the light signals. The intensity of the signal reflected by the solids passing in front of the fibers depends on the composition of the

144 Instrumentation for Fluid-Particle Flow

r-0 om

t r 0 9m

r-02m

0.6

6

10-3 V. m k

V. mis

6

I O 5

v. mh

6

10

v. rmz

(a) Local solids velocity distribution

;::IT\

10 0

2.0

0.0

-2.0

-2.0

-40

0.0

0 i

0.2 r.m

-4.0

0.0

0.1

0.2 r.m

( b j Radiai p r o s e s of local average solids velocity

FIGURE 4-27 Measurement of FCC velocity in a circulating9uidized bed of 400 mm i.d, 8 m height, u = 2.9 mh, G, = 49 kg/m2s (Hartge et al., 1988). particles, their shape, size distribution and concentration. The signals are transferred to a file on a PC with an A/D data acquisition card. Usually, 512 samples are taken from each channel with a frequency of between 10 and 50 kHz per channel. For a sample with 512 values, this gives a sampling period of between 20 and 100 ms. Figure 4-28 shows the velocity of 150 pm average diameter sand particles falling under gravity out of a hopper. Samples were taken at 21 kHz per channel. According to Guigon (1987) the velocity of a stream of particles falling in air for height of up to 15 cm is very close to the free-fall velocity in vacuum. The free-fall velocity in vacuum is given by (2gh)” where g is the acceleration of gravity and h is the vertical distance from the opening of the hopper. This is a simple and convenient calibration method. Herbert et al. (1994) measured both velocity and concentration of particles with Type C probe in Figure 4-24. At each position, five files were

Fiber Optics

4

0.0

I

0.1

1

I

0.2

145

I

0.3 Height (m)

FIGURE 4-28 Comparison of experimental and theoretical velocities for particles fallingffom a hopper (Militzer et al., 1992). recorded, each containing 50 individual velocity values. Each velocity was calculated from the cross correlation of two signals of 5 12 points sampled at the frequency of 50 kHz. This frequency was the maximum attainable with present DMA data acquisition card. The velocity measurements were shown to be reproducible with errors of between 10 and 15\%for particle velocities of up to 8 mfs. The two kinds of probe structures shown under Type D in Figure 4-24 were employed for measuring both velocity and direction of moving particles in fluidized beds by Ishida and Shirai (1980). The probe consisted of 7 fibers 0.2 mm in diameter. Light emitted by a lamp was guided through the central fiber to project onto the particles around the tip of the probe. The light reflected on the surface of each particle was received by the peripheral six fibers. Particle velocity was obtained by measuring the time required for the particles to travel fi-om the position of Fiber No.1 to that of Fibers No. 2, 3,4, 5 or 6, and vice versa, depending on the direction of the particle flow, where No.1 plays the role of the reference signal. The 7 channel analog data recorded by the data recorder were converted to a sequence of 8-bit digital signals in the following order: No.1, 2, No. 1, 3, No. 1,4, No. 1, 5 and No. 1, 6. In most cases, those data were sampled in an interval of 21.75 ps. Hence, the sampling interval for the reference signal No. 1 becomes 43.5 ps and that for the master signals No.2 through No. 6 was 348 ps. The range of the

146 Instrumentation for Fluid-Particle Flow

velocity scale was set between 2 cm/s and 2 m / s . The development of high speed multi-channel A/D card and processing capacity of computer as well as statistical softwares in recent years have facilitated the use of this type of probe and the method. Rathbone et al. (1989) used a similar probe to determine particle velocity parallel to the surface. The difference is that the central fiber is the sensor of the Fiber Optic Doppler Anemometry (FODA), and it transmits light from a 5 mW He-Ne laser. Particles illuminated by the central fiber scatter light to the surrounding fibers as they passed the probe. When the particles passed over two fibers in succession, the transit time at cross correlation maximum can be obtained. In principle, by correlating the strongest signals from the fibers, it should be possible to determine the direction or different components of particle velocity. However, the measurement was carried out in a twodimensional fluidized bed, and relatively few data were obtained. Now& et al. (1 990) reported a probe shown in Figure 4-24 as type E for measuring velocity of mixed particles of different sizes. The bed particles were FCC particles averaging 46 pm in diameter, mixed with porous silica alumina particles with a mean diameter of 3 mm as the large particles. The large particles were coated with a water-soluble fluorescent dye which has a strong visible light color under UV illumination. The total concentration of large particles was 2%, and the inventory of the bed was 200 kg. The optic fiber probe consists of several plastic fibers; silica fibers were used as the light source while plastic fibers acted as the light receiver. Ultraviolet light from a low-pressure mercury lamp, filtered, leaving the silica fibers, illuminates the fluorescent particles. A portion of the visible light reflected at the surface of the particle passed through the plastic fibers and UV cut filter to a photo multiplier, the electric signals of which were collected in a data recorder. Figure 4-29 shows the measured velocities of the particles of different diameters in a 205 mm i.d. circulating fluidized bed. It can be seen from the experimental results that in the region from the center to the position of r/R = 0.8, the change in velocity of large particles is not obvious, while the maximum velocity of fine particles in the center decreases along the bed wall. These data were obtained with the FFT method by deriving the transit time from the maximum value of the cross-correlation function. The fluorescent tracing measuring technique can detect and display given objects in motion, e.g., particles. Since there is apparent difference between the emitting light and the fluorescent light, the use of a filter can easily distinguish the signals of a given object from others. Little has been discussed on error about measurement of particle velocity with the cross-correlation method. Usually, the data presented are the average velocity profiles of each measuring point. It is hard to know the exact sampling time at any position, the time interval of data processing, and at

Fiber Optics

'

147

Air ve!ocity 4.0 m/s

Solid rate 55.7 kg/m 2 0

8 - 3 1 E

e

\

0.2

0.4

e

0.6

0.8

1.0

Oirnensionless radiai position, r/R

FIGURE 4-29 ProJiles of measured large and small particle velocities (nowak et al., 1990). what cross-correlation functions the maximum value 2, of the average transit time is obtained, and therefore, the scope of errors cannot be clearly explained. And if the measuring system was calibrated, it was, in most cases, calibrated in rotating beds. Obviously, under these circ*mstances, the crosscorrelation functions are always large. The errors in the measurement of particle velocity may result from the distance between two measuring fibers, sampling time and frequency, particle size distribution and the sharpness of cross-correlation curves. In designing a probe, the distance between the two detecting points, 1, is essential. Ideally, a particle passing through the upstream detecting point should also pass through the downstream detecting point. If this can be satisfied, the cross-correlation function would approach to 1. In practice, the cross-correlation function may become small due to collision and friction

148 Instrumentation for Fluid-Particle Flow

between particles and between particles and the probes. Oki et al. (1977) qualitatively described the relationship between I and d,. When I < d, , the coherence is high, the transit time is small and the directional characteristics is dull. If 1 > dp the above relationship is reversed. When the distance I is greater than five times the size of particle d,, the maximum value of crosscorrelation coefficient C(zJ is smaller than 0.2, and thus it becomes difficult to locate the peak of C(z). Generally, for signals with known frequencyA the sampling frequency of 2 5 times o f f , can be easily satisfied, because in most cases the velocity at a measuring point is approximately known, and the signal frequency produced at a given fiber diameter can be estimated. Since the crosscorrelation function is a discrete function of the time lag of multiples of the sampling interval, that is, inverse of the sampling frequency, a significant error is introduced in the velocity calculation when only a few points are sampled during a particle's passage between the two fibers. Herbert et al. (1 994) suggested that the error, E, can be defined as the difference in velocity as calculated from two neighboring points, or:

-

E = p [MI - ( M + 1)-7

(4.16)

wherefis the sampling frequency, I is the distance between the fibers, and M is the position of the cross-correlationmaximum which is an integer multiple of the sampling interval. The distribution of particle diameter directly affects the velocity distribution of particles. The free-fall velocity of a particle is proportional to its diameter. Figure 4-30 shows that the normalized standard deviation of the measured free-fall particle velocity increases exponentially with the normalized deviation of the particle diameter. It is therefore necessary to conduct many more measurements when the particles exhibit a large distribution in order to determine a reliable mean value. The sharpness of the cross-correlation function is the main factor of deviation of particle velocity measurement, because 7, based on the maximum of the crosscorrelation function is considered as the mean value of particle velocity during the sampling period, with its accuracy indicated by the sharpness of its curve. Militzer et al. (1992) took notice of this feature. Figure 4-31 shows three examples for correlation and time lag curves. Curve (a) is for a low velocity flow with well correlated signals, (b) is for a high velocity flow with well correlated signals and (c) is for a low velocity flow with poorly correlated signals. In order to distinguish the data of different correlation coefficients, they used two sets of criteria in their program to reject or accept calculated velocities. The first one used the value of the normalized Correlation coefficient, the default value used in the program being 0.5,

Fiber Optics

149

1

0.1

0.01

0.001 0.01 0.1 1 Normalized deviation of particle diameter, a, / d r FIGURE 4-30 Deviation of particle ffee-fall velocity D". vs. deviation oj particle diameter o* (Herbert et al., 1994). #

1

Yl

-1

0.

0.467 €42

time (s)

FIGURE 4-31 Example of correlation versus time delay curves (Militzer et al., 1992).

150 Instrumentation for Fluid-Particle Flow

....

Hislogram of series of measurements

V e

I 0 c

i 1

Y

t-

m

I I

1

Number of series

Information: S t d . d e v . = 0 . 1 3 9 E + O O m/s P o i n t s w i t h less t h a n 2-a

= 100%

A v e r a g e V e l o c i t y I 1 . 5 7 m/s A v e r a g e v e l o c . i s a n d i c a t c d b y +V e l o c i t y >O: V d o c z t y

Fiber Optics

151

-

from light source

+ IO P.M.T from light source

'

Y

I

FIGURE 4-33 Schematic of the five-Jiber optic probe (Particles move along the x-axis) 4.3.2 A logical discrimination method In order to obtain the instantaneous particle velocity directly from the signals of the reflected light of the probe for particle velocity measurement, Qin and Liu (1982) proposed a method to acquire the instantaneous particle velocity distribution with a logic discrimination method. As can be seen in Figure 4-33, that for a five-fiber probe (Type F in Figure 4-24), it can be found from the behavior of particles at the tip of a probe and the signals of reflected light that if the particles move along the x axis in a three-dimensional space, the intensity of the signals mainly depends on the location of particles on the z axis. And if a threshold level is set, the lateral range of x axis can be limited, thus eliminating the influence of remote particles and background light, etc. For the x and y axes, if the particles deviate from the x axis, the intensity and width of signals would become small, which can be eliminated by the threshold level; and if y = 0, it would be a standard qualified particle signal and the transit time of the particle, which is also the instantaneous velocity of the particle, at the measuring point can be obtained directly from the peak-value signals A and B. However, when the particles move in turbulence or the moving direction of particles changes frequently due to collision at high concentration, the construction of the three-fiber probe would produce relatively desirable pseudo-signals. Since the optic fiber probe can only resolve the transit time of two sets of signals and could not judge the continuity of a signal source, i.e., signals A and B may be produced by different particles, phenomena such as broader distribution of particle velocity and some unreasonable data may occur. In order to discriminate and limit the moving deviation of particles in the x and y directions, a reference fiber was added in the probe, as shown by

152 Instrumentation for Fluid-Particle Flow

Time FIGURE 4-34 Example of a standardparticle signal versus time. the 5-fiber probe of Figure 4-33. The existence of fiber C , the reference fiber, between the fibers for receiving light divides the transit time into two parts, zACand zcB. Figure 434 illustrates the standard qualified signals produced by a moving particles at the tip of the 5-fibers probe. When the particles move along the x axis, three sets of electrical signals are produced in channels A, C and B with a delay in time, the sequence of which is zA - zc - zB or zB - zc- zA, depending on the moving direction of the particle. Therefore, the measuring system can obtain the results of velocity distribution and number of particles in the positive and the negative x direction. If any one of the three signals is lacking in the above mentioned sequence, it can be ascertained that the particle did not move completely along the x axis or the signal is not produced by the same particle. More precisely, if particles move along the x axis, zAc, zcB, or zBc, zCAwill be equal, because the movement of particles within the distance of less than 1 mm should be equal in velocity without the disturbance of external force, and all signals with unequal zAc, zcB or zBc, zCAtransit time

Fiber Optics

153

will be considered as signals not produced by the same particle, and such pseudo-correlation signals, once produced, will be canceled, so that the system can meet the requirement of velocity measurement of particles even under the condition of high concentration and turbulent flow. Nevertheless, such strict condition of T~~ = T~~ would reduce the number of qualified signal data and sampling time would be correspondingly longer. In practical application, a computer would easily adjust the acceptable range of the above conditions to control the deviation of instantaneous velocity of particles within the known range. As a matter of fact, a velocity could be made acceptable if these two measured velocities are within a certain tolerance, say, within 1% of each other, i.e., vp

= (vAC +

vCB)/2

(4.17)

for

where VAc = lAJxAC and VcB =lcBltcB. For the purpose of accurately determining the effective separation distance between fiber A and fiber C and between fiber C and fiber B, not to obtain 1 value simply from the length of fiber arrangement, a simple and effective way is to calibrate the probe and measuring system with a D.C. speed adjustable motor and a oscilloscope. Fix a fine rod with a diameter equal to that of the particle to be measured onto the shaft of the motor, adjust the distance between the fine rod and probe tip (i.e., the z axis). Cycle time and transit time can be taken from the oscilloscope, i.e., calculating 1 from cycle velocity and T ~ .Since the calibration signal was produced cyclically and is reproducible, the signal at each channel was observable on the oscilloscope. In order to inspect the effects of particle diameter change on the peak signals, experiments were carried out with 6 fine rods of diameters varying from 0.05 to 0.4 mm, with a probe made from 0.2 mm fibers. Experimental results show that the velocity tolerance produced by peak value detection was not larger than f2%. Figure 4-35 shows the schematic diagram of the measuring system of the 5-fiber probe. As shown in Figure 4-33, fibers 1 and 2 of the probe are used for illuminating the moving particles and the other three fibers, A, B and C , are used to catch the light reflected on the surfaces of those particles. The variations of the reflected light are converted to electric signals by photomultipliers and processed by amplifiers, filters and peak detectors respectively. After the peak detectors, the signals are converted to pulse trains and then the pulse trains are sent to the logic circuit and the computer to analyze and calculate the delay times, zACand T ~ The . computer was used

154 Instrumentation for Fluid-Particle Flow

r Liaht

Micor Cprnpulor A

FIGURE 4-35 Block diagram offive-fiber optic probe measuring system. to control the interface to acquire, calculate and analyze the data by a specially written computer program. Figure 4-35 shows the block diagram of the logic discrimination functions of the measuring system. These functions are implemented by circuits or programs, with main consideration placed on the realization of fast processing of the acquired instantaneous velocity distribution of particles. Figure 4-36 shows a typical particle velocity distribution determined by a five-fiber optic probe. Through the analytical and statistical s o h a r e in the personal computer, data such as the statistical distribution of particle velocity, total particle number, effective particles data, sampling time, maximum, minimum and average velocity, peak velocity and standard deviation of samples, and so on, can be acquired by the monitor display. Zhou et al. (1 995) used a five-fiber optic probe and measuring system in a 9 m high circulating fluidized-bed riser of 146x146 mm square cross-section. The particle velocity distribution for a typical case determined by the optic fiber particle velocity probe, is shown in Figure 4-38 (mean particle velocities were 5.85 m/s upward (1991 particles), and -0.97 downward (9 particles). From the measuring system, the velocities of both ascending and descending particles can be obtained, and the relative percentage of sampled particles which are being carried upwards and downwards. Lateral profiles showing the local percentage of sampled particles which were being carried upwards (rather than descending) are shown in Figure 4-39. The percentage of ascending particles increased from the wall to the center. Almost all particles moved upwards in the central region of the riser, while most particles moved downwards near the wall. Lateral profiles of particle

Fiber Optics

155

I

t

FIGURE 4-36 Schematic of the logic distribution functions of the Jive-Jiber measuring system.

156 Instrumentation for Fluid-Particle Flow

-

Range:(-5.8 5.9) mls Total: 7618 5000 Daid92 Sec. N: Mean= -1.75 ( 4 s ) Peak= -1.75 (ws) S.D= 0.3749 ( 4925 Dah) P: Maan= 0.72 ( I d s ) Peak= 0.35 ( d s ) S.D= 0.8939 ( 75 Data)

"

-10 -8

-6 -4

-2 0

2

4

6

8

10

Velocity. m/s

FIGURE 4-37 Typical particle velocity distribution as measured by a3vefiber optic probe (Sand, dpof I50 pm, byfiee fall system).

z m-

160 140

Particle Velocity, vp, m/s FIGURE 4-38 Particle veocity distribution in the center of a circulating fluidized bedfor U,= 5.5 i d s , G, = 20 kg/m2 (zhou et al., 1995).

Fiber Optics

157

Dimensionless Distance, yN FIGURE 4-39 Lateral projles of jiactions of particles travelling upwards for diferent solidsfluixes: Ug = 5.5 m/s, z = 6.2 m, m'X =O(Zhou et al, 1995).

e - . , . A L - - - - J ~ ~ . -*-.-:----'---A-*a. '

'

'

'

- 6-

'

100

*-

v)

T-V---J-V-V

I

-1.o

I

I

0.5 Dimensionless Distance, y/Y -0.5

0.0

10 1.o

FIGURE 4-40 Lateral pro$les of particle velocities and fiactio of particles ascending at top of column: Ug = 5.5 m/s, Gs = 40 kg/m2s, x = 8.98 m, m'X = 0 (Zhou et al., 1995). velocities and fraction of sampled particles ascending near the top of the riser are presented in Figure 4-40. Since the average velocities of the ascending and descending particles can be obtained simultaneously during the sampling period, the number of the ascending and descending particles can thus be calculated, and the data for

158 Instrumentation for Fluid-Particle Flow

each measuring point can be easily taken from the monitor of the computer and the dynamic changes of velocity profiles during the sampling period be displayed on the screen by a statistic software until the whole sampling process is ended. This discrimination method for particle velocity measurement, which uses the five-fiber optic probe, well defines reflected light signals of particles to judge whether or not the signals are produced by the same particle. If the qualified particle signals zAc= zCBobtained through logic discrimination are treated for z, with the cross-correlation method, then cross-correlationsfor these signals approach unity. Therefore, the error of the logic discrimination method can be controlled within a very narrow range, and the time taken for data processing is much shorter than that required by calculating the cross-correlation function with the FFT method.

Notations concentrationor volume fraction, e.g., C,= solids volume fraction diameter of a particle, mm frequency, e.g.,x = sampling frequency fiber diameter, mm solids circulation rate, kg/m2s distance between the two probe tips, mm distance between incident light and receiving light, mm number of sampled particles air refractivity core refractivity coat refractivity probability density function probe diameter, mm cross-correlation function distance from center-line time, e.g., t, = measuring time, s superficial gas velocity, m/s particle velocity obtained from fibers A and C, C and B, m/s VCB horizontal coordinates, m half-width of column cross-section, m XY vertical coordinate measured from the primary air distributor, m 2 Greek symbols voidage, e.g., E, = voidage of the packed bed E h wavelength, nm density, e.g., p, = particle density, kg/m3 p z transit time, e.g., z, = maximum transit time, s

Fiber Optics

159

REFERENCES Bemer, G., “A Simple Light Backscatter Technique to Determine Average Particle Size and Concentration in a Suspension”, Powder Tech., 20, 133 (1978). Cutolo, A., Rendina, L., Arena, U., Marzocchella, A., and Massirnilla, L., “Optoelectronic Technique for the Characterization of High Concentration Gas--Solid Suspension”,Applied Optics, 29, 1317 (1990). Dobbins, R.A. and ji*zmagian, G.S., “Optical Scattering Cross Sections for Polydispersions of Dielectric Particles”,J Opt. SOC.Am., 56, 1345 (1966). Hartge, E., Li, Y., and Werther, J., “Analysis of the Local Structure of the Two Phase Flow in a Fast Fluidized Bed”, in Circulating Fluidized Bed Technology (Edited by Basu, P.), Toronto, p.153, 1986. Hartge, E., Rensner, D., and Werther, J., “Solids Concentration and Velocity Patterns in Circulating Fluidized Beds”, in Circulating Fluidized Bed Technology ZZ(Basu, P., and Large, J.F., eds.), France, p.165, 1988. Hatano, H., and Ishida, M., “Study on the Entrainment of FCC Particles from a Fluidized Bed”, Powder Tech., 35,201 (1983). He, Y., Limy C.J., Grace, J.R., Zhu, J., and Qin, S., “Measurements of Voidage Profiles in Spouted Beds”, Can. J Chem. Eng., 72,229 (1994). Herbert, P.M., Gauthier, T.A., Briens, C.L., and Bergougnou, M.A., “Application of Fiber Optic Reflection Probes to the Measurement of Local Particle Velocity and Concentration in Gas--Solid Flow”, Powder Tech., 80, 243 (1994). Horio, M., Morish*ta, K., Techibana, O., and Murata, N., “Solid Distribution and Movement in Circulating Fluidized Beds”, in Circulating Fluidized Bed Technology ZI (Basu, P., and Large J.F., eds.), France, p.147, 1988. Ishida, M., Shirai, T., and Nishiwaki, A., “Mesurement of the Velocity and Direction of Flow of Solid Particles in a Fluidized Bed”, Powder Tech., 27, 1 (1980). Kapany, N. S., “Fibre Optics,” Parts 1-6, J. Opotical SOC.Of America, 47, 413,494 (1957); 49,770, 1109 (1959).

160 Instrumentation for Fluid-Particle Flow

Krohn, D. A., SPIE Vo1.718, Fiber Optic and Laser Sensors IV, p.2 (1986). Lischer, D.J., and Louge, M.Y.,"Optical Fiber Measurements of Particle Concentration in Dense Suspensions: Calibration and Simulation", Applied Optics, 31,5106 (1992). Matsuno, Y., Yamaguchi, H., OkayT., Kage H., and Higash*tani, K., "The Use of Optic Probes for the Measurement of Dilute Particle Concentration: Calibration and Application to Gas-Fluidized Bed Carryover", Powder Tech., 36,215 (1983). Militzer, J., Hebb, J.P., Jollimore, G., and Shakowzadch, K., "Solid Particle Velocity Measurements", in Fluidization VIZ (Potter, O.E., and Nicklin, D.J., eds.), Engineering Foundation, New York, 1992. Nakajima, M., Harada, M., Asai, M., Yamazaki, R., and Jimbo, G., "Bubble Fraction and Voidage in an Emulsion Phase in the Transition to a Turbulent Fluidized Bed", in Circulating Fluidized Bed Technology ZZI (Basu, P., Horio, M., Hasatani, M., eds.), Japan, p.79, 1990. Nowak, W., Mineo, H., Yamazaki, R., and Yoshida, K., "Behaviour of Particles in a Circulating Fluidized Bed of a Mixture of Two Different Sized Particles", in circulating Fluidized BedTechnoIogy IZZ (Basu, P., Horio, M., and Hasatani, M., eds.), Japan, p.219, 1990.

Oki, K., Walawender, W.P., and Fan, L.T., "The Measurement of Local Velocity and Solid Particles", Powder Tech., 18, 171 (1977). Qin, S., and Liu, G., "Application of Optical Fibers to Measurement and Display of Fluidized Systems", in Fluidization Science and Technology (Kwauk, M., and Kunii, D., eds.), China, p.258, 1982. Rathbone, R.R., Ghadiri, M., and Clift, R., "Measurement of Particle Velocities and Associated Stresses on Immersed Surface in Fluidized Beds", in Fluidization VZ (Grace, J.R., Shemilt, L.W., and Bergougnou, M.A., eds.) Endineering Foundation, New York, p.629, 1989. Reh, L., and Li, J., "Measurement of Voidage in Fluidized Beds by Optical Probes", in Circulating Fluidized Bed Technology IZZ (Basu, P., Horio, M., and Hasatani, M., eds.), Japan, p.163, 1990.

Fiber Optics

161

Salins, R.B., "Plastic Optical Fiber Displacement Sensor for Study of the Dynamic Response of a Solid Exposed to an Intense Pulsed Electron Beam", Review of ScientiJc Instruments, 46, 879 (1 975). Tung, Y., Li, J., and Kwauk, M., "Radial Voidage Profiles in a Fast Fluidized Bed", in Fluidization Science and Technology (Kwauk, M., and Kunii, D., eds.), China, p.139, 1988. Wang, Z., Bai, D., and Jin, Y., "Hydrodynamics of Cocurrent Downflow Circulating Fluidized Bed", Powder Tech., 70,271 (1992). Xia, Y., Zheng, C., and Li, H. "Characterizing Fast Fluidization by Optic Output Signals", Powder Tech., 72, 1 (1 992). Yam&, H., Tojo, K., and Miyanami, K., "Measurement of Local Solids Concentration in a Suspension by an Optical Method", Powder Tech., 70, 93 (1 992). Yang, Y., Jin, Y., Yu, Z., and Wang, Z., "Investigation on Slip Velocity Distribution in the Riser of Dilute Circulating Fluidized Bed", Powder Tech., 73,67 (1992). Zhang, W., Tung, Y., and Johnsson, F., "Radial Voidage Profiles in Fast Fluidized Beds of Different Diameters", Chem. Engng. Sei., 46,3045 (1991). Zhou, J., Grace, J.R., Qin, S., Brereton, C.M.H., Limy C.J., and Zhu, J., "Voidage Profiles in a Circulating Fluidized Bed of Square Cross-Section", Chem. Engng. Sei., 49,3217 (1994). Zhou, J., Grace, J.R., Lim. C.J., and Brereton, C.M.H., "Particle Velocity Profiles in a Circulating Fluidized Bed Riser of Square Cross-Section", Chem. Engng. Sei, 50,237 (1 995).

Instrumentation for FluidParticle Flow: Acoustics Shu-Haw Sheen, Hual-Te Chien, and Apostolos C. Paul Raptis

5 . 1 INTRODUCTION In Chapters 5 and 6, we describe some practical instrumentation for measuring fluidparticle flow. The emphasis on practical instrumentation is inspired by the need for flow instruments in industrial processes. Because the environment of most industrial processes is adverse, flow instruments must meet several stringent requirements. Typically, the instruments must be able to perform under high pressure and temperature while withstanding erosion, corrosion, and vibration. In addition, they must be rugged, low cost, and easy to operate. In many processes, flow diversion and constriction are undesirable because the additional flow perturbation may cause plugging and measurement errors. Thus, conventional single-phase flowmeters, such as orifice and venturi meters, may not be applicable to solid/fluid flows, especially those with high solid loading. Nonintrusive flowmeters that do not flow are the top choice of industry. Commercially available nonintrusive flowmeters can be categorized by technique into electromagnetic (EM) (magmeter), thermal, Coriolis, and acoustic/ultrasonic. Electromagnetic flowmeters can be applied only to soliMiquid slurries that contain electrical conducting liquids. A common problem of EM flowmeters is their temperature dependence for magnet stability. Thermal flowmeters, which measure the heating power that is required to maintain a constant temperature difference between two points along the stream, have not been successful in multiphase streams because varying composition changes the thermal conductivity of the flow rate. The Coriolis flowmeter consists of a U-shaped tube through which the material whose flow is to be measured passes. The tube is given an oscillatory angular motion by a driver and counterbalance assembly. The material flows in opposite directions in the two legs of the U and experiences oppositely directed oscillatory Coriolis forces, which are transmitted to the tube. The resulting torque produces a twisting motion of the tube about the x-axis. Examination of the equations of motion shows that the amplitude of this oscillatory twisting motion is directly related to the total mass flow of the flowing material when the 162

Instrumentation for Fluid-Particle Flow: Acozistics

163

flow and density profiles are symmetrical with respect to the xy-plane. Flowmeters based on this principle have been accepted by the industry as a standard for solifliquid flows, but their application is still limited because of their high cost and difficult installation requirements. Field tests show that the Coriolis flowmeter was successful in steady hom*ogeneous flows but somewhat erratic in unsteady flows. Acoustic/ultrasonic techniques that have been developed into flowmonitoring instruments are Doppler, cross-correlation, and transit-time methods. An ultrasonic Doppler flowmeter has been applied to single-phase turbulent flows and mixed-phase (solifliquid or gashquid) flows. The crosscorrelation technique is mainly for mixed-phase flows, whereas the transit-time method has been applied to single-phase flows, either liquid or gas, in large pipes. In this chapter, we will review the principles of acoustic measurement techniques and describe, in detail, acoustic flowmeters for solid/liquid and solidgas pipe flows. Because field engineers who work with solifliquid flows find it important to monitor liquid viscosity, we also describe the use of ultrasound to monitor. To conclude the chapter, we enumerate future sensor research needs.

5 . 2 PRINCIPLES OF ACOUSTIC FLOWMEASUREMENT TECHNIQUES Acoustic techniques applicable to solid suspensions are essentially based on measurements of three parameters: velocity, attenuation and scattering, and their dependence of these parameters on frequency (and angle of the scattering). Experimental variables that are important for optimization of the measurements are transducer geometry, frequency range, and signal processing. The choice of transducer geometry depends on the process environment. For example, in a high-temperature process, one must use waveguides to isolate transducers from the process stream. The operating frequency determines the resolution; the higher the frequency, the better the resolution in measuring particle size. However, the tradeoff is the measurement distance, because, typically, attenuation is inversely proportional to the frequency squared. Signal processing is the fastest growing area of measurement technology. Because of advances in microprocessor technology, more complex signal processing can be performed faster; thus, real-time and intelligent instruments can be made.

5 . 2 . 1 Signal-to-Noise Criteria The figure of merit for a sonic system of measurement that utilizes the generation, transmission, and reception of sound is defined as the maximum allowable transmission loss. This loss is derived from the sonar equation, which simply states that the received signal is equal to the background noise plus a measurement requirement, where the measurement requirement is set by the particular measurement under consideration. This method is not unique to sonics and may be applied to radar, astronomy, and communication theory. The advantage of the sonar equation that underlies the figure-of-merit computation is the fact that it permits quantitative comparison of various measurement schemes

164 Instrumentation for Fluid-Particle Flow

I

*:

Summation

L-p

PG

c

1

AS

TL: Transmission loss through fluid AS: Averaged measurement parameter PSL: Processed signal level (Af,A@, At, etc) SL: Source level at inner wall DG: Receiving-transducerdirectional gain NL: Background noise level FIGURE 5- 1 Elementary sonic-transmission scheme for measuringflow-

velocity. and selection of operating parameters on a common basis. A simple form of the sonar equation is

Received Signal Level = Background Noise + Measurement Requirement. (5.1) The sonar equation for a sonic flowmeter can be stated as

SE = SL - TL + PG + DG - NL + MR,

(5.2)

where SE represents the detectable flow signal; SL, the source level; TL, the transmission loss; PG, the processing gain; DG the directivity gain; NL, the noise level; and MR, the measurement requirement that is set by the developer of the instrument and dictates the amount of signal above the background noise that a sonic instrument must have for satisfactory performance. Typically, each term in the sonar equation is given in decibels per unit bandwidth (1 Hz). A representation of a sonic flowmeter is presented in Fig. 51. The processed signal level (PSL) of a one-way transmission system, as shown in Fig. 5-1, may be defined by the equations

PSL = SL - TL + PG

+ DG,

(5.3)

which states that PSL is the received signal level increased by a factor that accounts for the gain in the signal-to-noise ratio S/N due to signal processing. Equation 5.3 is commonly used to establish the feasibility of a sonic-flow metering technique. To illustrate an approach based on Eq. 5.3, we describe a feasibility study for developing an acoustic/ultrasonic technique to measure mass flow in coal

Instrumentation for Fluid-Particle Flow: Acoustics

FIGURE 5-2

165

HYGAS transducer spool.

conversion process streams. The study (Raptis et al., 1978) was performed at the Illinois Gas Technology (IGT) HYGAS facility in 1978. The HYGAS facility was running 18-33% coal/toluene/benzene slurries with coal particle size ranging from 1 to severalhundred microns. The first step in the feasibility study was the determination of the background noise in the frequency range of interest (0.1-1 MHz for the HYGAS case) and the sound attenuation in the coalltoluenehenzene slurries. To measure the background noise and attenuation, a transducer spool (a 2-in. schedule 40 pipe) was designed to hold the wide-band (0.1-2 M H z ) acoustic emission (AE) transducers (Acoustic Emission Model 500) that were used; see Fig. 5.2. Teflon wave guides were used to isolate the transducers from the slurry. The waveguide insertion loss and transducer sensitivity were initially calibrated. Figure 5-3 shows the spectra of the HYGAS background noise of slurry flows with 0, 18, and 33% coal. It was found that most of the acoustic energy of the background noise is below 500 kHz. Some peaks were observed near 1.5 MHz, but they are attributed to stray RF pickup. It was also observed that the background noise level decreased with increased coal concentration. This decrease in background noise is due mainly to noise attenuation in the coal slurry, specifically, the scattering loss caused by the increased number of coal particles in the slurry. This observation implies that the concentration of coal in a slurry line may be obtained by measuring the RMS value of the background noise. However, it is known that flow noise depends on flow rate; thus, using the noise level to indicate the coal concentration is not reliable. This lack of reliability was confirmed in the HYGAS tests, especially for slurries with high concentrations of coal.

1 66 Instrumentation for Fluid-Particle Flow

>

-70

i

I

I

I

I

I

2048 Ensemble Linear Avg.

-

Bandwidth = 1.2 KHz

el

-

- -100 % I

cd

c-)

2

-110

h

-

1

I

I

80

FIGURE 5-3 transducers.

I

I

I

I

160 240 320 400 Frequency, KHz Background Noise spectra obtained with acoustic-emission

The sound transmission through the coal/toluene/benzene slurry was examined in the frequency range of 0.1-1 MHz. Measurements were made by pulsing an AE transducer with a sine tone burst. The tone burst travels through the medium and is received by another AE transducer directly across the pipe. Acoustic emission transducers were chosen for this study because of their flat frequency response. A sine tone burst with a pulse width of 75 p e c and a repetition rate of 0.2 msec was used to drive the transmitter. Because the AE transducer is not designed for pulsing, the output pressure was not constant over the frequency range. Therefore, a calibration curve of the driving voltage vs. the received voltage with only toluenehenzene in the line was used to normalize the results. To obtain the absolute sound attenuation in the coal slurry, the diffraction loss, the acoustic mismatch loss, the attenuation due to the Teflon window, and the oil coupling must be calculated. Thus, it is difficult to accurately determine the absolute attenuation. In practice, one measures the relative attenuation with respect to a standard. The attenuation of ultrasonic waves in a solid suspension is attributed to three major factors, namely, scattering, viscosity, and thermal effects. Although the presence of particles affects the fluid viscosity and thermal conductivity, the primary source of attenuation may be due to particle scattering. Hence, one may define the relative attenuation of the HYGAS coal slurry by comparing the slurry attenuation with that of the carrier fluid, i.e., the toluenehnzene mixture. This can be expressed by the equation

a, = [20 log (VJvo)l/o,

(5.4)

where aris the relative attenuation in dB/cm, D is the separation between two Teflon windows (5.08 cm), Vois the ratio of the received voltage to the driving voltage in tolueneknzene, and V I is the ratio of the received voltage to the driving voltage in a coal/toluene/benzene slurry.

Instrumentation for Fluid-Particle Flow: Acoustics

1 67

E

Y

-

8

-

wt.% Coal 18%

+ +33%

1 I

I

I

-

I

FIGURE 5-4 Relative attenuation vs. frequency for 18 and 33% coal in toluenehenzene. Sound attenuation in slurries with 18 and 33% coal is shown in Fig. 5-4, which shows that sound attenuation increases linearly at a rate of 0.7 dB/cm/100 kHz for the 18%-coal slurry, whereas, for the 33%-coal slurry, the attenuation increases quadratically. The maximum input power used in this measurement was -10 W across 50 Q. A least-squares linear fit was applied to the attenuation data of Fig. 5-3. An empirical equation,

a = BI + B2V- 100) + Bd,

(5.5)

represents the attenuation data. In this equation, a is expressed in dB/cm;f is the sound frequency in kHz; for 18% coal, B , = 1.86 and B2 = 0.0067; for 33% coal, B , = 1.14 and B2 = 0.0287; and B3 = 1.04 x 10.'. The last term in Eq. 5.5 is the attenuation in a toluenehenzene mixture with an -0.2 mole fraction of benzene. The overall transmission loss at r centimeters from the transmitter is given as

TL = ar + DL + 20 log r,

(5.6)

where 20 log r is the beam spreading loss, and DL is the transducer diffraction loss, which is neglected in the present work because the transducer separation is within the near field (d2/A, where d is the transducer diameter and A is the wavelength). The noise level shown in Fig. 5-3 was analyzed with a 50-kHz bandwidth and was found to have a frequency dependence of f -2.8. Based on this dependence, the noise level (NL) in dB re Pa (Pascal) can be represented by

168 Instrumentation for Fluid-Particle Flow

300

I

I

I-

I

O 100

FIGURE 5-5

1

i

PSL 18%, 1 cm

500 750 lo00 Frequency, kHz Processed signal level (PSL) and noise level (NL) vs. 250

frequency.

NL = A- 56 log f,

(5.7)

wheref equals the frequency in kHz; and a constant A equals 170.9 and 163.9 for 18 and 33% coal, respectively. For comparison, the values used in this study for SL and PG are SL = 180 dl3 at 1 cm at 100 kHz and PG = 5 dB. Substituting Eqs. 5.5 and 5.6, and the values for SL and PG in Eq. 5.3, we obtain PSL = 185 - 20 log r - [B, + B2x (f -100) +

Bd]r.

(5.8)

The PSL and N L for the HYGAS test in the frequency range of 100-500 kHz are plotted in Fig. 5-5, which shows that the PSL is higher than the N L for the entire frequency range of interest. The results also indicate that the transmission loss is the primary factor that will limit the utility of any acoustic/ultrasonic device. The background noise is relatively small, especially in the higher frequency range. 5 . 2 . 2 Transit-Time Technique

The transit-time technique measures the difference in the sound velocity between two wave propagation paths across the flow. The simplest geometry of a transit-time flowmeter is a two-transducer contrapropagation flowmeter. The transducers are separated by a known distance along the flow stream., If the speed of sound in the flow is known, the flow velocity V is determined from upstream and downstream transit times. Figure 5-6 is a schematic representation of a single-path contrapropagation flowmeter. Assume that the flow is parallel to the pipe axis and intersects the acoustic path at an angle 8. The upstream and downstream transit times tuand td can be calculated from

Instrumentation for Fluid-Particle Flow: Acoustics

169

FIGURE 5-6 flowmeter.

Schematic representation of a single-path contrapropagation t"- t, = Lo/(c-vcose)

(5.9)

and td-t, = L o / ( c + v c o s e ) ,

(5.10)

where t, is the travel time in dead space (L- Lo) and C is the speed of the sound. Combining Eqs. 5.9 and 5.10, and neglecting the term involving V2/C2, we obtain v = C2(tu-td)/(2Locose). (5.1 1) The speed of the sound can also be measured from the transit times. Let Tu= tut,and Td = t d - t,. Then C = L f l (Tu-+ Td)/ TuTd. (5.12) From Eqs. 5.10 and 5.11, it is clear that the accuracy in measuring V is determined by the error in measuring transit times, more specifically, the transittime difference. In practice, to achieve an accuracy of 1% in flow velocity measurement, the resolution in transit-time measurement must be 1 nsec. Thus, this technique is often applied to large pipes that give longer transit times. It has also been demonstrated (Foster et al., 1985) that use of a multipath, such as a zigzag path, can improve the accuracy of the measurement. Unfortunately, an increase in path length causes additional signal attenuation; therefore, the technique is seldom applied to mixed-phase flows that exhibit high attenuation.

5 . 2 . 3 Doppler Technique The Doppler technique measures the frequency shift of scattered waves with respect to incident sound waves. The technique, therefore, requires the presence of scatterers in the flow that is being monitored. The scatterers could be turbulent eddies or vortex shedding for liquid single-phase flows, and solid particles for solidfluid mixed-phase flows. The basic geometry of a Doppler

170 Instrumentation for Fluid-Particle Flow

I

I

I MIX

t FI : Driving Frequency Fd: Doppler Frequency

Voltmeter and PC

Frequency-toVoltage Conversion

Schematic representation of a basic Dopplerflowmeter and a block diagram of the signal-processing system.

FIGURE 5-7

flowmeter is shown in Fig. 5-7. In this geometry, we introduce a twotransducer arrangement so the measured Doppler effect represents an averaged value across the pipe flow. Sound waves propagating with sonic velocity C through a fluid are scattered by particles in the fluid moving with a velocity V and a direction 13,toward the sound transmitter. The scattered waves propagate to the receiver at an angle of 0,. Consider two successive peaks of the sound wave, which are separated by the time interval of one period t (equal to the reciprocal of the frequencyf, i.e., t = l/B. During the time interval (t), the distance between the particle and the transmitter has been reduced by tVcosO,, and, similarly, the distance to the receiver is also reduced by tVcosO,, so the distance that the second peak must travel from the transmitter to the receiver is shortened by tV(co.sO, + cosI9,). Consequently, the arrival time of the successive peaks of the sound wave is separated by t[l-V/C (cose, + cosO,)]. The reciprocal of this time interval is the frequency of the arriving sound wave, and the Doppler frequency (the difference frequencyf,) can be approximated from the equation

f, = f (V/C) (cos8, + COSO,),

(5.13)

wherefis the carrier frequency of the sound wave. In the special case in which the transmitter and the receiver are positioned symmetrically across the pipe, 19, = e, and Eq. 5.13 reduces to

f/f = 2v/(c/cose,).

(5.14)

-

Instrumentation for Fluid-Particle Flow: Acoustics

. Gated Sine Wave I , , 4

FIGURE 5-8

Function

171

I

Block diagram of basic cross-correlationflowmeter.

The term CkosB, in Eq. 5.14 can be determined from the sensing geometry. According to Snell’s law, the cosine of the angle 8, of the sound beam in the fluid is related to the corresponding cosine of the angle in the pipe wall 0, by the ratio of the relative sound velocities in the fluid and the pipe, Le., C . ~ O S ~=,

cjcose,.

(5.15)

Thus, if one knows the velocity of sound in the pipe wall and the beam direction in the wall, which is generally fixed by the arrangement of the transducer mounting, one does not have to know the velocity of sound in the fluid, which varies with the fluid. Consequently, the calibration of the instrument is independent of the fluid.

5.2.4

Cross-Correlation Technique

The cross-correlation technique measures the time of flight of an inherent flow tag that is passing through two sensors that are separated by a known distance. Figure 5-8 is a block diagram of a basic cross-correlation flowmeter. The sensors are two sets of transducers; one transmits ultrasonic waves to the fluid and the other receives the signals. As the flow tag passes through the interrogating ultrasonic beam, it modulates the beam by attenuation and scattering; thus, the received signals cany the specific tag signature. If the same tag remains unchanged when it reaches the downstream sensor, the signals from the two sensors can be cross-correlated to give the transit time of the tag traveling between the sensors. The flow tag can be turbulent eddies or solid particles. If x(t) and y(t) are the two sensor signals, the cross-correlation function of the signals RJt) is given by

1 7 2 Instrumentation for Fluid-Particle Flow

R,( Z)=

l T -1 To

x(t)y(t

+ 7)dt.

(5.16)

The cross-correlation function represents the transit-time probability distribution, the maximum peak of which corresponds to the most probable transit time, and the width of which is related to the velocity profile and the decay of flow perturbation due to the tag. Thus, the most probable flow velocity can be obtained from V = Wz, where L is the separation between sensors. In practice, the flow-related signals can be mathematicallymodeled as x(t)

= S(t) + Nx(t)

(5.17a)

and y(t) = a S(t

+ 0)+ N,(t),

(5.17b)

where Nx(t)and NJt) are noise signals that generally are not correlated with the real flow-related signal S(t); and a and D represent decay and delay, respectively, of the signal y(t) with respect to x(t). Ideally, the noise portion of the signal will be averaged out to reveal a cross-correlation peak given as

where R,,(z) is the autocorrelation function of the signal S(t), and s( z - D)is a delta function at z = D. The cross-correlation function is simply the autocorrelation function of the signal convoluted with a delta function, which shifts the autocorrelation function by a delay time D . The RMS error in estimating the time delay by the cross-correlation technique depends on the S/N ratios, averaging time, and signal bandwidths. The relationship can be expressed by (5.19) E(D - D)* = 2Gnn/[TB%R,,(O)], where G,, is the power density spectrum of the noise, R,,(O) is the autocorrelation function of the signal at t = 0, T is the averaging time, and B, is the signal bandwidth. Clearly, the larger the bandwidth, the smaller the measurement error.

5 . 3 MEASUREMENT OF SOLIDLIQUID FLOW Solidhiquid flows are commonly found in industrial processes; to avoid flow obstruction, nonintrusive flowmeters are generally preferred. Flowmeters based on ultrasonic techniques are ideal nonintrusive instruments because, in most applications, the ultrasonic transducers are simply clamped on the outside pipe wall. In this section, we describe two ultrasonic flowmeters based on the Doppler and cross-correlation methods. Both require an inherent flow tag; thus both are directly applicable to solid/liquid flows because of the presence of solid particles. Both flowmeters measure mainly particle velocity; liquid-phase velocity, if different from the particle velocity, is not determined.

Instrumentation for Fluid-Particle Flow: Acoustics

-

FIGURE 5-9

I-----

,

173

Gamma Transmission

AiVL solidniquidflow test facility.

5 . 3 . 1 Volumetric Flow Rate Determination of the volumetric flow rate of a pipe flow requires only a measurement of average flow velocity. Both Doppler and cross-correlation flowmeters provide such an averaged flow rate measurement. Designs and performance of the two types of flowmeters are described here. Results from calibration tests conducted at an Argonne National Laboratory (ANL) flow facility and prototype instrument demonstration tests at coal-conversion pilot plants are presented. Figure 5-9 shows a schematic diagram of the ANL solid-liquid test facility (SLTF), which was designed and constructed at ANL to promote development, testing, evaluation, and calibration of flow instruments and to provide an understanding of flow regimes encountered in industrial coal slurry systems. Flowmeters undergoing evaluation were installed on the 6-m straight-a-way and in the vertical leg. The flow rate was adjusted by adjusting the pump speed, bypass valve, and main throttle valve settings. Flow tests were run by gradually increasing coal concentration and establishing stable flows at various flow rates for each concentration. The facility is equipped with an on-line, timed, weightholume diversion system that diverts the mainstream into the weighing and volumetric tanks while the content of a reserve tank is dumped into the upper holdup tank. In this way, the sudden loss of flow was compensated for and a constant pump head was maintained. The density of the medium can be monitored to within 1% and was obtained by combining the flow speed and weight readout. A solid weight

1 74 Instrumentation for Fluid-Particle Flow percent- vs. density curve was produced from carefully obtained measurements of a series of standard samples. The coal was finely ground Ohio #9, a high-ash, highly volatile bituminous coal that is fairly typical of coal used in commercial gasifiers. The major constituents are 59 wt.% carbon, 4 wt.% hydrogen, 4 wt.% sulfur, and 24 wt.% ash. A sieve analysis disclosed that -86% had a 63-125 m diameter. The oil was representative of organic liquids used in feed lines of some pilot coal conversion plants. Oil density at 20°C was 0.868 g/cm3. 5.3.1 . 1 Doppler Flowmeter The classic Doppler effect is the shift produced by the relative motion between transmitter and receiver. In Doppler flowmeters, the transmitting and receiving transducers are fixed with respect to each other, and the relative motion is produced by the particles or bubbles carried in the stream. The particles act as intermediate receivers and retransmitters. Commercially available acoustic Doppler flowmeters can operate in a temperature environment of up to 300°F ( l5O0C), which is far below the requirements for coal-conversion plants. The temperature restriction on the Doppler flowmeters is mainly due to the temperature capabilities of the commercially available transducers. Another reason for the erratic behavior of commercially available acoustic Doppler flowmeters is the electronic circuits that are used to process the Doppler-shift signals. In accordance with theoretical predictions, the output Doppler-shift signal exhibits single-tone characteristics and can be counted by the zero-crossing method. This type of method assumes turbulent-flow characteristics. However, in coal-conversion streams at high temperatures, low velocities, and high viscosities, the flow characteristics of the streams are laminar and the spectrum of the Doppler signal is not like a tone spectrum, but is distributed over a wide range of frequencies. To overcome these two problems, ANL has developed a high-temperature acoustic Doppler flowmeter with the following characteristics: (a) waveguides or standoffs are used to transmit the sound through the temperature gradient, and (b) an electronic circuit determines the corner frequency of the Dopplersignal spectrum. Both of these characteristics are unique to the ANL system and have resulted in a high-temperature acoustic Doppler flowmeter that operated successfully in the recycle lines of the SRC-I, SRC-I1 and H-coal pilot plants (Karplus et al., 19851.

5.3.1.1.1

High-Temperature Acoustic Doppler Flowmeter

Figure 5-7 is a schematic representation of the installation of the transducers of the acoustic Doppler flowmeter and a block diagram of the signal-processing system. The silver standoffs are 1 ft (305 mm) long and soldered to the pipe. A wedge for mode conversion is attached at the end of each standoff, and the transducers are attached to the wedges. The transmitter driven by an oscillator at a frequency f of 0.5 MHz, transmits through the standoff and the pipe wall, and then into the flow medium. The reflected signal is shifted by a frequency f,, received by the second transducer, amplified and fed into one of the inputs of a mixer. The other input of the mixer is connected to the original signal. The

Instrumentation for Fluid-Particle Flow: Acoustics

175

I

I

Turblent Flow

v = v, (1- La) i T

3

6

5

& rr

Laminar Flow

3 n

v = v,

z5

1 Mean Velocity

(1- '2) a2

2

FIGURE 5-10 Velocity of particles normalized to mean velocity vs. number of particles. output of this demodulation process is a Doppler signal that is proportional to flow. The Doppler signal is then coverted to voltage and fed into a spectrum analyzer for further analysis or to a voltmeter for display. The Doppler frequency can be determined by the zero-crossing method. This method is well suited to turbulent flows that typically show a single-tone frequency spectrum. At the recycle slurry line of the SRC-I1 pilot plant, the output of the frequency-to-voltage converter gave a flow rate that agreed very closely with the material balance of the plant for most of the time during stable operating conditions. But, drifting of flowmeter readings, which caused measurement uncertainty, was also observed. Upon checlung the Doppler- shift signal, we observed that this signal was contaminated by low-frequency signals that caused the Doppler signal to rise above and below the reference line of the zero-crossing counter used to count the frequency content of the Doppler waveform. These low-frequency signals may be attributed to either laminar flow or the presence of gas bubbles in the line. Small quantities of hydrogen may be present during the SRC-I1 process. Hydrogen in the line greatly attenuated the received signal and placed the Doppler signal well below the background noise.

5.3.1.1.2

Flow-Profile Effects

The low-velocity and high-viscosity conditions in the SRC-I1 pilot plant clearly indicate that the flow is laminar. The design of the flowmeter initially tested at the SRC-11 was based on experiments performed in a laboratory loop, where the flow is turbulent. To explain the effect of the laminar-flow conditions, consider Fig. 5-10, where the velocity of particles normalized to mean velocity, is plotted against the number of particles. The figure shows that, for turbulent flow, the particles are concentrated at the mean of the range, whereas, for laminar flow, they are uniformly distributed over a range that is twice that of the mean. This observation agrees with the results obtained by taking the spectra of Doppler signals obtained from turbulent flow in the laboratory and from the

176 Instrumentation for Fluid-Particle Flow 30

,

25

-

102.8

196.5

100

200

353.2

-

Zero-Crossing Frequency

300 400 500 600 7 0 Frequency, Hz FIGURE 5-11 Spectrum of Doppler-ship signal for turbulentflow at various velocities in the laboratory loop. 0

%

25

;\,) ', \

300

-_-

laminar flow at the recycle slurry line of the SRC-I1 pilot plant. These spectra are shown in Figs. 5-1 1 and 5-12 for turbulent and laminar flows, respectively. Figure 5-1 1 indicates that, for turbulent flow, the energy of the signal is concentrated about the Doppler-shift frequency and therefore closely resembles a single-tone signal. The zero-crossing counting mechanism will work and yield the Doppler frequency that is proportional to flow velocity. Figure 5-12 displays the spectra of the Doppler signal for laminar flow at the recycle slurry line at the SRC-11 pilot plant at various pump speeds (flow velocities). The characteristics of these spectra are (a) considerable energy concentration at low frequencies (the nature of this high-energy concentration

Instrumentation for Fluid-Particle Flow: Acoustics

I

I

I

200

400

600

177

800

Pump Speed, rpm

FIGURE 5-13 Flowmeter reading vs. pump speed, obtained when pump speed was chungedfrom 300 to 800 rpm during SRC-tests. Line represents a linearfit to the data. was later found to be due to hydrogen bubbles in the line, (b) a flat region, and (c) a rapid decrease after attaining a frequency that is twice that of the mean Doppler flow frequency. Spectra of this nature were observed repeatedly, except when very intense low-frequency components completely masked the Doppler signal. If an adjustable-gain high-pass filter has been used to eliminate the low-frequency contamination, the resulting spectrum would look like a band-pass filter spectrum. But, such a filter introduces a limit in the low range of the meter, and a nonlinearity at the lower end of the meter range. The comer frequencies or 3-dB points of such a filter will yield a frequency at the high end that can be related to the lowest possible measurable flow. To determine the comer frequency of the waveforms shown in Fig. 5-12 and relate it to flow, the property of a uniform spectrum is used. This property states that, for a uniform spectrum, the mean-square amplitude of the total signal energy is the product of the signal energy level and its bandwidth. In other words, the area under the curve is the product of its length and its height above the abscissa. The electronics circuit based on this concept was developed and successfully tested at the SRC-I1 pilot plant.

5.3.I .I .3

Experimental results

During the SRC-I1 tests, the flow velocity in a vertical recycle line was varied by changing the pump speed from 300 to 800 rpm. The spectra of the Doppler signals are shown in Fig. 5-12 and the processed data are shown in Fig. 5-13. The voltage output of the flowmeter, which is related to the comer frequency of

178 Instrumentation for Fluid-Particle Flow the spectra in Fig. 5-12 and hence to flow velocity, is plotted against pump rpm. At another vertical recycle line, the Doppler signals displayed characteristics completely different from those observed at the first line. The observed spectra had a monotonically declining slope, which was very rich in low-frequency content. Obviously, such spectra cannot be processed with the electronic system because they do not have an apparent corner frequency. The reason for these variations in the Doppler spectra is related to the operation of the snubber installed behind the charge pump and in front of the Doppler flowmeter. A small amount of hydrogen was leaking from the snubber into the line; this excessively attenuated the Doppler signal to a point below the background noise. However, when the hydrogen flow was turned on, the signal strength increased by -35 dB, but it did not change in an obviously repeatable manner with changes in flow. In fact, the spectra characteristics showed a monotonically decreasing slope with no apparent corner frequency. This result may be attributed to backscattering of signals from hydrogen bubbles that are stagnant near the pipe wall. The back-scattered signals, however, can be transmitted through the pipe wall to the receiver on the opposite side of the pipe and thus increase the signal strength. Based on the above results, we conclude that an ultrasonic Doppler flowmeter applicable to flows that contain suspended solids can be designed for both turbulent and laminar flows, but requires further development if excess gas bubbles are present.

5.3.1.2 Cross-CorrelationFlowmeter The cross-correlation technique measures the time of flight of an inherent flow tag passing through two sensors separated by a known distance. The technique has been used successfully to monitor single-phase fluid flows in which turbulent eddies modulate the interrogating ultrasonic beams. This type of correlation flowmeter has also been developed for solifliquid and gashquid flows, in which the density fluctuation, caused by clusters of solids and by gas bubbles, is the prime inherent flow tag. A coal slurry flow is a practical mixed-phase flow that requires close monitoring to ensure safe and efficient transport of the coal slurry. In addition to the flow rate measurement, detection of gas bubbles and settling of solids is equally important in coal slurry lines. In this section, we will describe a cross-correlationflowmeter that can reliably measure coal slurry flow rates over wide ranges of coal concentration and flow velocity. We will also illustrate how the flowmeter can detect settling of solids and recognize the presence of gas bubbles. Both laboratory and pilot plant flow tests are included. 5.3.1,2.1

Basic Configuration

The basic design of an ultrasonic cross-correlation flowmeter (Sheen and Raptis, 1983), as shown by Fig. 5-8, consists of two pairs of transducers positioned in parallel and separated a known distance. The transducers can be mounted by either a clamp-on arrangement or use of special windows that provide a better impedance match to the flow so that more acoustic energy can be transmitted. “Pitch-catch” is the typical mode of operation. The transducers on one side generate ultrasonic waves in the form of sine tone bursts and the

Instrumentation for Fluid-Particle Flow: Acoustics

Window Arrangement

179

Clamp-on Arrangement

FIGURE 5-14 Typical transmitted and received signalsfor acoustic crosscorrelationflowmeter. transducers on the opposite side act as receivers that detect the attenuated signals. The received signals from the two receivers are demodulated and crosscorrelated in a time domain to produce a correlation function, from which the transit time, thus the flow velocity, of solid particles traveling between the two sensing volumes can be determined. Piezoelectric transducers are typically used for ultrasonic flowmeters. Commonly available transducers are resonance types that produce narrow-band high-intensity compression waves. Wide-band transducers can be designed at the expense of signal strength. To select a proper transducer one must consider operating frequency, process temperature, and impedance matching. If the wavelength is compatible with or smaller than the particle size, ultrasonic waves will be mostly scattered by the particles in the path. Consequently, received signals under the pitchcatch arrangement will be strongly attenuated, resulting in a poor signal-to-noise ratio S / N . On the other hand, if the wavelength is much larger than the particle size, the absorption cross section becomes small and the received signals lack sensitivity. The typical working frequency of an ultrasonic flowmeter is in the 1-5 MHz range. The operating temperature of a piezoelectric transducer is dictated by the Curie temperature of the piezoelectric ceramic and its front-end coupling material. Commonly used ceramics are lead zirconate titanates (PZTs) whose Curie points are in the range of 300-360°C. In practice, once the process temperature exceeds 100°C, a waveguide is used to thermally isolate the transducer from the process stream. Impedance matching is needed to maximize energy transfer between process stream and transducers. The front-end coupling material often serves the impedance matching purpose. The matching material is typically a single quarterwave plate of a material with an acoustic impedance of (222,),”, where 2, is the acoustic impedance of the process stream and 2, is the impedance of the piezoelectric ceramics. If the process stream is a water-based medium, the impedance of the desired material is “4 MRayls (1 MRayl = lo6 Kg/mz/sec). Most plastics and polymers are suitable for this application. However, when the flowmeter is of the direct

180 Instrumentation for Fluid-Particle Flow

I

1

I

1

ARALLEL

CROSSED

FIGURE 5-15 Parallel and crossed acoustic-beamorientationsof crosscorrelationflowmeter (shaded areas are intersecting crosssections) clamp-on configuration, a soft metallic film, such as silver, is often used as the coupling between the transducer and the pipe wall. Both, the direct clamp-on and the acoustic windows generally focus the ultrasonic beam in the flow, but some window materials (e.g., Teflon), in which sound propagates at a speed close to that in the fluid, can deliver a parallel beam in the far field. Another advantage of using acoustic windows is noise reduction. In Fig. 5-14 we show the received signals for a two transducer mounting arrangement. The direct clamp-on arrangement shows interference caused by signal paths through the pipe wall. Other important design parameters of an active acoustic cross-correlation flowmeter are transducer size, spacing, and orientation, because they define the overlap volume between the two sets of transducers, from which the flow correlation is derived. The transducer size determines the beam width and field (near or far field). Commonly used transducers have a diameter of 2.54 cm, which gives a nearfield distance of 11 cm in a water-based medium for a frequency of 1 MHz. Thus, the nearfield beam is the beam profile for pipes with a diameter of e5 in. The profile converges slightly and can be assumed to have the same width as the transducer. To obtain the maximal correlation, the parallel-transducerconfiguration is chosen. The other extreme orientation is the cross-beam arrangement. Figure 5- 15 illustrates the two beam orientations. In principle, the two orientations give differing velocity measurements; the cross-beam measures the centerline flow velocity, whereas the parallel beam gives an average flow velocity across the pipe. On a vertical pipeline, the transducers can be mounted in any orientation with respect to the pipe axis, but on a horizontal line, the common mounting arrangement is side-to-side. However, if one wishes to detect settling of solid particles in a horizontal line, the transducer mounting arrangement should be top-to-bottom. To choose the proper transducer spacing, one must consider how to minimize signal crosstalk due to beam overlap and short-circuiting through the pipe wall but still preserve the flow correlation. Typically, two to three pipe diameters are selected.

18 1

Instrumentation for Fluid-Particle Flow: Acoustics I

I

I

Gated 2 I

I

-400

-200

I

I

I

I

I

I

I I 0

I

I 200

I

I 400

Time, ms FIGURE 5-16 Cross-correlationfunctions in the continuous-wave (cw)and gated-wave excitation modes.

5.3.1.2.2

Flow Measurements

To illustrate the capabilities of the cross-correlation technique to measure flow velocity, we used two coal-slurry tests. During the tests, various sensing parameters and geometries were evaluated. For example, the examined sensing geometries were direct clamp-on vs. acoustic windows. With the clamp-on geometry, we were able to examine the effects of sensor separation and orientation on velocity. Other instrument variables that were evaluated were operating frequency and mode, demodulation schemes, and signal filtering. Before we present the test results, we describe some general features of the cross-correlation technique. First, the velocity data obtained by t h s technique are typically derived from the maximum cross-correlation peak, which evidently differs from the actual average velocity over the pipe cross section because of the finite acoustic beam width. Thus there appears to be a meter factor that is due to the velocity profile. Second, in the cross-correlation system, we use two parallel sets of electronics; any phase difference caused by the electronics will lead to an error in measurement. To eliminate such an error, the filter bandwidth must be much greater than the content of the signal frequency. The choice of the low-pass filter can be determined by examining the power spectrum of the transmitted signals. Power spectra of a codwater slurry flowing at differing velocities between 0 and 1.3 m/s. showed that the frequency content of the signals is mainly in the lowfrequency range ( 4 kHz). Hence, a 1-kHz low-pass filter is adequate for most applications. Either continuous waves or gated sine waves can be used to excite the transmitters. The two excitation modes yield the same velocity measurement; the only difference is the signal strength (Fig. 5-16). Nevertheless, the gated mode has two advantages: less power is used so less heat is generated in the transmitters, and, in addition to velocity measurements, information about relative sound attenuation and the time delay between the driving and received signals can be obtained. The latter can then be used to calculate sound speed in the slurry.

182 Instrumentation for Fluid-Particle Flow

E . 03

-

32 uE: A- ~ . l

;;

3

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

Re = 11545,3.8 m / s

-

Re = 4557, 1.5 m l s

-

I -200

I

I

I

I

-100

I

I

100

I

I

200

Time, ms FIGURE 5-17 Cross-correlationfinctionsat two velocitiesfor the oilflow at two Reynolds numbers(Re).

-

-100

-50

50

100

Time, ms FIGURE 5-18 Cross-correlationjimctionsfor coaVoil slurries with differing solids concentrations but similar velocities. CoaVOil Slurry Tests. CoaYoil flow tests were conducted at ANL’s SLTF in 1982. The cross-correlation flow instrument that was used contains Teflon windows and broad-band transducers (0.5-2 MHz). The transducer separation was 12.7 cm, Le., 2.42 times the pipe diameter (2-in. Schedule 40 pipe). Amplitude demodulation was used to analyze the correlation signals. Ohio #9 coal, which has a mean particle size of 100 pm, was used. The oil was a commercial transformer oil (Shell Diala-Ax) that has a density of 0.868 g/cm3 and a viscosity of =15 CP at 25°C.

Instrumentation for Fluid-Particle Flow: Acoustics

-400

-200

200

1 83

400

Time, ms FIGURE 5-19 Separation detected for two coauoil slurry concentrations at 2.39 d s in a 2-in. horizontal pipe. Figure 5-17 shows the correlation functions for oil flows (<1 wt.% particle concentration) at flow velocities of 3.8 and 1.5 d s . The cross-correlation function of the higher velocity displays a sharper peak and higher amplitude; the peak of the lower velocity tends to be broader. The peak broadening is a distinct indication of changing velocity profile toward the laminar regime. In principle, the flow regime is also affected by the viscosity of the slurry or the concentration of coal (at 60 spindle rpm, viscosity varies from 15 to 95 for coaVoil slurries with 0-40 wt.% solids). But this effect is not obviously detectable from the shape of the cross-correlation function. Figure 5-18 shows the cross-correlation functions of three flows with differing concentrations of coal but similar flow rates. Neither the peak position nor the shape of the peak is altered significantly, except at 49 % wt., where the peak broadens slightly. To examine the effects due to transducer orientation and spacing, we adopted the clamp-on transducer arrangement on a horizontal line. Between 43 and 60 wt.% coal, cross-correlations were computed for three transducer orientations: horizontal, 45O, and vertical with respect to the axis of the horizontal pipe. Measured velocities were the same for the horizontal and 45" orientations,but the vertical orientation produced multiple peaks for certain cod concentrations. Figure 5-19 shows the cross-correlation plots for 43 and 49 wt.% coal. Two well-separated peaks are obtained for the 43 wt.% slurry and the slow-moving part of the slurry dominates; particle settling is clearly observed. For the 49 wt.% slurry, more phase separation but less velocity spread was measured. The average transit time of the two peaks for both cases predicts a velocity close to the average velocity measured by flow diversion. For a 60 wt.% slurry, phase separation disappears. The persistence of flow disturbance can be measured through space correlation, with increasing spacing between the sensors. For the coaVoil slurry with 60 wt.% coal, cross-correlations were measured with various sensor spacings. Figure 5-20 is a composite of three cross-correlation functions. A

184 Instrumentation for Fluid-Particle Flow

-

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

Pipe Diameter = 2.067 in.

d = 5 in. 168 ms

d = 20 in.

I -400

I

I -200

I

I

0 Time, ms

I

I 200

I

400

FIGURE 5-20 Cross-correlationfinctionsfor three transducer spacingsfor a 43-wt.70 coaVoi1 slurry at 1.33 m/s. 5.0 .y c-.

4.0

CAW

33 .g S d *z

4 6 3.0 j?

.g

2.0

gs

1.0

s> zv

Ez 0.0

0.0

1 .o 2.0 3.0 Slurry Velocity by Diversion, d s

4.0

FIGURE 5-21 Slurry velocities obtained from cross-correlationpeaks vs. velocities measured by flow diversionfor coaVoil slurries. cross-correlation peak still can be resolved, even at a spacing as large as ten times the pipe diameter, and the shape of the cross-correlation peak, as well as the width of the peak, remains unchanged. Flow velocities derived from the three correlation peaks agree within 1%. The only noticeable difference is the change of amplitude. One possible interpretation is that the correlating physical phenomenon results from specific, persistent, flow nonunifonnity, such as air bubbles and large coal clusters.

Instrumentation for Fluid-Particle Flow: Acoustics

1 85

5.0 4.0

a 3.0

2.0

0 0

A I

+

11

15 22 34 39

50

1 .o 0.0 0.0

1 .o

2.0

3.0

4.0

5.0

Slurry Velocity by Diversion, d s

FIGURE 5-22 Uncorrected slurry velocities by acoustic sensing vs. corresponding velocities obtained by flow diversion. Figure 5-21 shows the codoil slurry velocity derived from the peak of the correlation function plotted against the velocity measured by flow diversion. The flow diversion gives basically the mass flow rate divided by density to give the volumetric flow rate and then the flow velocity. The data can be fitted by two linear relationships with slopes of 1.16 and 1.55, corresponding to meter factors of 0.86 and 0.64. The meter factor may be directly related to the flow profile effect (Sheen et al., 1985). CoaVWater Slurry Tests. Codwater slurry tests, which covered a range of coal concentrations (22-70 wt.%). were conducted at the ANL SLTF. The clamp-on configuration was used throughout the tests and transducers were operated at 0.83 MHz. Cross-correlation functions were resolved over the whole concentration range, (0-70 wt.%). The lowest measurable velocity in a 2-in. pipe was -0.3 d s . Because of the low viscosity of water or the low coal-concentratiodwater mixtures, the flow at 0.3 d s (reflection coefficient R 15,000) still behaves as a turbulent flow. Thus, turbulent eddies may be the prime source of flow modulation. At high concentrations, phase separation was not detected; this is different from the coaVoil slurry. Figure 5-22 shows uncorrected slurry velocities derived from the maximums of peaks obtained by acoustic sensing plotted against corresponding averaged velocities obtained by flow diversion. Similar to the codoil results, velocity data are independent of coal concentration; a linear relation with a slope of 1.18 fits most data points within 5% accuracy. For high concentrations or at low flow rates, the acoustic sensing peaks show some asymmetry, which may represent the velocity profile across the pipe. The centroid of an asymmetric peak yields a slower (about 5% slower in the present tests) flow velocity than that derived from the peak maximums. During the tests, we also examined how the cross-correlation functions were affected when air is injected into the slurry and when cross-beam geometry is used. Table 5-1 shows the velocity when crossed-beam geometry was used. (Fig. 5-15). When compared with the normal parallel geometry, the crossed-beam geometry measures a velocity that is greater by as much as -20%. This is expected, because the cross-beam geometry correlates primarily the

186 Instrumentation for Fluid-Particle Flow centerline velocity that readily determines one of the two parameters in a typical velocity profile function. But in practice, to resolve a cross-correlation function by the crossed-beam method requires a long averaging time because the flow information that can be correlated is reduced significantly with this geometry. Figure 5-23 shows the cross-correlation functions obtained with the two geometries. The averaging time for the crossed-beam geometry is 16 times that of the parallel geometry, and the peak magnitude is smaller by a factor of four. Presence of air bubbles in the slurry enhances the density contrast and thus dominates the signal modulation. If large bubbles, whose sizes are compatible with the acoustic beam width, are flowing with the slurry, the bubble-modulated signal exhibits a pattern like a step function that leads to a triangular-type correlation function. Figure 5-24 displays such an example. Due to the broad shape of the peak, the peak maximum contains a large uncertainty; thus, the difference in the position of peaks with and without bubble injections varies without a definite trend. We believe that the measured velocity represents the bubble velocity.

Table 5-1 Coalhater slurry velocity data for 0-15 wt. % coal. Coal Concentration, wt.% -0

7

11

15

urry Ve7: c ity by Diversion,

Ultrasonic Parallel,

Cross-correl. Crossed,

d S

d S

d S

0.37 0.62 0.99 1.68 0.27 0.37 0.48 0.62 0.80 0.99 1.30 0.27 0.37 0.48 0.62 0.80 0.99 1.30 1.68 0.363 0.48 0.617 0.805 0.946 1.27 1.76

0.47 0.78 1.22 2.01

1.39

::2 0.65

::2 0.70

::;; 0.74

0.81 1.02 1.28 1.60

0.86 1.10 1.30 1.70

0.77 0.78 0.77 0.81

::E

0.61 0.77 0.97 1.24 1.55 1.93 0.285 0.385 0.51 0.655 0.82 1.oo 1.33

0.814

Meter Factor Parallel Crossed Geometry Geometry

:;E

0.81 0.84

::;; 0.79

0.81 0.82 0.80 0.84 0.87 0.785 0.80 0.83 0.81 0.87 0.79 0.76

0.7 1 0.7 1 0.7 1 0.69 0.72 0.73 0.76 0.76

0.77

Instrumentation for Fluid-Particle Flow: Acoustics

187

400 c v) )

C

Parallel Beam

u

-

3

.e c)

2

62

.z-

-400

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

1

I

I

I

I

I

100

c)

e

Crossed Beam

i v

o

v)

v)

8 -100

I

I

-0.66

0 Time, sec

-0.33

0.33

0.66

FIGURE 5-23 Cross-correlation functions obtained under parallel- and cross-beam geometries. c v) )

C

" $

I I c = 22 wt.%

I

I

I

I

I

V=1.13m/s

.e Y

Without Bubble Injection

C 0

rz

.e Y

Ld

With Bubble Injection

-250

0 125 250 Time, ms FIGURE 5-24 Cross-correlation functionforflowing coal slurry with many air bubbles at 22 wt. % and 1.13 4 s . -125

5.3.2 Mass Flow Rate

To measure mass flow we must determine slurry density and volumetric flow rate. A Coriolis flowmeter may be considered a true mass flowmeter because it directly responds to flow momentum (Le., pv). Ultrasonic flowmeters only measure volumetric flow rate; thus, a second density measurement is necessary to obtain mass flow rate. For single-phase fluid flows, ultrasonic methods such as the impedance method have been developed to accurately measure fluid

1 88 Instrumentation for Fluid-Particle Flow density. But for mixed-phase flows, in principle, one must measure the density, the flow velocity of each phase, and the phase distribution. The only technique that may provide such a total flow characterization is flow imaging, which has not been fully developed and will be discussed latter in this chapter. Currently, particle concentration of a solidhiquid flow is often inferred from sound attenuation or measurements of sound velocity. 5.3.2.1 Measurement of Sound Attenuation A classical problem in acoustics is the absorption of sound in solid suspensions. Sewell (1910) first conducted a theoretical study of the case of small rigid spherical particles suspended in fluids. The condition of immobility in this case is satisfied by water droplets in air; thus, Sewell’s treatment can be applied to sound propagation in fogs and clouds. Rayleigh (1894) laid out the foundation for the scattering theory of sound wave propagation in fluids that contain suspended solids. He discussed the plane-wave disturbance produced by small obstacles and observed that (a) the zero-order term in the partial wave expansion of the disturbed field is a manifestation of the compressibility difference between the particles and the suspending fluid and (b) the first-order term is determined from the density difference as well as from the relative motion of particles (viscous drag losses). Urick (1948) measured ultrasonic attenuation in aqueous kaolin as well as sound dispersion. The results were in good agreement with the losses predicted from viscous drag at the particle surface. Sound propagation in a suspension can also produce temperature gradients at the particle/suspending-fluid interface, and thus, results on attenuation via thermal diffusion. Another process that attenuates sound waves is wave scattering. A theory that describes wave propagation in solid suspension (Ishimaru, 1978) has been well established for a medium in which uniform particles are hom*ogeneously suspended. The attenuation can be determined from the coefficients of the reflected compression wave, viz., 3E

a = -- 2 3 C ( 2 n + l ) R e A n , 2k r n=O

(5.20)

where a is the attenuation coefficient, E is the volume fraction of the suspended particles, k is the compression wave number, r is the particle radius, and A, is the n-th partial wave reflection coefficient. In general, only the first few terms must be considered. Equation 5.20 does not consider multiple scattering; thus, the attenuation is linearly dependent on the concentration of solids. However, the use of attenuation measurements to estimate the concentration of solids is very much process dependent; empirical relationships may be established. In practice, to eliminate system attenuation due to acoustic window, transducer coupling material, and beam dispersion, one would measure relative attenuation with reference to the attenuation in the liquid phase of a medium that contains suspended solids. The relative attenuation a,is defined as

189

Instrumentation for Fluid-Particle Flow: Acoustics

0.0 1 0.0

I

I

1

1 .o

I

I

2.0 Slurry Velocity, m/s

4.0

3.0

FIGURE 5-25 Relative attenuation vs. slurry velocityfor various coal concentrations.

,-p

4.0

2.0 1.o

I

0.0 0.0

I

I

10

20

I

I

I

40 50 Coal Concentration, wt.%

30

I

60

70

FIGURE 5-26 Relative attenuation vs. coal concentrationfor two slurry velocities.

20

'f

d

Is

ar =-log-,

(5.21)

where d is the pipe diameter and I, and I, are the received signals that are being transmitted through the fluid and slurry. Figure 5-25 shows a plot of the relative attenuation vs. slurry velocity for various coaVoil concentrations. In the figure, measured attenuations are slightly dependent on velocity, particularly at low coal concentrations. Figure 5-26 provides the best estimated curves of

190 Instrumentation for Fluid-Particle Flow attenuation vs. concentration for two flow velocities based on the data in Fig. 525. The increase in attenuation is more exponential than linear. Important factors that contribute to an exponential increase in attenuation are slurry viscosity and particle scattering, because both change nonlinearly with particle concentration. To date, no quantitative model is available to estimate the extent of these effects. However, attenuation measurements might still be a useful tool for monitoring particle concentration in slurries because the change in attenuation at a frequency near 1 MHz is due primarily to particle scattering. The accuracy of attenuation measurements is “10%. The flow-dependent attenuation can be attributed to a beam-drifting effect and increasing turbulent eddies at high velocities (the former is a relatively small effect).

5 . 3 . 2 . 2 Measurement of Sound Velocity Phase velocity and attenuation are the real and imaginary parts, respectively, of the complex wave number. Phase velocity can generally be measured more easily and accurately than attenuation. Several theoretical models have been proposed, however, because measurement data are lacking, none of the models can provide a quantitativemeasure of phase velocity. We describe three models to illustrate the complexity of the problem. 5.3.2.2.1

EfSective-MediumApproach

The effective-medium approach is a phenomenological approach that assumes that, in a suspension, there will be a well-defined phase velocity V , which depends on an effective density peffand an effective compressibility P eff, given as = (peffPefi)-’”. (5.22)

v

The effective compressibility commonly used is a simple averaging, Peff

=

CPP~+

(1 -

CP)P~~

(5.23)

where 1 and 2 represent fluid phase and solid, respectively. There are, however, different ways of averaging the density, depending on the assumption that is chosen. The simplest expression, used by Urick (1948),is Peff

= CP P2 + (1 - CP) Pi.

(5.24)

Ament (1953) considered the effect of fluid viscosity and particle size a, and obtained peff= ( P P ~ + ( ~ - c P -) ~P (~P ~ - P ~ ) * C P ( ~ - C P ) Q / ( Q ~ +(5-25) U*),

19 1

Instrumentation for Fluid-Particle Flow: Acoustics

FIGURE 5-27 Phase velocity vs. volume fraction for glass beads, obtained from various models.

1.10 -

?o >

1.05

E-M Approach Ament _ _ - Biot 1 - - Biot 2 C-P Model

. , A ,-

. ........

,/-/

A -

,/

I.

/.

/

G'

-

1 .oo

0.950'' ' ' 0

"

' ' ' '

10

I

20

'

I

'

'

'

' ' '

30

I

40

' ' ' '

'

50

Volume Fraction, %

FIGURE 5-28 Phase velocity vs. volumefraction for spherical kaolins, obtained from various models.

9 u = -p,[(6 / a ) + (6 / a)'].

(5.27)

2

For a suspension with a large volume fraction of suspended particles, Biot (1956) developed a theory by treating the medium as a porous solid. The theory gives for the effective density

192 Instrumentation for Fluid-Particle Flow

(5.28)

where zis a parameter called “tortuosity”. Two expressions are suggested for z: ( 2 - ( ~ ) / 2 ( 1 -and ( ~ )(3-9)/2.

5.3.2.2.2

Coupled-PhaseModel

The coupled-phase c-p model is based on analysis of a two-phase fluid by solving four differential equations that govern the motion of the two-phase mixture. For the effective wave number k, the solution gives

where S,defined in Eqs. 5.30 and 5.31, is a complex quantity that corresponds to an attenuated wave:

S = R + iU I 2p,

(5.30)

1+2q 2(1-q)

(5.3 1)

and

R=-

96 +-.4a

From the effective wave number, one obtains the effective wave velocity V = Re(&) and attenuation a = Im(k). Variation of phase velocity over a range of solid-volume percentages are calculated for the above models for two types of particles, i.e., glass beads and kaolins (with acoustic impedances of 21.12 x IO5 and 10.66 x lo5 g/cm2-s, respectively). Calculated results are shown in Fig. 5-27 for glass beads and in Fig. 5-28 for kaolins. AU models, except Biot-2, show decreasing phase velocity at lower volume fractions, then increasing phase velocity at higher volume fractions.

5.3.2.2.3

Multiple-Scattering Treatment

The widely used multiple-scatteringtreatment was developed by Waterman and True11 (1961) and Twersky (1962). The treatment is based on an approximation in which the exciting field seen by a scatterer may be represented by the total field that would exist at the scatterer if the scatterer were not present. Furthermore, it assumes that scatterers are statistically independent, Le., the probability of finding a scatterer at one point is independent of other scatterers. The treatment yields the following expression for the effective wavenumber in terms of single-particle scattering amplitudes: (5.32)

Instrumentation for Fluid-Particle Flow: Acoustics

193

where k is the effective wave number, k,is the propagation wave number in the fluid, and f(0) and f(n) are the single-particle scattering amplitudes in forward and backward directions, respectively. If we consider scattering by a spherical particle, the scattering amplitude can be given as

i ” f(e)=--(2rn+i)(i+~,)p,(~0~e),

(5.33) 2ko m=O where R, is a reflection coefficient at the particle surface, and is defined as

(5.34) where h’, = j’, + i q’, ; h, = j , + i q, ; h’,* and h,’ are the complex conjugates of h’, and h, , respectively; and j , and q, are the rn-th order is a constant spherical Bessel and Neumann functions, respectively. derived from the boundary conditions at the particle surface, has the form (Morse and Ingard, 1968)

x,,,,

(5.35)

where p,, C,, and k, a e the density, phase velocity, and wave number of the spheres having a diameter of a; and p and C are density and phase velocity of the fluid. The phase velocity of the spheres can be obtained from Eq. 5.22. In effect, Eq. 5.35 considers only the acoustic properties of the spheres; thermal and viscous effects are not included. For rigid spheres, x, approaches zero. In general, k in Eq. 5.32 is a complex value defined as k=kR+ia,

(5.36)

where kR = w/v (the real part of the modified wave number), and a is attenuation. Substituting Eqs. 33 and 35 into Eq. 32, we obtain two coupled equations, Eqs. 36 and 37, which can be solved for sound velocity V and attenuation a as follows:

wheref, andfr represent the real and imaginary part of the scattering amplitude, respectively.

194 Instrumentation for Fluid-Particle Flow

E-M Approach Ament _ - - Biot 1 _ - - Biot 2 1.10 C-P Model 0 Experimental 1.05 1.15

'

-

~~~~~~~~~

l.OOC+0.950

-

'

I

'

I

I

'

I

'

I

'

'

I

"

'

I

'

I

I

I

'

I

I

FIGURE 5-29 Experimentally obtained and theoreticallypredicted sound velocity vs. solids concentration for 8 pm hollow glass beads suspended in Echogel. The model predicts both attenuation and phase velocity in solid suspensions of uniform spherical particles. Nonuniform particles of show very little effect on wave propagation. However, the size distribution can be treated with statistical averaging.

5.3.2.2.4

Experimental Results

To verify model predictions of phase-velocity variation over a range of solids concentrations, we conducted laboratory measurements with hollow glass beads suspended in Echogel, a water-based gel that is commonly used as a transducer coupling material. The measured speed of sound in Echogel is 0.153 c d p s , which gives a wavelength of 0.153 cm for 1-MHz longitudinal waves. The nominal diameter of the glass beads is 8 pm, i.e. they are much smaller than the wavelength; thus, we are primarily measuring Rayleigh scattering, the principle of which is that the absorption cross section is inversely proportional to the wavelength and directly proportional to the volume of the particle. Measurement of the absorption cross section is still in progress. The data we present here correspond to the phase velocity measurement. Phase velocities of 1-MHz longitudinal waves were measured for solids concentrations up to 50% by volume. Figure 5-29 shows the data and model predictions. The Biot-1 model (Eq. 5.28) provides the best fit to the data up to =30 vol.% solids. An increase of 3 % in phase velocity is observed as the particle concentration is increased to 30 vol.%. However, for concentrations >30%, the measured phase velocities show very little change. Next Page

Previous Page

Instrumentation for Fiuid-Particle Flow: Acoustics

ANL HighTemperature Microphones

195

fi

Transducers (AE, FAC-500)

FIGURE 5-30 Acoustic test section used to measure solidgas flow noise.

5 . 4 MEASUREMENT of SOLID/GAS FLOW Monitoring of solidgas flow is important to safe and efficient operation of pneumatic transport that is used in many industrial processes such as coal mining and powder transport. Commonly employed techniques to measure particle velocity are a radioactive tracer method (Somerscales, 1981), optical techniques (Lee & Srinivasan, 1978), electromagnetic methods (Bobis et al., 1986) and conventional mechanical approaches (Soo, 1990). Radioactive tracers measure particle velocity directly, but require a nuclear radiation source, which limits the technique to research applications. Laser Doppler anemometry has made the optical technique a promising diagnostic method for two-phase flows. However, the requirement of an optical window has hampered its industrial use. Conventional mechanical methods are typically intrusive. For example, an isokinetic sampling technique for measuring particle velocity applies only to a very dilute solid suspension with small particles because of intrusion and plugging problems. Electromagnetic methods are based on either electrostatic induction of charges on particles or changes of electrical capacitance as particles pass through an electrical field. The electrostatic-inductionmethod often includes the use of a probe, which, again, limits its application to dilute solid suspensions. The capacitance technique measures the change in the dielectric constant of the medium. One difficulty of the capacitance technique is that a uniform electrical field must be maintained across the sensor spool, which must be nonmetallic. In this section, we introduce acoustic techniques that may have practical applications to real-time on-line monitoring of solidgas flows. 5 . 4 . 1 Flow Noise and Flow Rate

Use of acoustic flow noise to monitor solidgas flow rate is probably the simplest method, but it lacks accuracy. The technique has been used to measure mass flow rate of a powder flow line. A linear dependence was observed between the mass flow rate and the total mean square voltage of the flow noise. To measure the acoustic flow noise, only a wide-band transducer (or

196 Instrumentation for Fluid-Particle Flow

5.5

I

I

I

2.3

2.35

S/G Flow 1 lb/s

2.2

2.25

2.4

Log( u )

FIGURE 5-31 Logarithmic plot of autocorrelations ofjlow noise vs. logarithmics of solid'gas feed rates of 0, I, 2, and 3 pounds per second (lb/s). microphone), which can be mounted on the outside of the pipe wall or in direct contact with the flow, is required. Figure 5-30 shows a test section used to acquire solidgas flow noise. The test section consists of three ANL hightemperature microphones (Gavin et al), which have a flat frequency response up to 100 lcHz when exposed to the 7/8-in. flowthrough openings and to two clamp-on transducers that are isolated from the flow by acoustic windows (Teflon or stainless steel). Signals from the transducers and microphones are amplified, filtered, and analyzed. Typically, charge amplifiers are used for the microphones, and voltage amplifiers, for the transducers. High-pass filters are applied to the signals to eliminate low-frequency mechanical noise, such as pipe vibration. The signals are analyzed by either a true RMS voltmeter or a wide-band spectrum analyzer. A series of limestone/air flow tests was conducted with the test section at an ANL solid/gas test facility. The average particle size of limestone is < I mm. The tests covered three mass loadings (1, 2, and 3 lb/s) at various air flow rates. In general, the microphones detected several tones that might have been the result of direct impacts of particles on the microphone. The tones were not observed with the clamp-on configuration. Instead, a wide-band noise spectrum was typically detected. The clamp-on configuration, was therefore, used for flow analysis. The flow noise levels were measured in the 10-50 kHz range; they were given in Rh4S voltages or autocorrelation values. Data, as shown in Fig. 5-3 1, can be fitted into an empirical relationship, given as

p = c un ,

(5.39)

Instrumentation for Fluid-Particle Flow: Acoustics

197

Narrow-Band Amplifier

FIGURE 5-32 Block diagram of the active cross-correlation systemfor solidgas flow. where 7 is the averaged acoustic power, c a constant, u the air flow rate, and n is a power factor. The power factor, as estimated from the plots, ranged from 4.0 to 5.0 for solidgas flows and was close to 10 for air flows. The acoustic power increases with solid loading up to 2 lb/s. The results indicate that flow noise level may be used to monitor solid loading in a solidgas flow. Although the technique of measuring flow noise level is not accurate, it is simple and inexpensive.

5.4.2 Cross-Correlation Method

In principle, the ultrasonic techniques described for solid-liquid flow measurement can be applied to measure air flow rate and particle velocity. Direct measurement of air flow rate by measuring upstream and downstream transit times has been demonstrated. But, the Doppler and cross-correlation techniques have never been applied to solidgas flow because the attenuation of ultrasound in the air is high. Recent developments have shown that high-frequency (0.5MHz) air-coupled transducers can be built and 0.5-MHz ultrasound can be transmitted through air for a distance of at least 1 in. Thus, the cross-correlation technique should be applicable to monitoring of solidgas flow. Here, we present a new cross-correlation technique that does not require transmission of ultrasonic waves through the solidgas flow.The new technique detects chiefly the noise that interacts with the acoustic field established within the pipe wall. Because noise may be related to particle concentration, as we discussed earlier, the noise-modulated sound field in the pipe wall may contain flow information that is related to the variation in particle concentration. Therefore, crosscorrelation of the noise modulation may yield a velocity-dependent correlation function.

198 Instrumentationfor Ffuid-Particle FZow I

Time, ms

FIGURE 5-33 Cross-correlation functionsfor two solid/airflows obtained from demodulated signals in 30-500-Hz bandwidth.

35

22 31

-

30 25

m

v!

20

15

15

20

25

v,,

30

35

m/s

FIGURE 5-34 Particle velocities (V') sensed by the acoustic method vs. partial velocity determined with the radioactive-particleinjection method. Figure 5-32 is a block diagram of the ANL acoustic cross-correlation test section (Sheen and Raptis, 1986) for monitoring solidgas flows. Three pairs of wide-band transducers are clamped directly on the pipe. In each pair, one transducer acts as a transmitter and the other as a receiver. To avoid acoustic crosstalk, each pair of transducers is acoustically isolated from the others. The isolation is achieved by using viton gaskets between flanges. During operation, the transmitters delivered a continuous wave with a frequency of "1 MHz. Receivers were conditioned with amplifiers and band-passed filters set at 100-1

Instrumentation for Fluid-Particle Flow: Acoustics

1 99

MHz. Received signals were demodulated, and cross-correlationfunctions were calculated between two pair of receivers. The instrument was tested with a series of glass beadair flow tests. During the tests, a radioactive tagging technique was used to obtain the true particle velocity for direct comparison. Figure 5-33 shows two cross-correlation functions obtained from the demodulated signals in a narrow bandwidth of 30-500 Hz. The crosscorrelation functions displayed clear peaks whose maximums yielded the particle velocities. The particle-velocity data derived from the correlation peaks differed significantly from the velocities measured by the radioactive tagging method. The difference, however, remained the constant over the measurement range. This is illustrated in Fig. 5-34, in which a multiplier of 1.53 has been applied to the cross-correlation data. The source of the multiplier may be the narrow filter bandwidth and the particle velocity profile effect. Tagging methods sense particles mainly in the turbulent region, whereas the acoustic technique detects particles near the pipe wall.

5 . 5 MEASUREMENT of LIQUID VISCOSITYlDENSITY To measure liquid density and viscosity, we must characterize a solifliquid flow. In this section, we describe an in-line nonintrusive ultrasonic technique for determining liquid density and viscosity.

5.5.1 The ANL Ultrasonic Viscometer ANL’s ultrasonic viscometer is a nonintrusive in-line device that measures both fluid density and viscosity. The design of the viscometer is based on a technique that measures acoustic and shear impedance. The technique was first applied by Moore and McSkimin (1970) to measure dynamic shear properties of solvents and polystyrene solutions. The reflections of incident ultrasonic shear (1-10 MHz) and longitudinal waves (1 MHz), launched toward the surfaces of two transducer wedges that are in contact with the fluid, are measured. The reflection coefficients, along with the speed of sound in the fluid, are used to calculate fluid density and viscosity. Oblique incidence was commonly used because of better sensitivity, but mode-converted waves often occur in wedges that do not exhibit perfect crystal structure and lack well-polished surfaces. For practical applications, we use the normal-incidence arrangement. 5.5.1.1 Longitudinal Waves and Acoustic Impedance of Fluid Acoustic impedance of a fluid Zl is the product of fluid density p and phase velocity V of sound in the fluid; it can be determined by measuring the reflection coefficient R at the boundary of the fluid and transducer wedge. If we select the normal-incidence configuration,R is given by R=z -i, - z

zi +

w

zw

(5.40)

200 Instrumentation for Fluid-Particle Flow where 2, is the acoustic impedance of the wedge in which longitudinal waves propagate from transducer to fluid. If the phase velocity in the fluid can be determined accurately by other measurements (e.g.. time-of-flight of longitudinal waves traveling in the fluid), the fluid density can be derived from (5.41) where the absolute value of the reflection coefficient is used because, in principle, R is a complex number. However, in practice, if we assume that wave attenuation in the wedge and fluid can be neglected, and only the real parts of R and Zw are used in the density calculation. 5.5.1.2

Shear Waves and Shear Impedance of Fluid

Use of the ultrasonic shear reflectance method to obtain the shear mechanical properties of fluids has been the subject of many studies of Newtonian (CohenTenoudji et al., 1987) and non-Newtonian (Harrison and Barlow, 1981) fluids. Consider that gated shear-horizontal (SH)-plane waves propagate in a wedge at an incidence angle that is normal to the polished surface in contact with the fluid, and that these waves are reflected back. The shear reflection coefficient can be expressed as given in Eq. 5.40, with shear impedances replacing 8 acoustic impedances. The shear impedances of the wedge Zws and fluid 2 ~ are given as z w s = JpWc44 (5.42)

(5.43) where Pw is the density of the wedge material, CG is the stiffness constant of the wedge, o is the radial frequency of the shear wave, and 77 is the fluid viscosity. By using Eq. 5.43, we have assumed that the fluid behaves as a Newtonian fluid; more complex expressions are expected for non-Newtonian fluids (Sheen et al., 1997). The shear impedance of a fluid is a complex value that consists of amplitude and phase. The phase change is very small for a single reflection, so we consider only the variation in amplitude. The shear reflection coefficient R,, which is a measurable quantity, can be used to calculate the product of density x viscosity as follows: (5.44)

Equation 5.44 predicts the sensitivity of the measurement and the range of the shear reflectance method. Figures 5-35 and 5-36, show the dependence of the reflection coefficient on the product of density x viscosity for various

Instrumentation for Fluid-Particle Flow: Acoustics

1

201

-l--l--

0.9

0.8

0.6

f = 10 f = 7.5 f = 5.0

0.5

f = 2.25

0.4

f =, 1.0 I

0.7

10

20

30 40 50 dpq, dg/cm+oise

60

70

80

FIGURE 5-35 Reflection coefficient as a function offluid density viscosity for various operating shear wave frequencies.

50

100 150 dpq, dglcm3~oise

200

250

FIGURE 5-36 Reflection coefficient vs. square root offluid density viscosity product for various wedge materials (S.S. = stainless steel). operating shear frequencies and wedge materials, respectively. In principle, lower shear-impedance materials and higher operating shear frequencies provide better sensitivity but a smaller measurement range. However, for tank-waste applications, the choice of Lucite and 10 MHz is not sufficient to achieve the desired sensitivity.

202 Instrumentation for Fluid-Particle Flow

FIGUKE 5-37 Basic design of the ANL ultrasonic viscometer

5.5.1.3 Viscometer Design Figure 5-37 shows the basic design of the ultrasonic viscometer and its signalprocessing scheme. The basic design consists of two transducer wedges mounted on a pipe, opposite one another and flush with the inner surface of the pipe. The wedges have an offset surface to provide the reference reflection, which is compared with the reflection from the sensing surface to give the reflection coefficient. In effect, the offset surface provides a continuous reference signal for self-calibration.Two types of transducers, shear horizontal ( S H ) and longitudinal, are used; both operate in the pulse-echo mode. Three major reflections are detected for longitudinal-waveoperation, corresponding to reflections from the offset surface, the sensing surface that is in contact with the fluid, and the pipe wall on the opposite side. The amplitude ratio of the first two reflections is a measure of the reflection coefficient, whereas the time-of-flight between the second and third reflections allows us to deduce the phase velocity of the longitudinal wave in the fluid. Thus, longitudinal-wave operation gives a direct measure of fluid density. Shear-wave operation detects only two reflections because most fluids do not support shear waves. The amplitude ratio of the two reflections allows us to calculate the reflection coefficient, from which we can deduce the product of the density x viscosity.

5.5.2

Laboratory Tests and Results

The wedge material determines the sensitivity and accuracy of the density and viscosity measurements. Table 5-2 lists the tested wedge materials and their acoustic properties. For the tests, transducers (longitudinal and shear) were attached to wedges with epoxy glue. They are excited by a wideband pulse and

Instrumentation for Fluid-Particle Flow: Acoustics

203

generate pulses with a center frequency of 1 MHz for longitudinal waves and 5 MHz for shear waves. Reflections from the two surfaces of each wedge are rectified and integrated. The integrated reflection amplitudes are used to calculate the reflection coefficients. Typically, 500 averages are applied to the signals to reduce the signal-to-noise ratio.

Table 5-2

Material

Characteristics of various wedge materials.

Density Longitudinal Longitudinal g/cm3 Velocity Impedance

p

V,,CdFS

PV,

Shear Velocity v,,,c~Fs

Shear

Working

Impedance Temperature PV,

T,,OF

ABS"

1.5279

0.2330

0.3560

-

Acrylic (Cast)

1.1800

0.273 1

0.3222

0.1369

0.1615

200

Acrylic Pxtruded) 1.1800

0.2525

0.2979

0.1369

0.1615

200

Delrin

1.0341

0.2137

0.22 10

0.093 1

0.0963

180

Lucite

1.2800

0.2335

0.2989

0.1119

0.1432

200

Plexiglass

1.1897

0.2701

0.3214

0.1621

0.1928

200

Polyetherimide

1.2700

0.2403

0.3052

0.1041

0.1323

338

Polystyrene

1.0279

0.2042

0.2099

-

-

170

WTDb

1.2624

0.2352

0.2969

0.1016

0.1283

350

HTDb

1.4038

0.2591

0.3637

0.1127

0.1582

500

1.4315

0.2309

0.3305

0.0985

0.1409

900

m

b

-

185

'ABS = Acrylonitrile-butadiene-styrene. bDelay lines were supplied by Panametric, Inc., for high-temperature applications. WTD = moderate-temperature delay line; HTD = high-temperature delay line; VHTD = very-high-temperaturedelay line. 5.5.2.1 Measurement of Density The longitudinal-wave reflectance method is used to measure fluid density. Table 5-3 lists the density of standard liquids that were used in the test to calibrate density. The longitudinal-wave phase velocity in each liquid, deduced from the time-of-flight measurement, is also given. Note that variation in phase velocity of the standard liquids does not correlate with their density change; thus, phase velocity alone cannot be used to predict liquid density. However, by combining phase velocity and acoustic impedance measurements, we can obtain an accurate measure of liquid density. Figure 5-38 shows the density calibration results for two wedge materials, polyetherimide and aluminum. The polyetherimide wedge gives an accuracy better than 0.5% for the test liquids, but results from the aluminum wedge are significantly lower than the actual values. The discrepancy of the aluminum wedge may be due to wetting

2 04 Instrumentation for Fluid-Particle Flow

2 "E

X

+

1.5

S I

Polyetherimide (without correction) Aluminum (without correction) Polyetherimide (with correction) Aluminum (with correction)

.Y 4

g

1

n

B

2

0.5

cd

3

0.5

1 1.5 Actual Density, g/cm3

2

FIGURE 5-38 Density calibration resultsfor two wedge materials, polyetherimide and aluminum. A wedge correctionfunction of 4% is determined. Table 5-3 Liquids used for density calibration tests.

Liquid* R-827

G- 1000

Y-120

B-175

Chemical Constituents Kerosene Chloronaphthalene Naphthol 2-Butoxy Ethanol 5 1.9% Ethylene Glycol 47.2% BASACID Green 4 % Chloronaphthalene 99% Kerosene <1% Mono Azo Dye <1% Diazene-42 99% Diazene-200 4% Solvent Blue 36
Density, g/cm'

Longitudinal-Wave Phase Velocity, CmlWeC

0.818

0.12766

1.002

0.15906

1.194

0.14272

1.730

0.1 1452

*Supplied by ALTA Robbins, Anaheim, CA.

problems and wedge geometry, which consistently give a 4% higher reflection coefficient. If we apply the 4%correction to both wedges, which have the same design, the discrepancy is significantly reduced (as shown in Fig. 5-38).

Instrumentation for Fluid-Particle Flow: Acoustics

1

s

U ”

0.9

I

I

0.8

;

0.5

I

x

-

28 0.7 ‘30.6

3

I

\

2

.r(

$

!

I

I

0..

.-

I

I

205

I

I

5MHz 10mz

-

x ;- - _- - - I

I

Q

FIGURE 5-39 Measured reflection coeflcients as a&nction of viscosity with a polyetherimide wedge at two operatingfrequencies. 5.5.2.2 Measurement of Viscosity When compared with the density wedges, the design of the wedge for measuring viscosity is scaled down in a ratio of longitudinal to shear velocities. An aluminum wedge gives an -1 ?6 change in reflection amplitude for a 250-CP viscosity change. This sensitivity is very poor, especially for low-viscosity measurements; however, if a low-impedance wedge and high operating frequency are used, it can be improved. Figure 5-39 shows the reflection coefficients as a function of viscosity for the polyetherimide wedge at two frequencies. In the high-viscosity range, better sensitivity is obtained at the higher frequency (10 MHz). We performed calibration tests for three low-impedance wedge materials, polyetherimide, acrylic (Lucite), and polystyrene. Table 5-4 lists the liquids used for the calibration tests; note that all of the liquids have similar densities but vary in viscosity. The calibration results are shown in Fig. 5-40, which reveals that Lucite is the best of the three as a wedge material for measuring viscosity. However, all of the measured viscosities are lower than their expected values. The discrepancies may be attributed to non-Newtonian fluid behavior, surface wetting, and poor sensitivity. For low-viscosity liquids, the detection sensitivity of the technique based on impedance measurements (or reflection coefficient) must be improved. One improvement would be to monitor multiple reflections because each echo represents one interaction at the wedgelliquid boundary. To obtain multiple echoes, the wedge design must be modified. Two design factors should be considered, echo interference and signal attenuation. The simplest design is to use a thin-plate configuration. Thus, a thin polyetherimide plate was fabricated and tested in glycerollwater solutions. In Fig. 5-41, we show the results that were derived from the second and third echoes over a viscosity range of 1 to

2 06 Instrumentation for Fluid-Particle Flow Table 5-4 Liquids usedfor viscosity calibration tests

N600

Mineral oil

Density, dcm3 0.8876

NlOOO

P A 0 oil

0.8479

2823

N2000

Poly( 1-butene)

0.8753

5248

N4000

Poly( 1-butene)

0.8812

10450

N8000

Poly( 1-butene)

0.8873

22390

N15000

Poly( 1-butene)

0.8919

41360

N30000

Poly( 1-butene)

0.8954

83040

Liquid*

Chemical Constituents

Viscosity, CP 1381

*Supplied by Cannon Instrument Company, State College, PA.

X

Polyetherimide5 MHz

-

Expected dpq, d(Poise*g/cm3)

FIGURE 5-40 Viscosity calibration data for various wedge materials. =600 cP. The derived viscosities in Fig. 5-41 were calculated from the measured reflection coefficients by using Eq. 5.44, in which R, is replaced by (RJ’”’, where n is the echo number. It is evident that multiple reflections improve measurement sensitivity; thus, low-viscosity liquids can be monitored with this technique.

5 . 6 SUMMARY AND FUTURE DEVELOPMENT This chapter gives an in-depth overview of ultrasonic techniques for monitoring fluid/particle flows. Ultrasonic instruments are generally favored by industrial

Instrumentation for Fluid-Particle Flow: Acoustics

207

3.5

1.5 7

0.5

1.5

2 2.5 Expected dpq, d(cP*g/cm3)

1

3

3.5

FIGURE 5-41 Viscosity calibrationdata in low-viscosityrange-obtained with polyetherimide wedge and multiple reflection technique. process engineers because of their low cost and nonintrusiveness. For both solifliquid and solidgas flows, ultrasonic techniques or instruments have been developed to measure average velocities of particles and fluids. The measured velocities are averaged over the width of the ultrasonic beam; therefore, it is possible to obtain a velocity profile in a pipe by properly arranging ultrasonic beams. For example, the cross-correlation technique can measure both the centerline and average velocities, from whch a velocity profile can be derived. It is also possible to extract velocity profile information from the shape of the cross-correlation function or from the frequency spectrum of a Doppler flowmeter. We have presented an innovative technique to measure liquid density and viscosity of a solifliquid flow. The technique, which gives an accurate and quantitative measurement of liquid density, is the only technique that provides liquid density and viscosity separately. The drawback of this technique is that it does not measure bulk phenomena, instead, it senses the liquid properties near the pipe wall. The presence of solid particles has little effect on the measurements. To characterize a solidfluid flow, particle-size distribution, solid concentration, and effects of particles on fluid viscosity must be determined. At present, no technology is available to accomplish these tasks. Optical methods can conceivably be used to determine particle-size distribution in dilute flows. Ultrasonic techniques suffer from high attenuation in solid suspensions, particularly in the frequency range of interest (>lo MHz for typical particle sizes

5.7 NOTATION

n-th partial wave reflection coefficient particle size signal bandwidth sound speed or phase velocity stiffness constant constant separation between two Teflon windows receiving transducer directional gain pipe diameter or transducer diameter carrier frequency of sound wave or scattering amplitude Doppler frequency, Le., difference frequency power density spectrum of noise received transmitting signal m-th order spherical Bessel function wave number sensor separation separation between intersections of pipe wall and acoustic path noise signal background noise level processing gain processed signal level averaged acoustic power reflection coefficient cross-correlation function of signals particle radius decay source level at inner wall square law director averaging time transmission loss through fluid travel time travel time in dead space (L- Lo) air flow rate sound or phase velocity ratio of received voltage and driving voltage sensor signal sensor signal acoustic impedance averaged measurement parameter (AJ; A@,At,etc.) Subscripts d downstream eff effective f fluid I imaginary part

Instrumentation for Fluid-Particle Flow: Acoustics

1 m P r R S U W

0 1 2

209

liquid or fluid at particle surface Pipe relative parameter real part slurry upstream wedge toluenehnzene slurry fluid phase or coalltoluenehnzene slurry solid phase

Superscripts power factor ? complex conjugate Greek Symbols

a

P E xln

rl rlln h

P 0 cp z 0

relative attenuation in dB/cm compressibility volume fraction of suspended particles constant fluid viscosity rn-th order spherical Neumann function wavelength density angle between pipe axis and acoustic path volume concentration leap time or tortuosity radial frequency of shear wave

5 . 8 REFERENCES Ament, W. S., “Sound Propagation in Gross Mixtures,” J. Acoust. SOC.Am., Vol. 25, 1953, 638. Biot, M. A., “Theory of Propagation of Elastic Waves in a Fluid-Saturated Porous Solid -- 11. Higher Frequency Ranges,” J. Acoust. SOC.Am., Vol. 28, 1956, 179. Cohen-Tenoudji, F., Pardee, W. J., Tittmann, B. R., Ahlberg, L. A., and Elsley, R. K., “A Shear Wave Rheology Sensor,” IEEE Trans. Ultrason. Ferroelect. Freq. Conf., Vol. UFFC-34(2), 1987, 263.

2 10 Instrumentation for Fluid-Particle Flow Foster, G. A., Karplus, H. B., and Mulcahey, T. P.,”Multipath Ultrasonic Flow Measurements in Water, A Final Report,” Argonne National Laboratory Report, 1985; ANL-85-14. Gavin, A. P., Anderson, T. T., and Janicek, J. J., “Sodium-Immersible HighTemperature Microphone Design Description,” Argonne National Laboratory Report, 1975; ANL-CT-75-30. Harrison, G. and Barlow, A. J., “Dynamic Viscosity Measurement,” Meth. Exp. Phys., Vol. 19, 1981, 138. Ishimaru,A., Wave Propagation and Scattering in Random Media, Vols. 1 & 2, Academic Press, New York, 1978. Karplus, H. B., Raptis, A. C., Lee, S., and Simpson, T., “The ANL Doppler Flowmeter,” Argonne National Laboratory Report, 1985; ANLEE-85-14. Moore, R. S., and McSkimin, H. J., “Dynamic Shear Properties of Solvents and Polystyrene Solutions from 20 to 300 MHz,” Phys. Acoust., Vol. 6, 1970, 167. Morse, P. M. and Ingard, K. U., Theoretical Acoustics, Chap. 8, McGrawHill, New York, 1968. Raptis, A.C., Sheen, S. H., Roach, P. D., and Mech, J. F., “Acoustic Noise Background and Sound Transmission Tests in a Slurry Line at the HYGAS Pilot Plant,” Argonne National Laboratory Report, 1979; ANL-FE-49622TM04. Sewell, C. J. T.,”The Extinction of Sound in a Viscous Atmosphere by Small Obstacles of Cylindrical and Spherical Form,” Phil. Trans. Roy. SOC.London Vol. A210, 1910, 239. Sheen, S. H. and Raptis, A. C. “Active Acoustic Cross-Correlation Technique Applied to Flow Velocity Measurement in a CoaVLiquid Slurry,” Proc. of SonicsAJltrasonic Symp., 1983, 591. Sheen, S. H., Raptis, A. C., Bobis, J. P., Lee, S., and Simpson, T., “Evaluation of Active Ultrasonic Cross-Correlation Technique in CoaVLiquid Pipe Flow Measurements,” Argonne National Laboratory Report, 1985; ANLFE-85- 12. Sheen, S. H. and Raptis, A. C., “Development of Acoustic Flow Instruments for SolidGas Pipe Flows,” Argonne National Laboratory Report, 1986; ANLIFE-85-07. Sheen, S. H., Chien, H. T., and Raptis, A. C., “Measurement of Shear Impedances of Viscoelastic Fluids,” Proc. 1996 IEEE Int. Ultrasonic Symp., Vol. 1, 1997, 453.

Instrumentation for Fluid-Particle Flow: Acoustics

2 11

Somerscales, E. F. C., “Measurement of Velocity -- Tracer Methods,” Chap. 1, Methods of Experimental Phvsics, Vol. 18 Part A; Academic Press, New York, 1981. Soo, S. L. Multiphase Fluid Jlynamics, Science Press-Gower Technical, Aldershot, England, 1990., Twersky, V., “ On Scattering of Waves by Random Distributions -- 1. Freespace Scattering Formalism,” J. Math. Phys., Vol. 3 number 4, 1962, 700. Urick, R. J., “Absorption of Sound in Suspensions of Irregular Particles,” J. Acoust. SOC.Am.., Vol. 20 number 3, 1948, 283. Waterman, P. C. and Truell, R.,” Multiple Scattering of Waves,” J. Math. Phys., Vol. 2 number 4, 1961, 512.

Instrumentation for FluidParticle Flow: Electromagnetics Shu-Haw Sheen, Hual-Te Chien, and Apostolos C. Paul Raptis

6.1

INTRODUCTION

Electromagnetically based flow metering encompasses electrical, magnetic, and optical techniques, where optical techniques are not limited to the use of visible light, but cover the entire electromagnetic (EM) spectrum, from microwaves to y rays. Electrical techniques involve measurement of the electrical impedance, capacitance, or conductivity of the flow medium. When applied to the flow of suspended solids, each measured electrical property generally is not related directly to flow rate but provides an estimate of solids concentration. Similarly, most optical techniques that measure attenuation of light or EM waves in a medium (Van De Hulst, 1957) sense percent solids in the region where the light is interrogating. To measure flow rate, more than one sensor or sensing station is required; for example, cross-correlating the outputs of two-sensors to obtain the flow rate is a common practice. Instruments that measure primarily flow rate have been developed. Examples of these instruments are the magnetic flowmeter for fluid flow and the hot-wire anemometer for gas flow. Although magnetic flowmeter that measures the induced electrical field strength when a conducting fluid flows through a magnetic field has been developed and applied to single-phase conducting flows, its application to the monitoring of solid/liquid flows is still infrequent. Application of a hot-wire anemometer is limited to gas flows. In fact, an anemometer must be protected from solid particles in the gas stream because of potential erosion problems. A discussion of the hot-wire anemometer can be found in Blackwelder (1981), thus it will not be discussed here. 212

Instrumentation for Fluid-Particle Flow: Electromagnetics 2 13 in today’s industrial applications, Coriolis mass flowmeters are widely used by process engineers to monitor mass flow rate. This meter measures the Coriolis force that depends on the mass momentum of the flow, and, in principle, it can be applied to both single- and mixed-phase flows. Magnetic or optical detectors are generally used to detect mass-flow-related Coriolis acceleration. A brief description of the Coriolis flowmeter will be presented because it is widely used in industrial processes. A laboratory technique that is commonly used to calibrate particle velocity is the tracer technique. The tracers can be optically illuminating particles or short-lived radioactive tracers. We will briefly discuss two techniques that can be used to produce radioactive tracers: on-line pulsed neutron activation (PNA) and off-line irradiation. To conclude this chapter, we will present a brief introduction to some emerging technologies for monitoring mixed-phase flow. 6.2

MEASUREMENTPRINCIPLES

Electrical techniques primarily measure the electrical impedance of a mixedphase medium. Because the dielectric constant or electrical conductivity of a solid phase differs from that of the fluid, one can measure electrical conductance or capacitance to determine phase distribution. To attain better sensitivity, conductance flowmeters are usually applied to conducting media, such as aqueous solutions or soliddwater slurries, whereas capacitive flowmeters are applied to solidgas flows and solidnonconducting-liquid flows. Capacitance measurements are generally more reproducible because they are not affected by the ion concentration of the solution, which is difficult to control during processing. Optical or radiometric techniques for measuring solids concentration are based on the dependence of attenuation and scattering of an optical beam or radiation on the number of particles in the optical path. The theory that guides these techniques assumes a single-scattering process; thus, it is only valid for low concentrations of solids. These techniques require special optical windows, which sometimes are impractical and limiting. In industry, it is often more important to measure mass flow rate than to monitor volumetric flow rate. To determine the mass flow rate of a mixedphase flow, one must measure the velocity and concentration of each phase. This becomes a very difficult task and none of the current techniques can accomplish it. In practice, most mass flowmeters measure the relative change of a physical parameter like capacitance. To relate this measurement to solids concentration, the flowmeters must be calibrated against other, direct, methods

2 14 Instrumentation for Fluid-Particle Flow

Magnet Coil

I

Signal Voltage

FIGURE 6- 1 Schematic representationof conventional electromagnetic flowmeter. (Source: Hoske, 1998) such as timed flow diversion. In this section, we will outline the fundamental principle of each electromagnetic technique, with a focus on what each technique can measure. In most cases, the theories assume hom*ogeneous pipe flows; effects due to velocity and concentration profiles are not addressed. 6.2.1

Electromagnetic Methods

Electromagnetic flowmeters are mainly applied to single-phase conducting fluids, for example liquid metals, water-based industrial liquids, and blood. However, they are also being used to measure solidliquid flows such as waterbased slurries and sludge as long as conductivity of the liquid medium exceeds 50 microsiemens per centimeter (jWcm). Output signals from an EM flowmeter are basically proportional to the volumetric flow rate, which is applicable to solidliquid flows only if the solids particles are uniformly distributed in the liquid. Moreover, to obtain the mass flow rate of a solid/liquid flow, the EM flowmeter requires other means to .measure solids concentration. The measurement principle of the EM flowmeter is well established (Shercliff, 1962; Bevir, 1970). Figure 6.1 shows the basic configuration of a conventional cylindrical flowmeter (Haske, 1998). The electrical conducting

Instrumentation for Fluid-Particle Flow: Electromagnetics 2 15 fluid passes through a magnetic field, producing an electrical field, the strength of which is measured by a pair of electrodes that are in contact with the fluid and insulated from the conductive pipe. If we let Y be the vector velocity of the conducting fluid and B , the flux density of the magnetic field, we will obtain the generated electrical potential across the sensing electrodes U by solving the equation

U = ?.W d c , where dc integrates over the volume within the flowmeter, and the relationship between W , the weight vector and B is W = B x J. Here J is called the virtual current, a hypothetical current density that would be set up if unit current were passed between the electrodes while the fluid is stationary. The flowmeter sensitivity signal S per unit flow rate, can be determined from

The sensitivity depends on the spatial distribution of the magnetic field, the electrode arrangement and the flow velocity distribution. Ideally, one would like to design a flowmeter that is independent to flow velocity distribution. This may be achieved by arranging the magnetic field and the electrode configuration so that the output signal is proportional only to flow rate. Theoretically, Bevir (1970) showed that the necessary and sufficient condition for output to be independent of the flow pattern is that curl W = 0, with W+

-.

0 at If we assume that the induced magnetic field is small and the conductivity uniform, curl B and curl J = 0. We may then set B = VF and J = VG, to obtain W = VF x VG, where both F and G are solutions of Laplace's equation. The condition of curl W = 0 implies either VF or VG must be constant. Thus, a simple class of ideal flowmeter is obtained by making VF constant; this means that magnetic field B is constant. In the conventional EM flowmeter, point electrodes are used in a circular pipe. This flowmeter is normally overly sensitive to flow near the two electrodes; it may accurately measure flow rate if the magnetic field is uniform and flow is rectilinear (ie., parallel to the flowmeter axis) and axisymmetric. For a rectilinear, axisymmetric flow, Eq. 6.2 can be written as

j W'(r) V(r)rdr

s=o

V(r)rdr 0

2 1 6 Instrumentation for Fiuid-Particle Flow

Field

0.5

r-

b

Field

FIGURE 6-2 Weightfitnction contours for the uniform-field point electrode flowmeter. (Source: Cox and Wyatt, 1984) where a is the pipe radius and 2%

W’(r)=f/2KjW(r,f3)d0.

(6.4)

Equations 6.3 and 6.4 show that the sensitivity to rectilinear flow will be independent of flow profile only if W(r,0) is constant over the cross section of the flowmeter. Unfortunately, for the point electrode configuration, W(r,0) tends to infinity at the electrodes because the virtual current J increases without limit as the electrode size decreases. Therefore, to obtain a uniform W(r,0), one needs to modify the magnetic field and the electrode configuration. The method to compute the weight functions was described by O’Sullivan and Wyatt (1 983). Figure 6.2 shows the contours of equal-weight functions for the conventional uniform-field, point electrode flowmeter (Shercliff, 1962). A practical EM flowmeter generally does not use point electrodes; multiple electrodes (O’Sullivan, 1983) and electrodes of large area (Cox and Wyatt, 1984) have been suggested, and the magnetic field is generated by using magnet coils operated at a frequency of < 1 kHz and of either continuous waves or pulses. Figure 6.3 shows the weight function for the configuration of six-point electrodes. Performance tests of such a multiple-point-electrode flowmeter showed that it improved the signal-to-noise ratio and thus improved the

Instrumentation for Fluid-Particle Flow: Electromagnetics 2 17

e,

FIGURE 6-3 Rectilinear weightfunction with six electrodes at 0 = 1800 + where = 60, 9 0 , and 120°,and 9 = 0.243. (Source: O'Sullivan 1983)

e,

consistency of the flowmeter response; however, it did not correct the nonuniformity in magnetic field. Large-area electrodes, in principle, are less sensitive to flow velocity distribution. Cox and Wyatt (1984) constructed and tested such a flowmeter using saddle-shaped electrodes that subtend 120" at the pipe axis. The flowmeter configuration and its weight function are shown in Fig. 6.4. The tests of Cox and Wyatt (1984) showed that the flowmeter was 14 times less sensitive to velocity distribution than the conventional point-electrode flowmeter. However, large-area electrodes suffer from many engineering problems, e.g., defects in the insulating film and seals which cause electrical leakage; variations in the electrochemical state of the surface that lead to nonuniformity of the electrode/fluid interface; and deposition of solids on the electrodes that cause additional nonuniformity. As a result, the large-areaelectrode flowmeter may suffer from calibration uncertainty and severe baseline instability. 6.2.2 Capacitive Methods A capacitive sensor measures the dielectric properties of a medium; it is applied mainly to a medium of low electrical conductivity. The basic design of

2 1 8 Instrumentation for Fluid-Particle Flow

0.90

Insulating Pipe Wall

FIGURE 6-4

Configuration and weightfunction contours of aflowmeter with saddle-shaped electrodes. (Source: Cox and Wyatt,1984) a capacitive flow sensor is similar to that of a capacitor; it consists of two parallel metal plates separated by the dielectric flow medium. The capacitance of this capacitor is given by

C = eoEAI d ,

(6.5)

where E, and E are the dielectric constants in vacuum (8.85 pF/m) and in the dielectric medium, respectively; A is the overlap area of the plates; and d is their separation. The capacitive method for measuring solids concentration is based on the change in capacitance in the presence of solids within the sensing volume. For example, in a solidgas flow, because solids normally have a higher dielectric constant than the gas, the measured capacitance increases with solids concentration. As long as the solids concentration is low, a linear expression for the capacitance of a mixed-phase flow is generally assumed. For mixedphase flows, Eq. 6.5 can be rewritten as

C, = E ~ ( E , ~+Jef(l- 4)>A 1 d ,

(6.6)

where C, is the capacitance of the mixed-phase medium, @ is the solid volume fraction, and E, and &f are dielectric constants of solids and fluid, respectively. In practice, for better sensitivity and larger dynamic range, the instrument

Instrumentation for Fluid-Particle Flow: Electromagnetics 2 19

FIGURE 6-5

Wrapped-electrode capacitor.

measures the relative change in capacitance with respect to the pure fluid, from which it deduces the volume fraction Q according to

where the subscripts m, f; and s represent mixed-phase, fluid, and solid medium, respectively. Again, uniformity of the electrical field determines the accuracy of the capacitive technique; therefore, electrode geometry is a major design parameter. The most common geometry is that of two parallel plates wrapped around a pipe, as shown in Fig. 6.5. The electrodes, however, must be insulated from the conductive pipe wall. Typically, the parallel plates cover a large pipe area, and thus produce a relatively hom*ogeneous field within the pipe, except at the electrode edges. Fig. 6.6 shows the equipotential field lines near the edges of the parallel-plate electrodes. Overall, this electrode geometry provides good accuracy. Another common electrode geometry is annular, and consists of at least three axial-ring electrodes, as shown in Fig. 6.7. The central ring is the live electrode that is electrically insulated from the other two ground electrodes. Fig. 6.8 shows a plot of the equipotentials of the annular geometry. The field of this geometry is axial and obviously nonuniform in sensitivity to solids distribution, and more sensitive to the regions near the wall. However, this geometry is relatively easy to manufacture; hence it is practical for industrial applications. Thus far, we have discussed capacitive techniques for sensing solids concentration in a mixed-phase flow. We must now discuss how to measure flow velocity by the capacitive method, because the ultimate goal is that of measuring mass-flow-rate. Two methods are commonly suggested for

220 Instrumentation for Fluid-Particle Flow

FIGURE 6-6

Narrow-electrodecapacitor, ANL-I version.

FIGURE 6-7

Annular-electrodecapacitor.

measuring flow rate. One is based on a cross-correlation technique (Beck et al., 1990), which requires two sets of capacitive electrodes, separated by a known distance D, and measures the transit time T necessary for a given capacitance fluctuation to traverse from one electrode to the other. The flow velocity V, (more appropriately called the particle velocity) within the sensing volume is

Instrumentation for Fluid-Particle Flow: Electromagnetics 22 1

1 . 1 . 1 . 1 . 1 . 1 . 1 . 1 . 1 . 1 . -

Duct Centerline

FIGURE 6-8 capacitor.

Equipotential and electricfield lines of annular-electrode

~

Fiber

FIGURE 6-9

*

PhotoMultiplier

*

Signal Processing Electronics

Typical cross-correlationflowmeter. (Source: Yan, 1996)

then calculated from DIT . Fig. 6.9 shows a typical design of a cross-correlation flowmeter. If one knows the solids density ps, the mass flow rate of the solids FM is FM

= PSWVS = P@ DIT,

(6.8)

222 Instrumentation for Fluid-Particle Flow where T is derived from the peak of the cross-correlation function. In principle, a cross-correlation function represents the particle-velocity distribution convoluted with the sensor response function. Hence, the shape of the crosscorrelation function may contain velocity-profile information and its peak is related to the most probable velocity. The second method of measuring flow rate, the spatial filtering technique (Hammer and Green, 1983), analyzes the frequency content of the capacitance signals and relates the frequency bandwidth to particle velocity. The capacitance signals generally contain rapid fluctuations that are the result of the inhom*ogeneity of the mixed-phase flow and possess a finite bandwidth that is determined by the time required for a particle to traverse an active range of the electrodes. To illustrate the concept, let us assume that the signal variation is a simple rectangular pulse, the amplitude of which is proportional to the solids concentration and the width of which depends on particle velocity. In this case, the form of the frequency spectrum of the capacitance signals will be expressed as

C(jo)= I@

sin(oa/2~,) wa/2vS ’

where K is a constant and u is the active length of the capacitance electrode. Equation 6.9 is a sinc function whose maximum at the origin is K$, and the first zero of which occurs at V&. This technique seems to be simple and practical because only one set of electrodes is used to measure both the solids concentration and particle velocity; however, it requires calibration to determine the active length of the electrodes, which may vary with electrode geometry and performance. The accuracy of this technique may be a problem. 6.2.3 Optical and Tracer Techniques The entire EM spectrum range, from microwaves to y-rays can be used as the optical probe to measure solids concentration and particle velocity. Light attenuatiodscattering methods have long been used to determine solids concentration. The theoretical basis of the methods is described by the Lambert-Beer law I = loe-ax,

(6.10)

where Io and I are the intensities of the incident and transmitted light beam, respectively; x is the distance traversed by the beam in the flow medium; and CT is the linear attenuation coefficient. Attenuation of light in a solidlfluid medium is due to absorption and scattering processes. Absorption depends on

Instrumentation for Fluid-Particle Flow: Electromagnetics 223

Flow

4

Correlator +

F I G U R E 6-10 Optical solids-concentration monitor. (Source: Yan, 1996) optical frequency, whereas scattering is sensitive to particle size. The absorption process involves interactions of the EM waves with the medium at molecular or subatomic levels; it, therefore, depends on the optical frequency and on the types of particles and fluids. For example, coal particles will absorb more light than opaque particles. Hence, an optical instrument for measuring solids concentration requires specific calibration for the solids being measured. Scattering is a process that redistributes the incident beam energy that is due to a change in the refraction index of the beam path. The Mie theory (Van De Hulst, 1957) is the basis for light scattering by spherical particles; it establishes scattering characteristics in terms of the size and refraction index of a particle. The theory predicts that for large particles (d > 3h, where d is the particle diameter and h, the wavelength), scattering in the forward direction is significantly greater than scattering in any other direction. Because in the typical sensor arrangement of an optical solids-concentration monitor, as shown in Fig. 6.10, the detector is directly opposite to the light source, the measured attenuation is, as the theory predicts, higher for smaller particles than for larger particles of the same solids concentration. Furthermore, the derivation of the theory is based on light scattering of a single spherical particle and neglects multiple scattering. Therefore, linear dependence of attenuation on solids concentration only appears in dilute cases; attenuation is

224 Instrumentation for Fluid-Particle Flow

FLOW

A

0 0

b v Electronics

Neutral Density Filter

0 oo 0

=-

Velocity

FIGURE 6-11 Laser Doppler velocimetry in reference beam mode. (Source: Yan, 1996) expected to increase exponentially for dense-phase flows. Most commercial optical instruments are therefore suitable for determining solids concentrations below 15% by volume (Hylton et al., 1998). Overall, the optical techniques for measuring solids concentration suffer from the following problems and disadvantages: the measurement depends on particle type and size; the technique is not applicable to dense-phase flows; and contamination and misalignment of sensor windows cause false signals. The application of optical sensors to measure the velocity of solids can be realized by incorporating Doppler, cross-correlation, or spatial-filtering methods (Yan, 1996). The Doppler technique measures the frequency shift of the signals reflected by the solids particles. Based on the Doppler-shift principle, the difference frequency Af gives a direct measure of solids velocity Vs via the relationship (6.1 1)

where c is the speed of light; f, its frequency; and 0, the viewing angle of the optical beam transmitted in the flow direction. Laser Doppler velocimetry (LDV) is a well-developed technique that has been applied to mixed-phase flows. In typical operation, application is either in the reference-beam or differential-Doppler mode. The reference-beam mode measures the frequency

Instrumentation for Fluid-Particle Flow: Electromagnetics 225

FLOW

A

Detector Electronics O

oo

c-5

FIGURE 6-12 Laser Doppler velocimetry in the differential-Dopplermode. (Source: Yan, 1996) shift of scattered laser light with respect to a reference laser beam. Figure 6.1 1 schematically illustrates the setup of the measurement system in the reference beam mode. The differential-Doppler mode, on the other hand, utilizes two coherent, focused laser beams that converge on moving solids from various directions. The photodetector detects the scattered light from both beams and electronically measure the difference in frequency between the two Dopplershifted signals. The difference provides a measure of the solids velocity in the beam-illuminated region. Figure 6.12 shows this dual- beam setup. Potentially, the LDV technique can be used continuously on line to measure a wide range of solids velocities, ranging from 0.1 mm/s to 100 m/s. However, once again, the technique is only applicable to dilute-phase flow conditions, measurable up to 0.4% alumina powder concentration (Birchenough and Mason, 1976). The tracer method is the most accurate technique to measure fluid velocity. The method is well developed for fluid flows (Somerscales, 1981). It involves use of light-sensitive particles mixed with the fluid, an optical source of illumination, and a detection system. But for solid/liquid and solidgas flows, a better approach is to use radioactive tracers. Typically, the tracers are lowlevel, short-lived radioactive particles that can be either introduced manually or generated on line by a neutron source. Both methods will be described latter in this chapter.

2 2 6 Instrumentation for Fluid-Particle Flow 6.3 MEASUREMENT OF SOLID/LIQUID FLOW Complete characterization of a solidliquid flow requires that we know phase velocity, solids concentration, particle-size distribution, and liquid density and viscosity. Individual phase velocity and particle-size distribution are difficult to measure, even though, in principle, one may select differing optical frequency bands to track the motion of various phases, and use tomographic techniques to map out particle-size distribution. Instruments to monitor these two parameters are still in the developmental stage. At present, on-line instruments for density and viscosity measurement are available mainly for single-phase fluids; the technologies never address the effects of suspended particles on changes in bulk density and viscosity. For practical purposes, a process engineer must measure mass flow rate accurately, preferably with online instruments. In this section, we will limit our discussion to measuring mass flow. A brief description of the Coriolis mass flowmeter will lead the discussion, followed by capacitive techniques and the Pulsed Neutron Activation (PNA) technique for measuring solids velocity. The latter two techniques cover mainly developments at Argonne National Laboratory (ANL) .

6.3.1 Coriolis Mass Flowmeter The Coriolis mass flowmeter measures the mass flow rate of a fluid or slurry that is flowing through the flow tube by detecting the Coriolis force associated with the moving fluidslurry. The flow tube geometry varies; common tube geometries are U, straight, and Z. The U-tube design has been studied theoretically (Sultan and Hemp, 1989) and widely adopted by industry. The typical arrangement of a U-tube Coriolis mass flowmeter is shown in Fig. 6.13. The arrangement consists of a U-tube lying in one plane and clamped at its ends, an electromagnetic drive that vibrates the tube, and two electromagnetic detectors that sense the relative phase of the limb vibration. In operation, the electromagnetic drive causes the tube to perform an oscillatory rotation about the y-axis. This rotation, in turn, induces a Coriolis force in the straight limbs of the U-tube when fluid or slurry flows in the tube. The Coriolis force is extremely small and can be calculated by solving

Fc = 2M6 x P,

(6.12)

where M is the mass of the fluid per unit length of the tube, o is the angular velocity of the driving rotation, V is the fluid velocity, and x represents the vector cross product operator. The Coriolis force, as defined in Eq. 6.12,

Instrumentation for Fluid-Particle Flow: Electromagnetics 227

FIGURE 6-13 Coriolis inussflowmeter in U-tube configuration. (Source: Sultan and Hemp, 1989) provides a direct measure of mass flow if the frequency of the oscillatory rotation is constant. Because the fluidsluny flows in opposite directions in the straight limbs, the Coriolis force causes an oscillatory twisting of the tube about the x-axis. The oscillating moment r is given by

r =4 h r L =K p ,

(6.13)

where I& is the spring stiffness constant of the tube, L is the tube length, r is the distance from the center of U-tube to the two limbs, riz is the mass flow rate per unit tube length, and a is the tube deflection detected by sensors that are generally positioned at the midpoint of each limb. The deflection can be measured in terms of the time difference (At) between the midpoint crossing time in the two limbs, which is LwAt a=-----. 2r

(6.14)

Combining Eqs 6.12,6.13, and 6.14, we obtain (6.15)

22 8 Instrumentation for Fluid-Particle Flow

FIGURE 6-14 ANL capacitiveflowrneter. which indicates that a Coriolis flowmeter depends on time difference and pipe geometry constants. Therefore, in principle, the accuracy of Coriolis mass flowmeters is unaffected by changes in slurry temperature, pressure, density, and flow profile. The measurement range of a Coriolis mass flowmeter varies with tube size, larger tubes being associated with higher flow rates. Also varied in commercial flowmeters are driver arrangements and sensing techniques. For example, the design of the Promass 63 and m-Point Coriolis meters manufactured by Endress and Hauser (Greenwood, Indiana) contains some key differences even though the basic principle involved in the two meters is the same. The Promass 63 has a driver on each tube, whereas the m-Point has a driver on one tube. According to the manufacturer, the additional driver allows the Promass to work with a higher volume of air in the flow stream. In the Promass, a magnetic pickup sensor is used to detect the vibrations in the tube, whereas, in the m-Point, an optical sensor is used. Both meters measure the resonant frequency of the oscillating tubes, which then gives a measure of fluid density in the tube. Performance of the meters, recently evaluated with kaolidsugarwater slurries (Hylton, 1998), showed less than 1% standard deviation in density measurement.

Instrumentation for Fluid-Particle Flow: Electromagnetics 229

Signal Generator Tektronix FG 504

Output

FIGURE 6-15 Current-sensingpreamplij?erfor capacitiveflowmeter electrodes.

6.3.2 Capacitive Flow Instrument A capacitive flowmeter, applicable only to slurries with nonconducting fluids, exhibits many attractive features that are often required by industrial processes. For example, it is nonintrusive, has no moving parts, does not disturb the flow, can tolerate hostile temperature and pressure environments, and is resistant to shock and vibration. Figure 6.14 shows the capacitive flowmeter developed at ANL (Bobis et al., 1986). Its electrode arrangement, shown in Fig. 6.15, adopts a parallel-plate configuration. The measuring electrodes are of two types: three short, 0.5 x 0.84-in., electrodes (9E, 10E, 12E) placed in the direction of flow and used to measure flow velocity, and a long, 4.66 x 0.84 in.(l 1E) electrode that is used to measure density. Both the drive electrode that serves as the other half of the parallel-plate configuration and the measuring electrodes are supported by Teflon insulators and are separated from the flow stream by a 1/8-in. thick ceramic tube with a 2-in. ID.

23 0 Instrumentation for Fluid-Particle Flow

+Phase-sensitive Demodulator

vO

Reference Signal

FIGURE 6-16 Typical tran.s$omr-ratio-arm bridge transducer. (Source: Huang, 1988) s2

s4

- T -

Rf

FIGURE 6-17 Circuit diagram of stray-immune charge/discharge transducer. (Source: Huang, 1988) Because the typical capacitance to be measured is in the range of 0.1-10 p F and the required resolution is less than 0.001 pF, the capacitance-measuring circuits become the most critical part of the instrument, which should have high sensitivity and low baseline drift. The circuits must be able to reduce or eliminate the effect due to stray capacitance. Popular capacitance-measuring circuits (Huang et al., 1988) can be categorized into four groups: resonance, oscillation, charge/discharge, and AC bridge methods. Evaluation by H u g et al. ( I 988) led to the following conclusions. For measurements at frequencies

Instrumentation for Fluid-Particle Flow: Electromagnetics 2 3 1

Voltmeter

fx

.

,

scillator

I

c

I

FVC

,

(yq$ecmglT+

. ..

I

-_

I -1T.nw..-pass

fx

-F

output

Filter

-

v

Counter Digital output (b)

FIGURE 6-18 Circuit diagrams of (a)resomce and (b)balanced LC oscillator transducers. (Source:Huung, 1988) below 100 kHz, the transformer-ratio-arm bridge transducer shown in Fig. 6.16 is recommended; from 100 kHz to 5 MHz, the stray-immune charge/discharge transducer, shown in Fig. 6.17 is suggested; and beyond 5 MHz, LC oscillators or resonance methods, shown in Fig. 6.18 should be used. 6.3.2.1

Density Measurement

To illustrate density measurement by capacitive methods, the performance of the ANL capacitive mass flowmeter is described. Instrument evaluation tests were conducted at the ANL Solid/Liquid Test Facility (SLTF), shown schematically in Fig. 6.19. The SLTF was designed as a specialized instrument-testing and calibration-loop facility for various liquid and liquid/solid media. The facility can provide volumetric flow rates that m g e from 0 to 10 L/s and flow speeds up to 6 m / s in 2-in. Schedule 40 pipe. It is equipped with an acoustic cross-correlation flowmeter, a PNA system to

232 Instrumentation for Fluid-Particle Flow

FIGURE 6-19 Schematic representation of ANL solict/liquid loop test faciliry (SLTF).

Amplitude Demodulator Active or Passive

Cross-Correlation of

Dc Volts B uckout

Lowpass Filter Particle 0-5 kHz Concentration

FIGURE 6-20 Instrumentation of ANL capacitiveflowmeter.

Instrumentation for Fluid-Particle Flow: Electromagnetics 2 3 3

71

I

I

I

I

Flowmeter in Vertical Leg IIE Electrode for Density Ohio #9 Coal Coal Diameter = 100 p Oil Density = 0.87 g/L

60% Coal by Weight

Y = -12.9 + 16.32 X

Op/;;%l7% 0% Oil

0.8

0.9

I

1

1.1

1.2

Coal/Oil Slurry Density, g / L

FIGURE 6-21 Dens@ data of coaVoil slurries obtained by ANL capacitive flowmeter. measure particle velocity and an on-line, timed, weightlvolume diversion system. Codoil slurries were used in the instrument performance tests. The coal was finely ground Ohio #9, a high-ash highly volatile bituminous coal, the major constituents of which are 59 wt.% carbon, 4 wt.% hydrogen, 4 wt.% sulfur, and 24 wt.% ash. A sieve analysis disclosed that = 86% of the coal particles were of 63-125pm in diameter. The oil was a representative organic liquid used in the feedlines of some pilot coal conversion plants. Oil density at 20°C was 0.868g/cm3. Schematic diagrams of the instrumentation for the ANL capacitive flowmeter are given in Fig. 6.20.A 100-kHzsine-wave oscillator, with stable frequency and amplitude controls, was used to pulse the drive electrode. Each sensing electrode was connected to a current-to-voltageconverter preamplifier. The preamplifier outputs were bandpass filtered at 100 kHz k 5 Hz and amplitude-demodulated. The demodulated signals were amplified and DCcoupled to a first-order low-pass filter to give density signals. The density measurements for coal concentrations that ranged from 0 to 60 wt.% are presented in Fig. 6.21. A linear relationship was measured with an accuracy I 5%. The relationship was independent of slurry velocity and particle size. Because of the large contrast between the coal and oil dielectric

234 Instrumentation for Fluid-Particle Flow

>

I

s

&

c)

1

I

I

I

I

'

47%COal +

4.0 14.24V

6

-

-

c)

2

8

-

- -43% coal

h

c) .d

E

i

-

5.0 -

6 n$

I

Flowmeter in Vertical Leg IIE Electrode for Density

3.0 -

Ohio #9 Coal

.-> 0a 2.0 -

Coal Diameter = 100 pm Oil Density = 0.87 g/L

c1

s

6.3.2.2

I

I

,

I

I

I

4

-

I

Particle Velocity Measurement

The cross-correlation technique is used in the ANL capacitive instrument to measure particle velocity. The outputs from the velocity-sensing electrodes were amplitude-modulated capacitor currents. If one assumes that the output capacitance signals vary sinusoidally (Aasinoat), and the applied voltage to the drive electrode is Apsinot (where o = 2nf and f signals with amplitude modulation can be given as AA

Z(t) = C , A , w C o s w t + ~ [ w ( s i n o , t - s i n w , t ) +

2

=

100 kHz), the detected

w,(sino,t +sinW,t)], (6.16)

where Cois the capacitance of the slurry without coal particles, 01 = o + %, and c i = ~ o - %. To demodulate the signals, an AC-coupled, low-pass filter (0-5 kHz) was used. Thus, only the terms with QIC in Eq. 6.16 remain. The particle velocity or the slurry flow rate is then determined from the crosscorrelation function derived from

Instrumentation for Fluid-Particle Flow: Electromagnetics 23 5 I

I

0.8

I

I

I

I

I

1

I

Slurry Velocity = 0.26m / s Electrode Spacing

0.6

":i 0

-0.2

-330

C

0 ..U 0

t . . . . . . . . . . r

3 L

0.8 -

-

0.4

I

I

-130

I

70

I

I

I

Slurry Velocity = 0.4m/s

I

9E-1 OE

270 I

470 I

I

37.4ms

CI

(d

2

0.2 9E-1OE

.r(

d

I

% 6

I

-334 I

0.8

I

-167 I

1

I

I

I

167 I

I

I

I

I

334 I

I

I

Slurry Velocity = 0.26 m/s

I

I

-690

-364

I

I

-38 Time, ms

288

614

FIGURE 6-23 Typical cross-correlationfunction obtained by AIVL capacitiveflowmeter for two slurry velocities (0.26 and 0.4 4 s ) and two electrode spacings (1.52 and 15.2 cm). Coal concentration was 60 wt.%.

1

23 6 Instrumentation for Fluid-Particle Flow

4

Ohio #9 Coal Flowmeter in Vertical Leg 9E-l0E, 1.524 cm Electrode

0 0

1 2 3 Average CoaUOil Slurry Velocity, m/s

4

FIGURE 6-24 Particle-velocitydata obtained by flow diversion (SJ in the ANL capacitiveflowmeter over a range of coal concentrations. l T F ( z ) = lim-/Z,(t)Z2(t+ z)dt T-m T 0

(6.17)

and

D U p=-,

(6.18)

7 ,

where D is the separation between sensing electrodes (0.6 in. for the ANL capacitive instrument) and Tm is obtained from the peak of the crosscorrelation function. Figure 6.23 shows typical cross-correlation functions obtained by the ANL capacitive instrument. The ANL capacitive flowmeter was installed at the vertical line of the SLTF (see Fig. 6.19), thus, particle settling problems would not occur. The only parameter that affected the velocity measurement was the velocity profile. Figure 6.24 shows that particle velocities were measured over a range of solids concentrations. For coal concentrations of 3.5-33 wt.%, the measured velocities were independent of coal concentration and 7% accurate when compared with timed-diversion measurements. For higher coal concentrations, the measured velocities deviate from the diversion measurements; velocity measurements were = 30-80% higher for 43 and 49 wt.9'0 slurries, but 40%

Instrumentation for Fluid-Particle Flow: Electromagnetics 23 7

* MSC: Multiscaler Amplifier Discriminator FIGURE 6-25 Schematic representation of ANL PNA system. lower for 60 wt.% slurries. It was suggested that the deviations were caused partly by the velocity profile effect. As flows became more laminar than turbulent, the instrument would give a higher velocity measurement because the electrical field established by the parallel-plate configuration was more intense at the center line than near the pipe wall. But when coal concentration in the slurry is 60 wt.%, the deviation might be due to poor correlation because the slurry showed less fluctuation in density. As shown in Fig. 6.23, the cross-correlation functions for 60-wt.% slurries have a rather broad, skewed shape and also show multiple peaks for electrodes that are W h e r apart. In conclusion, the capacitive mass flowmeter can be a reliable instrument for measuring the flow of dilute suspended solids. For the flow of high concentrations of suspended solids, the velocity measurement becomes inaccurate. The inaccuracy may be caused by the velocity profile effect, but further study is required to confirm the observation.

23 8 Instrumentation for FLuid-Particle Flow

400 -

- Neutron Burst 300 .- Response Peak -

v) *

2 u

I

1

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

-

-

-

-

. 5

- ..7.

200,

.a-

100

.'. ... -

t

-- . ....-

..-.

- .

--re -vP--

-

i :

I

I

.. . -

.:-8 *+ .*'*d.. Average *'*'-*.fkr& Background I

I

I

I

-

.. I

I

I

I '

FIGURE 6-26 PNA profile of 56% solid coaUoil slurryflow at 0.95d.s in a 2-inchpipe, at source-to-detectordistance of 3.40 m.

400

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

300 v) *

2

200

u

100

50

100 150 Channel Number

200

250

FIGURE 6-27 PNA profile of 25% solid coaUoil slurryflow at 3.35d.s in a 2-inchpipe, source-to-detectordistance of 6.6Im.

6.3.3 Pulsed Neutron Activation Technique The PNA technique is not commonly used, because it involves radioactivity. In essence, the PNA technique is an on-line tagging method. Short bursts of

Instrumentation for Fluid-Particle Flow: Electromagnetics 239 neutrons are used to irradiate the slurry to produce short-lived y-emitting elements, the passage of which is registered by downstream y detectors. Because it is a tagging technique it provides a direct measure of particle velocity. The overall scheme of the ANL PNA system (Porges et al., 1984) is shown in Fig. 6.25. An RF ion source is used to generate a 150-keV deuteron beam; as a burst of deuterons strikes a tritiated foil, 14-MeV neutrons are produced and fan out into a 4~ solid angle. A copper/lead collimator concentrates forward neutrons onto the pipe that passes directly in front of the target snout. Two downstream y detectors (NaI/Tl crystal scintillators) are used to register the counts. Typical records obtained from slurries are shown in Figs. 6.26 and 6.27. The variation of the signal profile can be explained by different flow models (Porges, 1984). The averaged flow velocity can be derived from the PNA signal recorded by the detector at a known distance downstream from the PNA source. The PNA velocity results agreed with timed-diversion measurements to within 0.5% and no systematic deviation was found. We believe that the accuracy achieved by the PNA technique can be better than that obtained by other techniques because the PNA system irradiates the entire duct, and the shape of the readout is directly related to the motion of the tags. 6.4

MEASUREMENT OF SOLID/GAS FLOW

Pneumatic transportation of solids is important to many industrial processes, for example transporting coal and powder particles. To an operator of such a pneumatic conveyor, the mass flow rate of the solids is the primary process parameter to be measured accurately. A solid/gas flow is very difficult to control because it behaves quite differently from solid/liquid flows. A recent review (Yan, 1996) discussed several variables that may affect the performance of a flow instrument. The distribution of solids in a pneumatic pipeline can be highly inhom*ogeneous; consequently, the particle velocity distribution over the pipe cross section can be widespread. Figure 6.28 shows examples in which the “roping” type flow is particularly difficult to understand and monitor. A solid/gas flow instrument seldom measures mass flow rate directly; instead, it generally measures the volumetric flow rate of solids, which includes measurements of solids velocity and concentration. Every sensing technique basically responds to variations in solids concentration; measuring solids velocity again requires two sensors separated by a known distance so

24 0 Instrumentation for Fluid-Particle Flow

FIGURE 6-28 Typical solids distribution and velocity profiles of ‘roping’ rypeflow over the pipe cross section. (Source: Yan, 1996)

FIGURE 6-29 Wrapped capacitive electrode, ANL-II version, with guarequipped signal electrode.

Instrumentation for Fluid-Particle Flow: Electromagnetics 2 4 1 the solids transit time between the sensors, and thus the solids velocity, can be determined. Sensing techniques that are applicable to the measurement of solids concentration can be classified into four groups: electrical, attenuation, resonance, and tomographic. The electrical methods utilize the dielectric and electrostatic properties of solids. Typical electrical sensors are capacitive and electrodynamic sensors; the capacitive sensors measure the dielectric property of the solids, whereas the electrodynamic sensors detect the static charges that develop because of collisions between particles, impacts between particles and pipe wall, and friction between particles and gas stream. Attenuation methods are used with optical, acoustic, and radiometric sensors. Both optical and acoustic sensors are applicable to relatively low concentrations of solids. Radiometric sensors, in which 'y-rays or X-rays are used, are expensive and may raise safety concerns. They can, however, offer accurate and absolute measurement of particle velocity and thus can be used as calibration tools for other low-cost sensors such as the capacitive sensor. Resonance and tomographic methods, which are still in developmental stages, will be briefly introduced in Section 6.5. In this section, we will describe only the capacitive technique as a practical instrument, together with a radioactive tracer technique as a calibration method for the capacitive sensor. 6.4.1

Capacitive Instrument

An ANL capacitive solidgas flowmeter is described to illustrate the design and

performance of the capacitive technique. The basic design of the ANL flowmeter for solidgas flows is similar to the one developed for solidlliquid flows described in Section 6.3.2. Because of the inhom*ogeneous characteristics of solidgas flow, the capacitive electrode adopts a wrapped-electrode configuration, as illustrated in Fig. 6.29, to increase coverage of the duct cross section. The ANL capacitive flowmeter, used in the solidgas flow tests, consists of two measuring units: one to measure solids volume fraction (SVF), the other, to measure particle velocity. The electrodes are copper sheet cutouts with a pressure-sensitive adhesive back. They are bonded onto the external wall of a mullite ceramic tube. The mullite liner, which has a negligible effect on measurement, provides protection against particle erosion. Figure 6.30, the layout of the electrodes, shows two SVF electrodes (DI, DS) and four velocity electrodes (A, B, C , D). The SVF electrodes were placed on both sides of the velocity electrodes to average the SVF over the measuring region. A schematic diagram of the instrumentation for the capacitive flowmeter is presented in Fig. 6.3 1. The drive electrode was driven by 100-kHz sine waves

242 Instrumentation for Fluid-Particle Flow

4

b

16.26 I

I I

Drive 60.6

I

4 1.6

rd

FIGURE 6-30 Unrolled view of electrode configuration of ANL solagas capacitiveflowmeter; all dimensions in cm; electrodes are on outside surface of a ceramic tube; electrode gap is 0.23 cm; guard strip width, 0.34 cm; and all electrodes are 0.036-mm copper foil. and the sensing electrodes were connected to current-to-voltage converters. The outputs from the converters were amplitude demodulated and cross correlated. The SVF was determined from the amplitude measurement, and the particle velocity was calculated from the peak of the cross-correlation function. To enhance the sensitivity of SVF measurements, an out-of-phase buckout current scheme, with amplitude and phase adjustments, was introduced between the oscillator and converters. The ANL capacitive flowmeter was tested at the ANL SoliddGas Flow Test Facility (S/GFTF), which is schematically shown in Fig. 6.32. This facility is a closed system that operates at near-atmospheric pressures and consists of two storage hoppers with electronic scales for direct readout of solids weight; a flow diversion system; sensors for measuring gas flow rate, temperature, and pressure drops; and a radioactive tracer injection system. Typically, solids such as 500 pm polystyrene or 50-, 300-, or 1000ym glass beads are circulated during the tests. The SVF signals are the voltage outputs from a low-pass (1.6-Hz) filter that follows an amplitude demodulator. The SVF measurements for solids loadings that m g e from 0 to 1.6 vol.% are shown in Fig. 6.33. The results can be fitted into a linear relationship between the output voltage and the solids volume fraction. The lowest measurable SVF was 0.65% and the measurement accuracy was ~ 5 % . Particle velocity was determined by the cross-correlation technique. Figure 6.34 shows typical cross-correlation functions that were obtained from the velocity electrodes. For a solids feed rate of 3.2 Ib/s, the cross-correlation functions show well-defined peaks, from which particle velocities can be

Instrumentation for Fluid-Particle Flow: Electromagnetics 243

I

I

Attenuator

To Synchronous Demodulator

FIGURE 6-31 Schematic diagram of current-sensing instrumentation of the

ANL solidgas capacitiveflowmeter. accurately determined. But, for the 4.4 lb/s test, a sharp peak was superimposed on a broad base. The broad base was believed due to an oscillatory delivery phenomenon that developed at the mixing tee for high solids loadings. The particle velocity measured by the cross-correlation technique was compared with the velocity measured by the tracer technique. The results, shown in Fig. 6.35, agreed to within 5% in the velocity range of 21-3 1 m/s and solids concentration range of 0-1.6 vol.%.

244 Instrumentation for Fluid-Particle Flow

FIGURE 6-32

>

0.8

ANL SolidGas Flow Test Facility. l

-

0.6 -

i

"

'

1

~

'

*

'

1

~

"

'

CF= -0.004 + 0.418$

-

0.4 -

-

0.2

I

0 0

I

0.5

I

l

l

l

l

l

l

l

l

1 1.5 Solid Volume Fraction ($), %

l

l

l

l

2

FIGURE 6-33 Solid-volume-fraction signals obtained by ANL solidgas capacitiveflowmeter.

Instrumentation for Fluid-Particle Flow: Electromagnetics 245 3

?I-----l

- Electrode Spacing = 4 cm

Electrode Spacing = 4 cm

2 1.76 ms

Time, ms I

2 2E

Electrode Spacing = 8 cm 2 3.37 ms 256Avg.

I

I

I

I

Electrode Spacing = 8 cm

-

.d

U

2 1 -

’

Electrode Spacing = 12 cm 5.13 ms 256Avg.

-

-15 -10 -5

5

10

15

Time, ms

2-

Electrode Spacing = 12 cm

1-

0 -15 -10 -5

0 5 Time, ms

10

15

FIGURE 6-34 Typical cross-correlationfinctions measured by ANL solidgas capacitive flowmeter at (left column) M , = 3.2 lb/s and Vp = 25.1 d s and (right column) M , = 4.4 lb/s and V p = 24.0 d sfor three electrode spacings.

246 Instrumentation for Fluid-Particle Flow

35

l

'

'

'

'

I

'

'

'

i

l

'

'

'

'

15

Irradiated-ParticleVelocity @'VI& m / s

FIGURE 6-35 Capacitive-flowmeter-measuredparticle velocity vs. irradiated-particle velocity. 6.4.2 Radioactive Tracer Technique The use of irradiated particles as tracers provides an accurate way to measure particle velocity; it allows one to calibrate low-cost flowmeters such as the capacitive flowmeter. Unfortunately, in most industrial environments, it is not possible to produce short-lived radioactive tracers. At ANL, a nuclear research reactor was available for the production of radioactive particles. Ideally, the density and size of the tracer particles and the solids in the flow should be the same so the tracers can be uniformly distributed in the flow and represent the solids velocity distribution. For that purpose, the sample particles to be activated were fabricated from resin, hardener, and indium oxide powder to closely duplicate the size and density of the glass beads used in the flow tests. The particles, after irradiated in the reactor, had a 54-min half-life of y activity. Twenty particles were injected into the flow stream during the reloading of the feed hopper, becoming randomly mixed with the glass beads. The passage of each radioactive particle was registered by nine y detectors (NaI/TI scintillation detectors), encased in lead shields and placed along the horizontal test section of the WGFTF. A typical count rate, shown in Fig. 5 4 6.36, was in the range of 2 x 10 to 10 counts per second.

Instrumentation for Fluid-Particle Flow: Electromagnetics 247

FIGURE 6-36 Typical irradiated-particle count rate distribution. The accuracy of the radioactive tracer velocity measurement was within 1.5%. Detector separation was measured to 0.02%, and the count rate peak locations were within 0.5% of the reading. The averaging of 15 particle velocity measurements reduced the typical velocity dispersion of 5.8% to 1.5%.

6 . 5 Future Flow Instruments In our discussion of electromagnetic techniques, we omitted a few available technologies that provide some unique capabilities and, with f i r h e r development, can attain practical application. One such technique involves the use of a microwave resonance sensor (Kobyashi and Miyahara, 1984) that uses a microwave cavity to measure solids concentration and velocity by monitoring the resonance frequency shift. However, this technique suffers from some shortcomings: the frequency shift may be positive or negative, depending on the dielectric properties of the solids, and the cavity is extremely sensitive to changes in moisture content and temperature. Another technology involves the use of a flow instrument that is based on magnetic resonance sensors (King et al., 1982). In the presence of an electromagnetic field of suitable frequency, the flow medium that possesses a net magnetic moment either due to atomic nuclei (i.e., nuclear magnetic resonance, NMR) or electrons (Le., electron magnetic resonance, EMR) will absorb energy from the field and produce a response that is proportional to the number of appropriate nuclei or unpaired electrons per unit volume. The

248 Instrumentation for Fluid-Particle Flow

NMR and EMR techniques provide measurements that are used to determine the pertinent flow parameters, including solids concentration, velocity, and moisture content. The trend of future flow instruments for mixed-phase flows is toward tomographic flow imaging. In a recent issue of Measurement Science and Technology (Vol. 7, 1996), which was dedicated to process tomography, state-of-the-art developments of various technologies were presented. Tomographic imaging was first developed for X-ray sensing methods, primarily for medical applications. Aside from high cost and safety constraints, radiation-based methods often require long exposure times, which make real-time dynamic measurements of flow difficult. Because of advances in computer technology over the past decade, various imaging techniques have emerged. Tomographic techniques that involve ultrasound, capacitance, electrical impedance, and microwaves, are available for process monitoring. Among the technologies, capacitance tomography has attracted more interest because it is relatively inexpensive and more practical even though it is poor in spatial resolution (Beck and Williams, 1996). A capacitance tomography system for flow imaging consists of several electrodes mounted around the flow pipe, a data acquisition unit that measures all of the capacitances between electrodes, and an image reconstruction unit that basically requires a suitable reconstruction algorithm. The spatial resolution of a capacitance imaging system is determined by the number of electrodes used. For n electrodes, there are x n ( n - 1) independent measurements, and each measurement gives the integrated capacitance within the volume intersected by the electrical field between the two electrodes. In general, the image reconstruction algorithm for capacitance tomography is more complicated than the well-established medical imaging techniques because of the nonlinear nature of the capacitance system. Further development is needed. 6 . 6 NOTATION Electromagnetic Methods: a B F G J S V

= =

= = = = =

Pipe diameter Magnetic flux density Magnetic scalar potential, B = VF Current scalar potential, J = VG Virtualcurrent Flowmeter sensitivity Vector flow velocity

Instrumentation for Fluid-Particle Flow: Electromagnetics 249

U W

= =

5

=

Electrical potential Weight vector, W = B x J Sensing volume

Overlap area of capacitive electrode plates Active length of the capacitive electrode Capacitances, m: mixed phase, f: fluid phase Separation of capacitive electrodes Mass flow rate of solids A constant proportional to the frequency spectrum Solid particle velocity dielectric constants, 0: vacuum, f: fluid, s: solid Solid density Solid volume hction Transit time Radial frequency OpticaVTracer Methods: C

d f Af I, Io Vs

= = = = =

X

= =

=

h

=

Speed of light Particle size Frequency Difference frequency Intensities of incident and transmitted light beam Particle velocity Optical path length Attenuation coefficient Wavelength

Coriolis Method:

Fc

=

L

=

h

=

M Ks

=

At

=

a

=

=

Coriolis force Tubelength Mass flow rate per unit tube length Mass of fluid per unit length Stiffness constant of the tube Time difference between the midpoint crossing times in two limbs Tubedeflection

250 Instrumentation for Fluid-Particle Flow

r

=

5

=

Oscillating moment Angularvelocity

6.7 REFERENCES Beck, M. S., Green, R. G., Plaskowski, A. B., and Stott, A. L., “Capacitance measurement applied to a pneumatic conveyor with very low solids loading,” Meas. Sci. Technol. 1, pp. 561-564, 1990. Beck, M. S. and Williams, R. A., “Process tomography: a European innovation and its applications,” Meas. Sci. Technol. 7, pp. 215-224, 1996. Bevir, M. K. “The theory of induced voltage electromagnetic flowmeters,” J. Fluid Mech. 43 (3), pp. 577-590, 1970. Birchenough, A. and Mason, J. S., “Local particle velocity measurement with a laser anemometer in an upward flowing gas-solids suspension,” Powder Technol. 14, pp. 139-152, 1976. Blackwelder, R. F., “Hot-wire and hot-film anemometers,” Methods of Experimental Physics 18, Part A, pp. 259-3 14, 198 1. Bobis, J. P., Porges, K. G. A., Raptis, A. C., Brewer, W. E., and Bernovich, L. T., “Particle velocity and solid volume fraction measurements with a new capacitive flowmeter at the solidgas flow test facility,” Argonne National Laboratory report, ANLEE-86-4, 1986. Cox, T. J. and Wyatt, D. G. “An electromagnetic flowmeter with insulated electrodes of large surface area,” J. Phys. E: Sci. Instrum. 17, pp. 488-503, 1984. Hammer, E. A. and Green, R. G., “The spatial filtering effect of capacitance transducer electrodes,” J. Phys. E: Sci. Instrum. 16, pp. 438-443, 1983. Hoske, M. T., ”2-wire magmeter mates freedom from 120V,” Control Engineering April, 1998. Huang, S. M., Stott, A. L., Green, R. G., and Beck, M. S., “Electronic transducers for industrial measurement of low value capacitances,” J. Phys. E Sci. Instrum. 21, pp. 242-50, 1988. Hylton, T. D., Anderson, M. S., Van Essen, D. C., and Bayne, C. K., “Cmparative Testing of Slurry Monitors,” Oak Ridge National Laboratory report, ORNUTM-13587, 1998. King, J. D., Rollwitz, W. L., and Santos, A. D. L., “Magnetic resonance coal flowmeter and analyzer,” Proc. Symp. Instrumentation and Control of Fossil Energy Processes, Argonne National Laboratory report ANL-82-62, pp. 30-40, 1984.

Instrumentation for Fluid-Particle Flow: Elechomagnetics 25 1 Kobyashi, S. and Miyahara, S., “Development of microwave powder flowmeter,” Instrumentation (Japan) 27, pp.68-73, 1984. O’Sullivan, V. T. “Performance of an electromagnetic flowmeter with six point electrodes,” J. Phys. E: Sci. Instrum. 16, pp.1183-1188, 1983. O’Sullivan, V. T. and Wyatt, D. G., “Computation of electromagnetic flowmeter characteristics from magnetic field data: Part III. rectilinear weight function,” J. Phys. D: Appl. Phys. 16, pp. 1461-1476, 1983. Porges, K. G. A., “Flow characterization and calibration of slurries by pulsed neutron activation,” Argonne National Laboratory report ANL-84- 16, 1984. Porges, K. G., Cox, S. A., Brewer, W. E., and Hacker, D. S., “System description of the ANL slurry loop testing facility (SLTF),” Argonne National Laboratory report ANL-84-20, 1984. Shercliff, J. A. “The Theory of Electromagnetic Flow Measurement,” University Press, Cambridge, U.K., 1962. Somerscales, E. F. C., ”Measurement of velocity: tracer methods,” Methods of Experimental Physics, editor, R. J. Emrich, 18, Chapter 1.1, 1981. Sultan, G. and Hemp, J., ”Modeling of the Coriolis flowmeter,” J. Sound Vib. 132(3), pp. 473-489, 1989. Van De Hulst, H. C., “Light scattering by small particles,” John Wiley & Sons, Inc. New York, 1957. Yan, Y., “Mass flow measurement of bulk solids in pneumatic pipelines,” Meas. Sci. Technol. 7, pp.1687-1706, 1996.

7 Single-Point Laser Measurement Martin Sommerfeld and Cameron Tropea

7.1 INTRODUCTION

The present review is devoted to recent developments of laser-Doppler and phase-Doppler anemometry (i.e. LDA and PDA) and their application to measurements in particulate two-phase flows. Both measurement techniques are optical non-intrusive single point techniques permitting local instantaneous and ensemble-averaged measurements of particle velocities with high spatial resolution. The velocity is inferred from the Doppler shift of the scattered light caused by a particle moving through the measurement volume. This implies, that for accurate measurements, the probability that two or more particles are in the measurement volume should be small. This can be achieved by adjusting the dimensions of the measurement volume according to the maximum particle concentration expected in the considered flow. Therefore, both methods belong to the class of single particle counting instruments. To allow measurement of particle diameter or equivalent size on an optical basis, a number of methods may be applied which are summarized in Figure 7- 1 . Most of these methods (upper row) have been applied in combination with a dual beam LDA-system by extending the optical system or using special signal processing methods. The time of flight method for particle sizing is based on the laser two-focus method and has been recently analyzed by Albrecht et al. (1993). The frequency method is based on a special laser interferometer using two cylindrical waves of incident light (Naqwi et al. 1991). For such an optical configuration, the frequency of the scattered light is composed of two components, the conventional Doppler frequency and an "anisotropic frequency" which is directly dependent on particle size and refractive index. The problem with this approach is however, that the dimensions of the measurement volume are difficult to define. A method which has received considerable attention over the past 15 years is phase-Doppler anemometry (PDA) which allows determination of the size of spherical particles, droplets or bubbles. Hence, local particle size distributions and size-velocity correlations can be obtained. Moreover, recent developments provide the basis for accurate particle concentration or mass flux measurements 252

Single-Point Laser Measurement

253

and for the estimation of the refractive index, in order to distinguish particles with different optical properties.

Figure 7-1 Summary of optical methods for particle sizing based on elastic light scattering Increasing interest in detailed experimental analysis of two-phase flows has led to a number of review papers on single point laser measurements. A more general overview on two-phase flow measurements was given for example by Taylor (1994) focusing on current activities in PDA development and PIV applications in two-phase flows. Applications of LDA and PDA for analyzing flows with combustion were reviewed by Heitor et al. (1993), and a more industrial orientated review on particle sizing methods can be found in Black et al. (1996). The present review summarizes developments in LDA, PDA, and signal processing relevant for both measurement techniques. Besides describing recent developments, also the basic principles of both methods will be introduced and guidelines for selecting an optimal optical system will be given, especially for PDA measurements in two-phase flows. The article is organized in the following way. M e r an introduction to the principles of LDA, applications for velocity measurements in two-phase flows and developments in applying LDA to particle size and concentration measurements over the past 20 years will be briefly reviewed. This section includes also recent developments on extended optical systems which allow sizing of non-spherical particles using extended LDA optical systems. The second part is related to PDA. First the principles of PDA will be presented, followed by a section on the optimum layout of PDA for certain applications. This section demonstrates the use of theoretical and numerical tools, such as geometrical optics, Mie-calculations, and GLMT (generalized Lorenz-Mie theory) for designing PDA systems. One of the most important features of PDA, namely the possibility of accurate particle concentration or mass flux measurements, will be considered in a separate

254 Instrumentationfor Fluid-Particle Flow

section and recent developments will be introduced. For demonstrating the potential of PDA, some recent developments on improved and very specific optical systems will be considered. The last section of this review will be devoted to signal processing and recent developments. An accurate and fast signal processing is essential for reliable measurements and equally important as the appropriate design and application of the optical system. 7.2 LASER-DOPPLER ANEMOMETRY

The dual beam configuration of LDA is most widely used today, where the Doppler difference frequency is directly measured and the receiving optics may be placed at an arbitrary position with respect to the transmitting beams. LaserDoppler anemometry has been first applied to measurements of mean velocities and turbulence properties in single phase flows. In this case small particles, which follow the flow and the turbulent fluctuations, need to be present in the flow or must be added to it (i.e. seeding the flow with a tracer). The principles of LDA are, for example, described in detail by Durrani and Greated (1977), Durst et al. (1981), and Durst et al. (1987). 7.2.1 Principles of LDA for Two-Phase Flows The basic ideas for applying LDA to measurements in two-phase flows were put forward, for example, by Farmer (1972, 1974), Durst and Zare (1975) and Roberts (1977). Durst and Zare (1975) showed that LDA may be applied to velocity measurements of large reflecting and refracting particles. The light waves produced by the two incident laser beams reflect or refract at large particles, interfere, and produce fringes in space which move across the detector at the Doppler difference frequency. The theoretical derivations of Durst and Zare (1975) revealed that the relations for the Doppler difference frequency for large reflecting or refracting particles are identical with the universal equation of Laser-Doppler anemometry valid for seeding particles when the intersection angle of the two incident beams is small and the photodetector is placed at a large distance from the measurement volume. The analysis is simplified by considering spherical particles. For a non-deformable, reflecting particle, the rate at which the fringes cross any point in space, i.e. at the photo detector, is the same at all points in the surrounding space and is given by (Figure 7- 2 a)): fD =

2(

u cosp ~ fU, h

sinp) sine

(7.1)

The angle p is a hnction of L/R and 8. Since L/R is usually large and 8 is small it follows that also that p is small and Equation 7.1 yields the universal equation of laser Doppler anemometry:

Single-Point Laser Measurement

fD=

2U, sine

255

(7.2)

5

When the incident light beams are transmitted through a transparent particle they are refiacted twice (Figure 7- 2 b)) and the Doppler difference frequency detected in the forward direction for the simple case of a non-rotating, spherical particle is given by (Durst and Zare 1975):

fD =

2 U, (sine - sinp)

(7.3)

5

Again, for large values of L/R one obtains the classical equation of LDA.

a)

2 incident beams detector plane

incident beams

detector plane

Figure 7-2 Interference of the two laser beams for large (a) reflecting and (b) refiacting particles The findings described above are the basis for the application of LDA for particle velocity measurements in two-phase flows. A pre-requisite for successfd applications of LDA for velocity measurements in two-phase flows is an unhindered optical access, putting a constraint on the permissible volume concentration and/or penetration depth. Nevertheless, numerous studies have

256 Instrumentation for Fluid-Particle Flow been published in the past where LDA was applied to velocity measurements in various types of gas-solid two-phase flows, liquid sprays, and bubbly flows. There have also been several attempts to apply Laser-Doppler anemometry to the simultaneous measurement of particle velocity, size and concentration (e.g. Farmer 1972, Chigier et al. 1979, Durst 1982, Negus and Drain 1982, Hess 1984, Hess and Espinola 1984, Allano et al. 1984, Grehan and Gouesbet 1986, Maeda et al. 1988). The sizing of particles using LDA may be based on two methods (Figure 7- 1): the absolute value of the scattering intensity (i.e. pedestal of the Doppler signal), or the signal visibility. The pedestal of the Doppler signal is obtained by applying a low-pass filter unit to the photodetector signal. As shown in Figure 7-3, the intensity of the scattered light depends in a characteristic way on particle size. From this relation three scattering regimes may be identified, where also the Mieparameter, defined as a = n D,/h, is used to non-dimensionalize the particle size.

lo-'"'

0.01

'

'

' ' """' ' 0.1 1 particle size [pm]

' """

" " " ' 1

10

'

'

'

Figure 7-3 Dependence of scattering intensity on particle size obtained from a Mie-calculation (intensity of incident beam: I,, = 1.0.lo7 W / m2, wavelength: 3L = 632.8 nm, scattering angle: cp = 15", aperture angle of receiving optics: A6 = lo", refractive index of particle: n = 1.5) 0

The so-called Rayleigh-scattering applies for particles that are small compared with the wavelength of the incident light, i.e. a << 1 or D, < 3L / 10. This regime is named after Lord Rayleigh, who first derived the

Single-Point Laser Measurement

257

basic scattering theory for such small particles. Characteristic for this regime is a variation of the scattering intensity with the fourth to sixth power of the particle diameter, depending on the particle properties (i.e. refractive index) and the angle of observation. For very large particles, i.e. a >> 1 or D, > 4.h, the laws of geometrical optics (also called the Fraunhofer regime) are applicable (van de Hulst 198 1). The light scattering intensity varies approximately with the square of the particle diameter. The intermediate regime (i.e. D, h) is called the Mie-region (Mie 1908) and is characterized by large oscillations in the scattering intensity, depending on the particle properties, the observation angle, and the receiving aperture. Hence, the scattering intensity cannot be uniquely related to the particle size.

Since the scattering intensity depends additionally on refractive index and particle shape, particle sizing based on intensity measurements generally requires calibration. For large particles, i.e. D, >> h, the geometrical optics interpretation of the scattered light leads to three components, namely diffracted, externally reflected and internally refracted light as indicated in Figure 7-4. The refracted light may be separated in several modes depending on the number of internal reflections, i.e. PI, P2, P3, ._..Pn. Light diffraction is concentrated in the forward scattering direction, i.e. the so-called forward lobe, and is the dominant scattering phenomenon. Therefore, the regime of geometrical optics is also called Fraunhofer diffraction regime. The diEaction pattern and the angular range of this forward lobe is dependent on the wavelength of the light and the particle diameter, more specifically on the Mie-parameter. The angular extent of the first lobe of diffracted light decreases with increasing particle diameter and is given by cp < +-cpdiE with: C

2

I

Ib

sincp,, = --

(7.4)

DP Moreover, it is important to note that the intensity of the diffracted light is independent of the optical constants of the particle material, which is an advantage in sizing particles of different or unknown refractive index. Externally reflected light is scattered over the entire angular range, i.e. 0" < cp < 180" (see Figure 7-20), whereas refracted light of the first order (i.e. P1) does not exceed an upper angular limit qrdrwhich is given for np/n, > 1.0 by geometrical optics:

258 Instrumentation for Fluid-Particle Flow Hence, this upper angular limit is determined by the relative refractive index. For a given fluid and n,/n, > 1.0, (prCf, decreases and more refracted light is concentrated in the forward direction with decreasing refractive index of the particle (see also Figure 7-20). A similar relation can be derived for np/n, < 1.0, e.g. for bubbles in a liquid.

incident plane light wave r \

h 3

I

>

I

4

Reflection PO

Figure 7-4 Different scattering modes for a spherical particle in the geometrical optics regime An additional problem for sizing particles by a standard LDA-system is the

effect of the non-uniform distribution of intensity within the measurement volume, being the volume of the beam intersection. Laser beams normally have a Gaussian intensity distribution. This results for the same particle in lower scattering intensities when they pass the outer rim of the measurement volume and hence they are detected as smaller particles. An additional consequence of this effect, which is also called trajectory dependent scattering, is that the effective measurement volume size is dependent on particle size (Figure 7-5). A small particle passing through the edge of the measurement volume may not be detected by the data acquisition due to its low scattering intensity, whereas a large particle at the same location still produces a signal which lies above the detection level. Hence, the probability of detecting large particles is higher than for small particles, potentially leading to biased statistical measurements. This effect also has consequences for the determination of the particle concentration, which will be discussed below. Therefore, measurements of particle size and concentration by LDA requires extensions of both the optical system and the data acquisition in order to reduce errors due to the Gaussian beam effect. The following techniques have been introduced to reduce particle sizing errors when using signal amplitude methods:

Single-Point Laser Measurement

259

Limitation of the measurement volume size by additional optical systems (i.e. gate photodetector (Chigier et al. 1979) or two-color systems with two measurement volumes of different diameter (Yeoman et al. 1982)). Modification of the laser beam to produce a "top-hat" intensity distribution (Grehan and Gouesbet 1986). Computational deconvolution of signal intensity distributions (Chigier et al. 1979). effective cross-section of measurement volume for small particle

signal detection level

pedestal small particle

pedestal large particle

effective cross-section of measurement volume for large particle

Figure 7-5 Illustration of the Gaussian beam effect on intensity measurements by LDA and its effect on the effective cross-section of the measurement volume. In the following section some examples of particle size measurements using LDA are given which have been mostly developed some time ago, before the PDA-technique was extensively used for sizing spherical particles. Most of the techniques described below, which are based on intensity and visibility measurements, are inferior to the PDA in the case of spherical particles. There is, however, still a potential for reliable instruments for local size and velocity measurements in two-phase flows with non-spherical particles found in many industrial processes. Some examples of novel LDA systems for sizing nonspherical particles will also be presented. 7.2.2 Special LDA-Systems for Two-Phase Flow Studies

In order to limit the region of the detection volume, Chigier et al. (1 979) used an additional receiving optics which was placed at 90" off-axis and was used to trigger the main receiving system mounted in the forward scattering direction. For a further reduction of the trajectory ambiguity an inversion routine to convolute the signal amplitude distributions obtained from many particles was

260 Instrumentationfor Fluid-Particle Flow

used, by applying an equation relating the signal peak amplitude to both the particle diameter and the particle location in the measurement volume. A comparison of particle size distribution measurements by LDA with results obtained by the slide impaction method gave only fair agreement (Chigier et al. 1979). By superimposing two measurement volumes of different diameter and color, it is possible to trigger the data acquisition only when the particles pass through the central part of the larger measurement volume, where the intensity is more uniform. Such a coaxial arrangement of two measurement volumes may be realized by using a two-component LDA-system with different waist diameter for the two colors (Yeoman et al. 1982, Modarres and Tan 1983) or by overlapping a large diameter single beam with the LDA measurement volume (Hess 1984). When a particle passes through the LDA measurement volume, the light scattering intensity from the larger diameter single beam is measured to determine the particle size (Figure 7-6). Also a combination of LDA with an independent whte light scattering instrument has been used for simultaneous particle size and velocity measurements by Durst (1982). single beam for intensity measurements

LDA beams

validated particle

I

rejected particle

I

Figure 7-6Coaxial arrangement of two measurement volumes of different color For producing laser beams with uniform intensity distribution the so-called tophat technique may be applied. In order to produce such a top-hat profile, Allano et al. (1984) used a holographic filter and subsequently related the measured scattering intensity to the particle diameter using the Lorenz-Mie theory. Similar to the configuration shown in Figure 7-6, a large sizing beam with top-hat intensity profile and a small LDA measurement volume were used for simultaneous size and velocity measurements. Grehan and Gouesbet (1986) tested this system for simultaneous measurements of droplet size and velocity in mono-dispersed sprays. A four beam, two-color LDA-system was used by

Single-Point Laser Measurement

261

Maeda et al. (1988) to produce two concentric measurement volumes of different color and size. Using a system of pinholes and lenses the larger measurement volume had a top-hat intensity distribution for particle sizing. Alternative to using signal amplitude, the signal visibility or signal modulation depth may be used for particle sizing (Farmer 1972). Compared to scattering intensity measurements this method has a number of advantages, since visibility does not depend on scattering intensity and hence, is not influenced by laser power and detector sensitivity. The visibility is determined from the maximum and minimum amplitudes of the Doppler signal as indicated in Figure 7-7.

I

time

Figure 7-7 Doppler signal and definition of signal visibility or modulation depth

The visibility of the Doppler signal decreases with increasing particle size as illustrated in Figure 7-8. The first lobe in the visibility curve covers the measurable particle size range. With increasing particle size, secondary maxima appear in the visibility curve (Figure 7-8). The visibility curve depends strongly on the optical configuration of the receiving optics, i.e. the off-axis angle and the size and shape of the imaging mask in the receiving optics. The latter effect was evaluated in detail by Negus and Drain (1982). As an example, M e calculations of the visibility curves for different optical configurations are shown in Figure 7-9. It is obvious, that in direct forward scatter the sizing range is very limited and that the measurable particle size range is considerably influenced by the shape of the imaging mask. Using an off-axis arrangement of the receiving optics the measurable size range can be considerably increased (Figure 7-8).

262 Instrumentationfor Fluid-Particle Flow

1 .0 0.8 h

3

il

0.6

.A 4

2 '90.4

3

(fl

0.2 0.0

100

5( 0

200 300 400 particle size [wm]

Figure 7-8 Variation of signal visibility with particle size ( M e calculation for an off-axis light collection, cp = 15" (h = 632.8 nm; df = 6.55 pm, circular mask, receiving cone angle 6 = 4") 1 .0 0.8 ~ 0 . 6

3 .e

.3

rfi .- 0.4 2

0.2 0.0

5

10

15 20 25 30 particle size [wm]

35

4 3

Figure 7-9 Mie calculations of visibility curves for different optical configurations of the receiving optics in direct forward scatter (h = 632.8 nm; 1: fringe spacing df = 10.2 pm, circular mask, receiving cone angle 6 = 4"; 2 : df = 18.0 pm, circular mask, 6 = 4'; 3: df = 6.55 pm, rectangular mask, receiving aperture angle in horizontal and vertical direction, 6 h = 1lo, 6,= 4")

Single-Point Laser Measurement

263

Extensive research has been performed on the suitability of the visibility method for particle sizing. It was found that this method seems to be very sensitive with regard to a carehl positioning of the aperture mask, accurate dimensions of the mask and the particle trajectory through the LDA measurement volume. The last effect may be minimized by using a two-color measurement volume with an appropriate validation scheme to insure that only particles passing the center of the measurement volume are validated, as for example suggested by Yeoman et al. (1982). A detailed review about visibility methods was given by Tayali and Bates (1990), where also a number of other LDA-based particle sizing methods are described which are not considered here. Since many industrial and technical processes involve two-phase flows with non-spherical particles, such as coal combustion or powder production, recently several attempts have been made to extend LDA to such applications. The use of light scattering intensity for sizing non-spherical particles has limitations with regard to the location of the receiving optics. In side scatter, where the scattered light is composed of reflection and refraction, the scattering intensity is strongly affected by particle shape, orientation and surface quality. Therefore, sizing non-spherical particles only seems to be possible in near-forward scatter where diffracted light is dominant. The intensity of diffractively scattered light is related to the projected area of the particle but insensitive to particle shape and refractive index. An extended LDA for sizing non-spherical particles based on diffracted light was recently developed and tested by Morikita et al. (1994). The optical system is based on a two-color, three-beam system and the use of an Argon-Ion laser. Two beams with a wavelength of h = 480 nm are used to produce the LDA measurement volume and the third beam with h = 514.5 nm is directed along the bi-sector of the LDA beams to form two concentric measurement volumes of different diameter (Figure 7-10). In order to reduce the trajectory ambiguity due to the Gaussian intensity distribution in the sizing beam (green beam), only light scattering from the central region of the measurement volume is collected, by using the LDA measurement volume as a detection volume (Figure 7-10). Hence, a signal on the sizing channel is only accepted when at the same time a signal is present on the LDA channel. The diameter of the sizing beam is 375 pm and that of the LDA measurement volume 100 pm. The receiving optics is positioned in the forward scatter direction on the bisector of the LDA system as illustrated in Figure 7-10. The receiving lens collects the scattered light where the central portion (i.e. the incident beam and the central part of the diffraction lobe) is blocked using a circular mask. Hence scattered light is only collected in an annular region around the central lobe of the diffraction pattern. Behind the receiving lens a beam splitter and two color filters are introduced. Then the scattered light from the LDA measurement volume (blue) and the sizing measurement volume (green) is focused by two lenses onto two photodiodes. In order to limit the length of the measurement volume and to allow rejection of de-focused particles, a spatial filter is

264 Instrumentationfor Fluid-Particle Flow

introduced in the receiving optics. Furthermore, the effective length of the sizing beam is limited through the coincidence constraint (i.e. the simultaneous presence of signals on both channels) by the length of the LDA measurement volume, which is 1 mm.

Laser beams for

Color filter (blue)

measurement

Phot ........ .... ...... __.-

.......,,........

sizing

__....

.....

....

.....-

Figure 7-10 Optical arrangement of receiving optics for the extended LDA using diffracted light for sizing as proposed by Morikita et al. (1994) The information provided by the intensity of the difiactively scattered light is an equivalent diameter De obtained from the projected area of the particle S,:

14d

De= 2

(7.7)

The relation between equivalent diameter and scattering intensity can be determined from Fraunhofer diffraction theory. The intensity at a point on the receiving plane diffracted by a circular aperture is determined from (Hecht and Zajac 1982): E 2 A 2 2J,(x) 2 I(x)=-

2RZ

[

x

]

(7.8)

where E is the beam intensity per unit area, A is the area of the scattering aperture, R is the distance from the center of the aperture to a point on the receiver plane, and J1 is the first-order spherical Bessel function. The particle size parameter x is obtained from: x=-

kar R

(7.9)

Single-Point Laser Measurement

265

with the wave number k, the radius of the aperture a, and the radius r from the center of the receiver plane to any point on the receiver plane. Integrating over the receiving aperture from r- to r, (i.e. the angular region over which the light is collected for sizing) one obtains the total intensity collected by the receiver. The solution of the above equations yields response curves, i.e. intensity versus particle equivalent diameter, for different geometries of the receiver aperture, according to which the system can be optimized. The response curves for different minimum collection angles are shown in Figure 711 for a given outer diameter of the receiving aperture of 50 mm and a collection lens with a focal length of f = 300 mm. It is obvious that larger minimum collection angles yield a better linearity of the response curve. Hence, Morikita et al. (1994) selected an angle of 1.43 degree for their optical system.

"4

I

Figure 7-11 Calculated response curves for the intensity of diffracted light based on Fraunhofer approximation for different minimum collection angles (maximum collection angle: 4.76', laser wave length: 514.5 nm)

For demonstrating the performance of the particle sizing instrument Morikita et al. (1994) performed measurements for various kinds of spherical, nonspherical, transparent, and opaque particles, such as polyethylene particles, glass beads, copper and stainless steel particles, aluminum oxide and morundum particles. The sizing was performed based on a calibration curve obtained by using precision pinholes of different and known size. A comparison of the size measurements with a microscope analysis showed reasonable agreement for the different particles considered. An example of the results is shown in Figure 7-12 for different particles.

266 Instrumentation for Fluid-Particle Flow

Oeeeo Microscope H . . .Diffraction

-

-

Microscope Oif f raction

h"

Y

,2r .m

LI

a,

n

>. ._ g5 4-

IJ Q

!aF

50

100 150 200 250 Equivalent Diameter b m ]

3

-

-

Oeeeo Microscope

h"

Diffraction

u

,210

.v)

S

a,

z +

._

;=5 n 0 Q

2

e 0

50

100

150

200

250

3

Equivalent Diameter brn]

Figure 7-12 Distribution of the equivalent size of spherical and non-spherical particles obtained by laser diffraction measurements and a microscope, a) polystyrene spheres, b) copper particle, c) aluminum oxide

Single-Point Laser Measurement

267

The authors concluded from their results that the size measurement was not very sensitive with respect to particle orientation in the measurement volume, due to the concentric receiving aperture. Also for transparent particles, where refracted light will be also collected, reasonably accurate measurements could be obtained. One should however keep in mind that intensity measurements are very sensitive to variations in laser power, photodetector sensitivity, and contamination of windows. Moreover, variations of the particle concentration within a cross-section of a flow field will result in variations of light absorption for the incident and scattered light, depending on the measurement location (see for example Kliafas et al. (1990) for a detailed analysis of the turbidity). Therefore, the application of this method is again limited to very dilute twophase flows. Another recently developed optical technique for sizing non-spherical opaque particles, the so-called shadow-Doppler technique, combines LDA with a direct imaging of the particle (Hardalupas et al. 1994). The optical system consists of a standard LDA transmitting optics, a receiving optics for velocity measurements, and an additional receiving optics which creates a magnified image of the projected area of the particle onto a linear photo-diode array. The collection optics of the shadow-Doppler velocimeter is illustrated in Figure 713. It consists of a pair of receiving lenses, a x10 microscope objective and a horizontally-oriented, 3Selement, linear photo-diode array (i.e. perpendicular to the plane of the incident LDA beams). The overall magnification of the receiving optics is 200 so that particles between 30 and 140 pm can be measured. LDA Receivin Optics

Photodiode Array

Figure 7-13 Schematics of the receiving optics of the shadow-Doppler

velocimeter As a particle passes through the measurement volume, the magnified image sweeps across the detector in the direction of particle motion. Hence, the output signal of those elements of the linear photo-diode array exposed to the shadow

268 Instrumentationfor Fluid-Particle Flow

vary in time (Figure 7-14). The width of the particle shadow as a fbnction of time is obtained from the linear dimension of those pixels exposed to the image and the magnification factor. The linear dimensions of the particle in the vertical direction (i.e. perpendicular to the linear array) can be obtained by repeatedly reading the linear array in quick succession and relating the elapsed time to the vertical coordinate through the particle velocity measured using the LDA. Applying an amplitude normalization and a thresholding procedure, the images of the particles can be reconstructed. Due to the Gaussian intensity distribution in the measurement volume the threshold level has to be calibrated in order to get the correct particle size (Hardalupas et al. 1994).

1

Output Signals

Amplitude

I

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

l

Photodiode Array

Reconstructed Particle

Figure 7-14 Output of photo-diode array and particle image reconstruction

Sizing errors may result for particles moving through the measurement volume outside the central region. This error depends on the depth of field of the receiving system and is illustrated in Figure 7- 15. For particles with trajectory A the images of both laser beams fall together and create a dark circular shadow. Particles moving slightly out-of-focus create double images which overlap for some portion, depending on the out-of-focus distance (trajectory B). Hence, the resulting signal on the pixels of the photo-detector array has three levels. Finally, for completely out-of-focus particles, two separate circular shadows are created and the output signal has two separate but lower peaks (trajectory C).

Single-Point Laser Measurement

269

Particle Trajectory

t

Shadow

Signal

....................

-b-u--..

...................................................... r

I

F?.............

..............................................................

Figure 7-15 Effect of particle trajectory on particle shadow and signal For ensuring that only in-focus particles are considered for size measurement, the upper and lower threshold levels have to be set appropriately. Extensive studies on the required threshold level have been performed by Hardalupas et al. (1994). With appropriate settings the sizing error can be reduced to about 10%. The shadow-Doppler technique is presently being developed further. Recently, first attempts to measure the particle mass flux were also made (Maeda et al. 1996 a)). As a result of the particle size-dependent dimensions of the measurement volume and the difficulties associated with particle size measurements using LDA, the measurement of particle concentration is generally based on a calibration procedure using information about the global mass balance. In principle, however, accurate particle concentration measurements using LDA are only possible for simple one-dimensional flows with mono-sized particles. In that case, the measurement volume size may be determined by calibration. This however does not remove the problem related to the spatial distribution of particles in the flow and the associated turbidity effect (Kliafas et al. 1990). This effect causes a dependence of the scattering intensity received by the photodetector on the measurement location as a result of the different optical path lengths through the particle-laden flow and the associated different rates of light absorption. For a simultaneous determination of fluid and particle velocity by LDA the fluid flow has to be additionally seeded by small tracer particles which are able to follow the turbulent fluctuations. The remaining task is the separation of the Doppler signals resulting from tracer particles and the dispersed phase particles. In most cases this discrimination is based on the scattering intensity combined with some other method in order to reduce the error due to the Gaussian beam effect. The discrimination procedure introduced by Durst (1982) for example, was based on the use of two receiving optical systems and two photodiodes Next Page

Previous Page

270 Instrumentationfor Fluid-Particle Flow

which detect the blockage of the incident beams by large particles. Together with a sophisticated signal processing it was possible to successfblly separate signals produced by large particles and tracers. An improved amplitude discrimination procedure using two superimposed measurement volumes of different size and color was developed by Modarres and Tan (1983). The smaller or detection measurement volume was only used to trigger the measurements by the larger control volume. Thereby, it was ensured that the sampled signals were only received from the central part of the larger measurement volume, where the spatial intensity distribution does not exhibit strong variations. A combined amplitude-visibility discrimination method which did not rely on additional optical components was proposed by Borner et al. (1986). After first separating the signals based on the signal amplitude, the visibility of all signals was determined to ensure that no samples from large particles passing the edge of the measurement volume were collected as tracer particles. This method required additional electronic equipment and a sophisticated software signal processing. A much simpler amplitude discrimination method was introduced by Hishida and Maeda (1990). In order to ensure that only particles traversing the center of the measurement volume are sampled, a minimum number of zero crossings in the Doppler signal was required for validation. All the above described discrimination procedures can be successfully applied only when the size distribution of the dispersed phase particles is well separated from the size distribution of the tracer particles. 7.3 PHASE-DOPPLER ANEMOMETRY

The principle of phase-Doppler anemometry (PDA) relies on the Doppler difference method used for conventional laser-Doppler anemometry and was first introduced by Durst and Zare (1975). By using an extended receiving optical system with two or more photodetectors it is possible to measure simultaneously size and velocity of spherical particles. For obtaining the particle size the phase shift of the light scattered by refraction or reflection from the two intersecting laser beams is used. 7.3.1 Principles of PDA

A typical optical set-up of a two detector PDA-system is shown in Figure 7-16.

The transmitting optics is a conventional dual beam LDA optics, in this case with two Bragg cells for frequency shifting. The PDA receiver module is positioned at the off-axis collection angle cp in the y-z plane and consists of a collection lens which collimates the scattered light. This parallel light then passes a mask which defines the elevation angles of the two photodetectors (i.e.

Single-Point Laser Measurement

271

the angles out of the y-z plane). In this case the mask has two rectangular slits. The slits are located symmetric with respect to the y-z plane at the elevation angle +v. Then the light is focused onto a spatial filter, i.e. a vertical slit, which defines the effective length of the measurement volume from where the scattered light may be received (see also Figure 7-27). The effective length of the measurement volume results from the width of the spatial filter 1, (typically about 100 pm) and the magnification of the receiving optics, i.e. the ratio of the focal lengths of the collecting lens to the second lens: L, = fi/fi 1,. Finally, the scattered light passing the two rectangular slits is focused onto the photodetectors using two additional lenses.

Receiving Optics Module

@

BraggCells He-Ne Laser

v\ Mask

+ Transmitting Optics

Figure 7-16 Optical configuration of a two-detector phase-Doppler anemometer For explaining the operational principle of PDA the simple fringe model may be used, by assuming that the interference fringes in the intersection region of the two incident light beams of the LDA are parallel light rays ( S a f i a n 1987 a)). A spherical transparent particle placed into this fringe pattern will act as a kind of lens, whereby the light rays will be projected into space as indicated in Figure 717. The separation of the projected fringes at a distance f, from the particle is approximately given by: AS=(f, -f)- d f f

(7.10)

where, df is the fringe spacing in the measurement volume. Since small particles are considered and f, is usually much larger than the particle focal length, one obtains: d As= f, f f

(7.11)

272 Instrumentationfor Fluid-Particle Flow

By introducing the focal length of the particle: f=-- m

DP (7.12) m-1 4 with m = ndnmbeing the relative refractive index of the particle compared with the surrounding medium, the separation of the projected fringes is obtained with:

4 f r d , m-1 As=-DP m

(7.13)

Figure 7-17 Fringe model of the phase-Doppler principle for the case of refraction

Since in general the particles move through the measurement volume it is hardly possible to measure this spatial separation of the fringes. However, if now two photo detectors are symmetrically placed at f, with a separation As' (Figure 717) the fringes produced by the moving particle will sweep across the two detectors at the Doppler difference frequency. The signals seen by the two detectors will have a relative phase difference given by:

As' 2fr . 6 = 2x = 2x -sin w As

As

(7.14)

Using Equation 7-13 and introducing the fringe spacing this becomes: D,

m

6 = x d , x

. 2xD, m sin w = -- sin8 sin y h m-1

(7.15)

Here w is the elevation angle of one photodetector measured from the bisector plane of the two incident beams @.e.the y-z-plane in Figure 7-16 where also the optical axis of the PDA-receiver is located). It should be emphasized that

Single-Point Laser Measurement

273

Equation 7.15 is an approximation valid only for small scattering angles cp which represents the off-axis angle measured from forward scattering direction, the zdirection defined in Figure 7-16. This equation however is very usehl to estimate roughly the measurable particle size range for a given system or to perform an approximate design of the optical confrguration for small off-axis angles. For the determination of the particle size from the measured phase difference the required correlations are derived from geometrical optics, which is valid for particles large compared to the wavelength of light (van de Hulst 1981). The phase of the scattered light is given by:

4=

27c Dp nm (sinz - p

n, nP

(7.16)

where n, and n, are the refractive indices of the medium surrounding the particle and the medium of the particle itself. The parameter p indicates the type of scattering, i.e. p = 0, 1 , 2, _..for reflection, first order refraction, second order refraction, etc. Moreover, z and z‘ are the angles between the surface tangent and the incident or refracted ray, respectively. For a dual-beam LDA system the phase difference of the light scattered from each of the two beams is given in a similar way:

A4 = 2x D~ h

{(sin z,

-

1

nP sin zz) - p (sin 71, -sin r’z> “In

(7.17)

where the subscripts 1 and 2 are used to indicate the contributions from both incident beams. For two photodetectors placed at a certain off-axis angle cp and placed symmetrically with respect to the bisector plane at the elevation angles k y one obtains the phase difference (see for example Bauckhage 1988):

A4 =

2 n D p nm h

CD

(7.18)

The parameter Q, depends on the scattering mode and is given for reflection and refraction by: reflection (p = 0):

CD=&

(1 +sine siny -case cosy coscp)liZ

-(I refraction (p = 1): [I

- sin

I

(7.19)

e sin y - case cos y coscp)”*

+ m2 - Jz m(1+ sine siny, +cos0 cosy, coscp)l’2]

-11

+ m2 - Jz m (1 - sine sin y + case cosy, coscp)”2]

1/2

I

(7.20)

274 Instrumentationfor Fluid-Particle Flow

where m = ndn, has been used for convenience and 20 represents the angle between the two incident beams. Since the phase difference is a function of p, one expects a linear relation of the correlation between particle size and phase (Equation. 7.17) only for those scattering angles, where one scattering mode is dominant (i.e. reflection or refraction). Therefore, the values for CD have been given for these two scattering modes only (i.e. Equations 7.19 and 7.20). Other scattering modes, i.e. p = 2, may also be used for phase measurements, especially in the region of back scattering, as will be shown later. Such a backscatter arrangement might have advantages with regard to optical access, since both incident beams and scattered light may be transmitted through one window. By recording now the band-pass filtered Doppler signals from the two photodetectors, the phase difference A4 is determined from the time lag between the two signals as indicated in Figure 7-18. At A4=27tT

(7.21)

where T is the time of one cycle in the signal. With Equation 7.18 it is now possible to determine the particle diameter for a given refractive index n, and wavelength 1: (7.22)

signal 1 @ M

rn

4 3

signal 2

time

Figure 7-18 Determination of the phase shift from the two band-pass filtered Doppler signals

From Equation 7.21 and Figure 7-18 it is also obvious that only a phase shift between zero and 2n can be distinguished with a two-detector PDA-system, whch limits the measurable particle size range for a given optical configuration.

Single-Point Laser Measurement

275

Therefore, also three-detector systems are used, whereby two phase differences are obtained from detector pairs having different spacing (Figure 7-19). This method allows the measurable particle size range to be extended while still maintaining the resolution of the measurement. Moreover, the ratio of the two phase measurements may be used for additional validation, e.g. a sphericity check for deformable particles such as liquid droplets or bubbles. The interpretation of PDA principles based on geometrical optics is valid only for particles considerably larger than the wavelength and also when only one scattering mode is present on the detector aperture. Extensions can be introduced to account for the Gaussian beam intensity distribution (Sankar and Bachalo 1991).

particle diameter

Figure 7-19 Phase-size relations for a three-detector phase-Doppler system Especially for small particles however, diiliaction becomes an important contribution to the light scattering, which may influence and disturb the phase measurement. Therefore, the more general Mie-theory must be applied to determine the scattering characteristics of small size particles and for more precise results for larger particles. The Mie-theory relies on the direct solution of Maxwell’s equations for the case of the scattering of a plane light wave by a hom*ogeneous spherical particle of arbitrary size and refractive index. In order to calculate the scattered field of a PDA-system it is necessary to add the contributions of the two incident beams and average over the receiving aperture, taking into account the polarization and phase of each beam. Hence it is possible to determine the intensity, visibility and phase of the detector signal for arbitrary optical configurations. Consideration of the influence of the Gaussian beam has also been made available recently, using for instance the generalized Lorenz-Mie theory (GLMT) (Grehan et al. 1992) or the FourierLorenz-Mie theory (FLMT) (Albrecht et al. 1995). Light scattering programs incorporating such theories are indispensible for the optimization of PDA systems. Next Page

276 Instrumentation for Fluid-Particle Flow 7.3.2 Layout of PDA-Systems

In the following, various aspects of the optimum selection of set-up parameters will be discussed for different types of particles (i.e. reflecting and transparent particles) based on calculations by geometrical optics and Mie-theory (DANTEC/Invent 1994). The calculations based on geometrical optics are performed for a point-like aperture while the Mie calculations consider the integration over a rectangular aperture with given half angles in the horizontal (81,)and vertical (6,) directions with respect to the y-z-plane (Figure 7-16). It should be noted that the integration of the scattered light over the receiving aperture is important for reducing strong oscillations in the phase-size relation. For totally reflecting or strongly absorbing particles any scattering angle may be used except the near forward scattering range, where diffraction will destroy the linearity of the phase-size relation. Transparent particles may be distinguished between those having a refractive index larger or smaller than the surrounding medium. Liquid droplets or glass beads in air have a relative refractive index m which is larger than unity, typically in the range 1.3 to 1.5, and water droplets in oil or bubbles in liquid have a relative refractive index below unity. In this case the selection of the optimum optical configuration should be mainly based on the relative balance of the different scattering modes (Le. reflection, refraction or second order refraction) with one mode dominating. The linearity of the phase-size relation is the second selection criterion. The relative intensities of the different scattering modes, i.e. reflection, or first and second order refraction, are determined by using geometrical optics calculations, where both parallel (p) and perpendicular (s) polarization are considered (Figure 7-20). Parallel polarization refers to light with polarization in the beddetector plane, i.e. in the y-z plane of Figure 7.16. Reflected light covers the entire angular range for refractive index ratios below and above unity. However, a distinct minimum is found for parallel polarized light at the so-called Brewster's angle which is given for a sphere by: (pB = 2 tan-'(l/

m)

(7.23)

The Brewster's angle decreases with increasing refractive index ratio. First order refraction is concentrated in the forward scattering range and extends up to the critical angle which is given for different relative refractive indices m = ndn, as follows: (pc = 2 'pc = 2

cos-' (m)

cos-'(l/m)

for: m < 1 for: m > 1

(7.24) (7.25)

The critical angle increases with increasing relative refractive index (m > 1) and first order refraction becomes dominant over reflection over a wider angular

Single-Point Laser Measurement

277

range. Second order refraction covers again the entire angular range for a relative refractive index below unity. For m larger than unity, second order refraction is concentrated in the backward scattering range and limited by the Rainbow angle (Naqwi and Durst 1991).

("Z.

3

(PR = cos-I -[4-;2) ~

-11

(7.26)

With increasing relative refractive index the angular range of second order refraction is reduced and the rainbow angle increases. The characteristic scattering angles given above are summarized in Figure 9-21 as a function of refractive index and scattering angle. Based on the location of these characteristic angles Naqwi and Durst (1991) proposed a map for the presence of the different scattering modes as a function of scattering angle and relative refractive index for supporting the layout of the optical configuration of PDA systems. Recently, Naqwi and Menon (1994) have introduced a more rigorous procedure for the design and optimization of PDA-systems by additionally considering the light absorption characteristics of particles. Scattering mode chart for 15 scattering domains and 5 attenuation levels were introduced by indicating regions where the three scattering modes (Le. reflection, refraction and internal reflection) are dominant with high and low level of confidence. In the following, the angular distribution of the scattering intensities resulting from different modes are discussed in more detail for different relative refractive indices which are typical for practical two-phase flow systems (e.g. air bubbles in water, water droplets in air and glass particles in air). Moreover, Miecalculations are performed for the range of the optimum scattering angle suggested by the relative intensity distributions. For bubbles in water the optimum scattering angle seems to be rather limited i.e. between 70" and about 85" where reflection is dominant for either polarization (Figure 7-20 a)). The phase-size relations show reasonable linearity in this range, but also a scattering angle of 55" gives a linear response function (Figure 7-22). In forward scattering strong interference with refracted light exists and the phase-size relation becomes nonlinear (i.e. at a scattering angle of 30"). Similar observations are made for water droplets or glass particles in oil. For two-phase systems with relative refractive indices larger than unity refraction is dominant for parallel polarization in the forward scattering range up to about 70 to 80" depending on the value of the refractive index ratio (Figure 7-20). Since below about 30" diffraction interferes with the refracted light, especially for small particles, the lower limit of the optimum scattering angle is limited by this value. This is also obvious from the angular distribution of the phase for different particle diameters shown in Figure 7-23. The phasesize relations for water droplets in air show that a reasonable linearity is obtained in the range between 30 and 80" (Figure 7-24).

278 Instrumentation for Fluid-Particle Flow

s polarization

10

, .

p polarization

-5:

, .

,

s c a t t e r i n g angle [degree]

10

-4 ~

lo-$

10

, I I I

-a

I -10:

1___ lo lo-”

:

---.

: C)

10

I

-?

10 -n

10

,__, p polarization

.,!

10

,lo

s polarization

j

reflection (PO) refraction P I refraction [Pel

s c a t t e r i n g angle [degree]

-4

p polarization

~- -

reflection (PO) refraction PI refraction [P2]

-o :l-

s c a t t e r i n g angle [degree]

Figure 7-20 Angular intensity distribution of the different scattering modes obtained by geometrical optics for a point receiving aperture ( h = 0.6328 pm, 8 = 2.77”, Dp = 30 pm; a) m = 0.75, b) m = 1.33, c) m = 1.52)

Single-Point Laser Measurement

279

3

Figure 7-21 Location of characteristic scattering angles as a fhction of relative refractive index (Naqwi and Durst 1991)

Figure 7-22 Me-calculation of phase-size relations for different scattering angles between 30 and 80" ( h = 0.6328 pm, p polarization, m = 0.75 (i.e. air bubble in water), 8 = 2.77", \v = 1.85", 61,= 5.53",S, = l.8So) The relative intensity distributions in Figure 7-20 also suggest that for m > 1 reflected light is dominant between the critical angle and the Rainbow angle. However, here interference with third order refraction exists (not shown in Figure 7-20) and this angular range can be only recommended for perpendicular

280 Instrumentation for Fluid-Particle Flow

polarization where a reasonable linearity of the phase response curve is obtained for water droplets in air only around 100" (Figure 7-25). At 120' the Miecalculations do not correspond to the geometrical optics result and therefore this result is not shown in Figure 7-25.

off-axis

angle [degree]

Figure 7-23 Angular distribution of phase for different particle diameters (A = 0.6328 pm, p polarization, m = 1.33 (i.e. water droplet in air), 8 = 2.77", I+J = 1.85", &,=5.53', 6,= 1.85")

Figure 7-24 Mie-calculation of phase-size relations for different scattering angles between 30 and 80" ( h = 0.6328 pm, p polarization, m = 1.33 (i.e. water droplet in air), 8 = 2.77", w = 1.85",6h= 5.53",S, = 1.85")

Single-Point Laser Measurement

281

I

ilu

..~ ....

ip ip

= 100 degree

= 120 degree

'

20

1geometrical optics

40 60 particle s i z e [ p m ]

80

I 100

Figure 7-25 Mie-calculation of phase-size relations for different scattering angles of 100" and 120" ( h = 0.6328 pm, s polarization, m = 1.33 (i.e. water droplet in air), 8 = 2.77", \c, = 1.85", 6 h = 5.53", 6, = 1.85")

Figure 7-26 Mie-calculation of phase-size relations for scattering angles of 140" and 160" ( h = 0.6328 pm, s polarization, m = 1.33 (i.e. water droplet in air), 9 = 2.77", w = 1.85",8 h = 5.53", 6, = 1.tiso) In the region of backscatter the intensity of secondary refraction is only dominant in a narrow range above the Rainbow angle for perpendicular polarization. The optimum location of the receiving optics however strongly

282 Instrumentationfor Fluid-Particle Flow

depends on the value of the relative refractive index (Figure 7-26) which is critical for applications in fuel sprays where the refractive index varies with droplet temperature and hence the location of the rainbow angle is not constant. From Figure 7-26 it becomes obvious that just above the rainbow angle, i.e. for cp = 140', a linear phase-size relation is also obtained. As described above, the proper application of PDA requires that one scattering mode is dominant and the appropriate correlation @e. Equation 7.18 and Equation 7.17 or Equation 7.20) has to be used to determine the size of the particle from the measured phase. However, on certain trajectories of the particle through the focused Gaussian beam the wrong scattering mechanism might become dominant and lead to erroneous size measurements (Sankar and Bachalo 1991, Grehan et al. 1992). This error is called Gaussian beam effect or trajectory ambiguity and is illustrated in Figure 7-27, where a transparent particle moving in air is considered, with the desired scattering mode being refraction, which is dominant for collection angles between 30 and 80'. When the particle passes through the part of the measurement volume located away from the detector (i.e. on the negative y-axis), it is illuminated nonhom*ogeneously. Thus refracted light is coming from the outer portion of the measurement volume where the light intensity is relatively low, while reflected light comes from a region closer to the center of the measurement volume where the illuminating light intensity is considerably higher due to the Gaussian intensity profile. In this situation the reflected light becomes dominant, resulting in wrong size measurement since the particle diameter is determined fiom the correlation for refraction. It is obvious from Figure 7-27 that the trajectory ambiguity is potentially of great importance for large particles whose size is comparable to the dimensions of the measurement volume.

I

a)

b)

\

I !

cross-section of measurement volume

distribution

to receiving optics

Figure 7-27Illustration of Gaussian beam effect (a) and slit effect (b)

Single-Point Laser Measurement

283

The phase error as a fbnction of measurement volume diameter to particle diameter is illustrated in Figure 7-28 for a particle moving along the y-axis through the measurement volume. The phase and amplitude were calculated using GLMT (Grehan et al. 1992). The largest phase error is found on the negative y-axis and it may become negative or positive depending on the diameter ratio. The smallest errors are however observed for small particles which leads to the recommendation that the measurement volume diameter should be about 5-times larger than the largest particles in the size spectrum considered. This requirement however has restrictions for applications in dense particle-laden flows, where the measurement volume must be small enough to ensure that the probability that two particles are simultaneously in the measurement volume is small.

1

',:I

Dp=20pm

.-

Y ulml

Y M l

,ZM)

100,

Bo

D,=5Ovm

1

- 200

y s s

E E

:1 5 0 5

E"

:

2 20 20 ' P o

\

-20

l o o

m

z

- 100s

// MI

Y

50

: E E.. - 50 150

io8

Cml

Figure 7-28 Phase error (----)and scattering amplitude (-) along the y-axis for different particle diameters and a measurement volume diameter of 100 pm

284 Instrumentationfor Fluid-Particle Flow

From the profiles of the signal amplitude one may recognize that the maximum is shifted towards the positive y-values. This implies, that the effective location of the measurement volume (i.e. the region from where the signals are detected) is not identical with the geometric location of the laser beams. This shift depends on the ratio of particle size to measurement volume size and on the specific optical configuration. With increasing particle size the effective measurement volume is shifted in the positive y-direction and the negative zdirection as illustrated in Figure 7-29. Especially for particles with a diameter comparable to or larger than the measurement volume diameter, the effective measurement volume may be located completely outside the geometric measurement volume (Qiu and Hsu 1996, Panidis and Sommerfeld 1996).

I

geometric measurement volume (for very small particles)

measurement volume location for large particles Y

Figure 7-29 ShiR of measurement volume cross-section in the y-z-plane with increasing particle size

Similarly the so-called slit effect may result in erroneous particle size measurements as reported by Durst et al. (1994). As described previously, only a portion of the measurement volume is imaged onto the photodetector using a slit aperture in the receiving optics (see Figure 7-16 and Figure 7-27 b)). Due to the finite size of the particles, scattered light will reach the detector even when the center of the particle is outside the slit aperture image. No problems result for particles passing the edge of the measurement volume on the negative z-axis (Figure 7-27 b)). However, when particles pass the edge of the measurement volume located opposite the transmitting optics, the refracted light is blocked by the spatial filter to a large extent while reflected light may still reach the photodetector. When considering particles in air, where the collection angle is typically between 30" and SO", the intensity of reflected light is much lower than that of refracted light (see Figure 7-20). Therefore, particles passing the right edge of the measurement volume will not be detected by the data acquisition, i.e. the scattering amplitude of reflected light is lower than the trigger level.

Single-Point Laser Measurement

285

Hence the slit effect will not be a major source of sizing errors. This was also demonstrated by the theoretical analysis of Qiu and Hsu (1996) and the experimental studies of Maeda et al. (1996 b)). In order to reduce sizing errors due to the trajectory ambiguity, additional validation criteria have been proposed recently which are summarized below: 0 burst centering, whereby only the central portion of the Doppler signal is used for estimating signal phase and frequency (Qiu et al. 1991, Qiu and Sommerfeld 1992); generally the phase is correct at the point of maximum amplitude, 0 a correlation between particle size and scattering amplitude is used, in order to reject signals fiom particles having a scattering amplitude which is too low for the corresponding size (Qiu and Sommerfeld 1993, Sankar et al. 1995, Sommerfeld and Qiu 1995); note that this requires a measurement of the signal amplitude, 0 additional validation based on the phase ratio obtained by using a three detector system (Hardalupas and Taylor 1994, Maeda et al. 1996 b)). Moreover, the use of extended optical systems combined with additional validation criteria, such as the dual-mode phase-Doppler anemometer (Tropea et al. 1995) may effectively reduce errors resulting from the trajectory ambiguity. An overview about extended PDA-systems will be given in section 7.3.4. 7.3.3 Particle Concentration and Mass Flux Measurements by PDA

Since PDA allows the measurement of particle size and velocity, it is also possible to estimate the particle number or mass concentration and the particle mass flux. The particle number concentration is defined as the number of particles per unit volume. This quantity however, cannot be measured directly, since PDA is a single particle counting instrument and therefore requires that at most one particle is in the measurement volume at a time. The particle concentration has to be derived from the number of particles moving through the measurement volume during a given measurement period. For each particle one has to determine the volume which is sweeping together with the particle across the measurement volume cross-section during the measurement time Ats. This volume depends on the instantaneous particle velocity fip and the measurement volume cross-section perpendicular to the velocity vector, i.e. Vol = A' Ats (Figure 7-30). Additionally, the effective cross-section of the

lc,l

measurement volume is a function of the particle size and therefore, A' = A'(ak , D , ) , where a k is the particle trajectory angle for each individual sample k and Di is the particle diameter for size class i. Hence, the concentration associated with one particle is given by:

286 Instrumentationfor Fluid-Particle Flow

1 c, =-- 1 VOl Ifip(A'(ak,Di)Ats

(7.27)

This implies that for accurate particle concentration measurements one has to know the instantaneous particle velocity and the effective measurement volume cross-section. Hence accurate particle concentration measurements require the following: 0 Correct particle size measurements, especially for large particles which have the highest contribution to the local mass concentration. Therefore, sizing errors due to the Gaussian beam effect are a potential source of erroneous concentration measurements. e The measurement of the instantaneous particle velocity in complex flows. 0 An on-line determination of the effective particle size-dependent crosssection of the measurement volume. e That all particles are detected by the data acquisition system. Since mainly the detection of small particles is a problem, this error is usually quite small for concentration measurements. 0 A high validation rate.

Figure 7-30Measurement volume associated with one particle moving across the detection region during the measurement time At,

The validation rate is the number of validated samples normalized by the total number of analyzed samples. The validation criteria are mainly applied to insure that the signal information, such as signal frequency and phase, received from two or more channels or two pairs of channels are within certain limits in order to ensure that the signals come from the same particle or that the particle is spherical. Especially in complex flows, e.g. for high particle concentration, the

Single-Point Laser Measurement

287

validation rate may decrease considerably. For concentration measurements, however, the rejected particle should be considered in some way, since they have passed the measurement volume, although they have not provided acceptable signals for accurate phase and frequency measurements. In order to account for these missing particles, usually the measured concentration is corrected by multiplying with the inverse of the validation rate (Sommerfeld and Qiu 1995). This procedure relies on the assumption that the rejected particles have the same size distribution as the validated particles and only yields acceptable results if the validation rate is rather high, typically larger than about 80%. Otherwise this approach may completely fail since actually no information on the size of the rejected particles is available. The dependence of the measurement volume cross-section on particle size is a result of the Gaussian intensity distribution in the measurement volume and the finite signal noise. As illustrated in Figure 7-7, a large particle passing the edge of the measurement volume will scatter enough light to produce a signal above the detection level. A small particle will produce such a scattering intensity only for a smaller displacement from the measurement volume center (Figure 7-7). Therefore, the measurement volume cross-section decreases with particle size and approaches zero for D, -+ 0 as shown in Figure 7-3 1.

a

W

L

a c 0 3 V

W v)

I 01 01

0 $.

particle diameter

Figure 7-31 Cross-section of effective measurement volume as a hnction of particle size

Additionally, the effective measurement volume cross-section is determined by the off-axis position of the receiving optics and the width of the spatial filter used to limit the length of the measurement volume imaged onto the photodetectors. For a one-dimensional flow along the x-axis (Figure 7-16) the effective size-dependent cross-section of the measuring volume for a given offaxis angle of the receiving optics, cp, is determined from (Figure 7-27):

288 Instrumentation for Fluid-Particle Flow

(7.28)

Here, L, is the width of the image of the spatial filter in the receiving optics which depends on the slit width and the magnification of the optics, Di is the diameter of the considered particle size class and r(Di) is the particle sizedependent radius of the measurement volume (Figure 7-32). For any other trajectory of the particle through the measurement volume the effective crosssection perpendicular to the particle trajectory is obtained with the particle trajectory angle ak: (7.29)

The particle trajectory angle can be determined from the different instantaneous particle velocity components with: 1

Figure 7-32 Geometry of PDA measurement volume

Single-Point Laser Measurement

289

The particle size-dependent radius of the measurement volume r@i) may be determined in-situ by using the burst length method (Saffinan 1987 b)) or the so-called logarithmic mean amplitude method (Qiu and Sommerfeld 1992). The latter is more reliable for noisy signals, i.e. low signal to noise ratio as demonstrated by Qiu and Sommerfeld (1992). The above discussion reveals that in complex two-phase flows with random particle trajectories through the measurement volume, a three-component PDAsystem is required for accurate concentration measurements. For a spectrum of particle sizes the local particle number concentration is then evaluated fiom: (7.31) The sums in Equation 7.31 involve the summation over the individual realizations of particle velocities (index j) in a pre-defined directional class (index k) and size class (index i). The summation over the particle size classes (index i) include the appropriate particle size-dependent cross-section of the measurement volume for each directional class (Equation 7.29). It should be stated that the use of a mean velocity either in a directional class or a size class is not appropriate to determine the particle concentration, since the mean velocity may become zero or close to zero resulting in an infinite concentration as pointed out by Hardalupas and Taylor (1989). The particle mass concentration can be obtained by multiplying Equation 7.3 1 with the mass of the particles. Quite often the particle mass flux in a considered flow direction is a useful quantity to characterize a two-phase flow. The mass flux in direction n is obtained from: (7.32) Here u,, is the particle velocity component in the direction for which the flux shall be determined. For a directed two-phase flow, i.e. when the temporal variation of the particle trajectory through the measurement volume is relatively small, for example in a spray, the mean particle trajectory angle may be determined from independent measurements of the individual velocity components as shown by Qiu and Sommerfeld (1992). In complex turbulent two-phase flows, generally a threecomponent PDA-system is required for accurate concentration and mass flux measurements. An alternative method for determining the particle number concentration is based on the averaged residence time of the particles in the measurement volume (Hardalupas and Taylor 1989).

290 Instrumentation for Fluid-Particle Flow

(7.33)

I Here tfi is the particle residence time in the measurement volume, Vol@i) is the particle size-dependent volume and N; is the number of samples in one particle size class (index i). As demonstrated by Qiu and Sommerfeld (1992), the particle residence time or burst length cannot be accurately determined for noisy Doppler signals. Hence this alternative method is not very reliable and yields considerable errors in particle concentration measurements. Recently a novel method was introduced which allows accurate particle concentration or mass flux measurements even in complex flows with a onecomponent PDA-system (Sommerfeld and Qiu 1995), using the integral value under the envelope of the band-pass filtered Doppler signal. Since this value depends on both the particle trajectory through the measurement volume and the particle velocity it can be used to estimate the instantaneous particle velocity and the direction of motion when only one velocity component is measured (Figure 7-33). The integral of the envelope of the band-pass filtered Doppler signal can be written for a particle of given size and velocity as a fbnction of time or using ds = lfJlk,l dt as a fbnction of particle travel distance in the following way: t.

S.

I n t , = jV(D,,t)dt = /V(Di ,x,y,z)ds 0

(7.34)

particle trajectory

Figure 7-33 Determination of the integral value under the envelope of the bandpass filtered Doppler signal

The indices i, k, and j again refer to particle size classes, directional classes, and individual samples in each directional class in order to account for velocity variations in one directional class. Assuming that the probability of a particle

Single-Point Laser Measurement

291

passing the measurement volume cross-section at any location is constant, the summation of all integral values in one directional class is obtained by integrating also over the cross-section of the measurement volume:

1

For each of the directional classes the number concentration can be introduced into this equation. 1 Cn(D1)k = A ' ( a k , D l )

= Cn(Dl)k

INTI,

(7.36)

Ats [j[V(D1,x>y,z)dv

(7.37)

Vol(D,)

Now the sum over all the integral values for the individual directional classes for a given size class i is evaluated.

)

~ t sCCn(Di

1

1, jjjv(~1 ,x, Y z)dv >

(7.38)

Vol(D,)

Finally, the total particle number concentration can be obtained by summation over all the size classes which yields the following equation: (7.39)

Similarly, the particle mass concentration is obtained as: (7.40)

The particle mass flux in any direction n can be obtained from the following equation:

292 Instrumentation for Fluid-Particle Flow N.

N.

(7.41) Vi@,)

Note that the mass flux is a vector quantity and F, stands for the flux in the direction of velocity component un. Since this velocity component is connected with the individual realizations, the integral value according to Equation 7.34 is introduced in Equation 7.41 for convenience. The volume integral of the Doppler signal envelope in the denominator is obtained from the logarithmic mean amplitude (LMA) method (Qiu and Sommerfeld 1992). A detailed derivation for the determination of this integral is given by Sommerfeld and Qiu (1995). In order to demonstrate the performance of the Doppler-burst envelope integral value method for the estimation of the instantaneous particle velocity vector and the particle mass flux or concentration, measurements were performed in a liquid spray issuing from a hollow cone pressure atomizer (cone angle 60') and a swirling flow which exhibits complex particle trajectories (Sommerfeld and Qiu 1993). All the measurements were conducted using the one-component phase-Doppler anemometer. The integration of the mass flux profiles provided the dispersed phase mass flow rate which agreed to f 10 % with independent measurements of the mass flow rate (Sommerfeld and Qiu 1995). The methodology and the hndamentals for measurements of the instantaneous local particle density in pneumatic conveying using phase-Doppler anemometry were recently explored by van de Wall and So0 (1994) and Bao and So0 (1995). The concept for their approach was based on associating with each validated particle signal the appropriate measurement volume Vol, =up,,A(D,) At,

(7.42)

as illustrated in Figure 7-34. Here up,i is the particle velocity, A@i) the particle size-dependent cross-section of the measurement volume and Ati the time between the arrival of successive particles in the measurement volume. Local instantaneous time averaging was performed over a period At which was typically 1O2.A6 by considering the scale relation: k

(7.43) I=I

where Lsystis a characteristic dimension of the flow field; in this case the pipe diameter. The instantaneous particle mass concentration is then found from: (7.44)

Single-Point Laser Measurement

293

The instantaneous values averaged over the time slot At are then used to determine long-time averages and rms.-values of the particle mass concentration. LDA beams

measurement volume

particle size-dependent cross-section

FIGURE 7-34 Approach for determination of instantaneous particle concentration (van de Wall and So0 1994) 7.3.4 Novel PDA-Systems

Leaving the realm of conventional PDA instruments, there exist a large number of novel concepts for either improving the measurement accuracy of PDA and/or extending measurement capabilities to the determination of hrther particle properties. This discussion begins with the introduction of the planar PDA and its integration into conventional PDA systems, resulting in the dualmode PDA, as mentioned briefly above. This is followed by a discussion of the so-called dual burst technique, which allows under certain conditions the refractive index of a particle and the concentration of a solid suspension in a droplet to be determined. These examples illustrate some of the many possibilities still remaining with the use of elastic light scattering. The planar PDA is shown schematically in Figure 7-35, in which the laser beams, their polarization direction and the photodetectors, all lie in the same plane (Le. y-z plane). As with conventional PDA arrangements, the position of the detectors, i.e. their elevation angles, must be chosen to yield a linear relationship between measured phase and particle diameter. This is possible for most liquids, resulting in general in a substantially lower slope in the phase/diameter dependence. On the other hand the typical oscillations of phase

294 Instrumentation for Fluid-Particle Flow

at low particle diameter may be higher in amplitude because the detectors of the planar PDA are situated at different scattering angles. The planar PDA has been discussed for various applications in the past, for example for the measurement of very small particles (Naqwi et al. 1992) and for the measurement of cylindrical particles (Mignon et al. 1996) or for the elimination of the Gaussian beam effect (Aim et al. 1993). It is the latter context in which the planar PDA is used in the dual-mode PDA. Figure 7-35 illustrates also the combination of a conventional PDA with a planar PDA to form a dual-mode PDA, inherently able to measure two velocity components. The corresponding phaseldiameter relations for the two PDA systems are shown in Figure 7-36. Similar to the use of three detectors in a conventional PDA system, the two phase measurements in a dual-mode system can be used to resolve any 271:ambiguity. The real value of combining the two systems lies however, in the fact that each system responds quite differently to the Gaussian beam effect (trajectory ambiguity). Particles passing through regions of the measurement volume in which reflective rather than refractive scattering dominates, will lead to improper measurements in each system. However the independent measurements will no longer be in agreement and thus, this can be used as a validation criterion to omit erroneous measurements due to the Gaussian beam effect (Tropea et al. 1995, Tropea et al. 1996). Also the so-called slit effect can be eliminated using the dual-mode PDA approach (Durst et al. 1994). Planar-PDA

Standard-PDA

\

I

Dual-Mode-PDA

I

Figure 7-35 Optical arrangement of the standard PDA, the planar PDA and the dual-mode PDA

Single-Point Laser Measurement

295

The dual-mode PDA therefore allows the measurement volume to be made much smaller without danger of compromising measurement accuracy. This in turn leads to the possibility of measuring in flows of higher densities of the dispersed phase, for example near injection spray nozzles. Due to the increased reliability of the particle diameter measurement and the availability of two velocity components, the dual-mode PDA results in improved estimations of the mass flux (Dullenkopf et al. 1996). The mass flux of the dispersed phase is in fact an essential measurement quantity in many experimental investigations. The accuracy of mass flux measurements will depend not only on the instrumentation, but also on the flow field and the size distribution of the dispersed phase, so that a general accuracy estimate is not feasible. In simple spray flows however, an accuracy of +lo% on the local mass flux can be expected (Sommerfeld and Qiu 1995, Mundo 1996).

-

- GLMT-

ba

5

SPDA

...__._ ._ GLMT-PPDA --.- - - - - . . _ _ _ _ _ G.0 .-SPDA

300

- _ _ G.0.-PPDA

W

---

0 .int-SPDA - - G. G.O.int-PPDA

g 100

Trans. lens 160Receiv. lene 16Omm Mask 1 Scatt. angle 25deg Refra. index 1.10

2 10

20

30

40

Drop size (,urn) Figure 7-36 Computed phaseldiameter relations for conventional and planar PDA in a dual-mode PDA (Tropea et al. 1996), (GLMT: generalized LorenzMie theory, G.O.: geometrical optics, SPDA: standard PDA, PPDA: planar PDA) One pre-requisite for such estimates is that all measured particles are spherical. This may be obtainable in modeled flows with selected particles, but is certainly not the rule in practical situations. The instrumentation problem is therefore two-fold. If the PDA system can detect non-sphericity, as indicated above using a three-detector receiver, then as a minimum the mass contained in all rejected non-spherical particles will be missed. If on the other hand, many non-spherical particles are in fact accepted as spherical particles, their computed size may differ from the volume equivalent diameter of a spherical droplet, thus also falsifylng the measured mass flux. Presently most commercial PDA systems assume that the non-sphericity validation is reliable and the measured mass flux is adjusted according to the

296 Instrumentationfor Fluid-Particle Flow

percentage of rejected particles. Here a word of caution is necessary, since there are indications that a conventional three-detector PDA system is not so sensitive to non-sphericity. This is demonstrated in Figure 7-37, in which even for highly non-spherical droplets, good agreement is found between the sizes measured with the two sets of detectors 1-2 and 1-3 (see Figure 7-19), thus leading to a validation. The phase distortion due to non-sphericity appears to effect all three detectors about equally. In this sense the dual-mode arrangement, using two pairs of detectors arranged orthogonal to one another, is much more sensitive to non-sphericity (Damaschke at al. 1997). Nevertheless, the estimation of mass flux under such circ*mstances remains an unsolved measurement problem. 360'

spheridity li e

270'

z

il-

4

$ U

180'

c m

tj (u

m m c a

90'

l

0' 0'

90'

180'

270'

360'

Phase Standard-PDAl(1-2)

Figure 7-37 Comparison of phase differences (1-2) and (1-3) in a conventional, three detector PDA for various non-spherical droplets. Still a more recent innovation is the dual-burst technique (DBT), which in fact uses the previously discussed Gaussian beam effect to its advantage (Onofii et al. 1996). An operating premise of the DBT is that the laser beams in the measurement volume are focused to a much smaller size than the particle. Otherwise, the optical arrangement is similar to a conventional, two or three detector PDA system as pictured in Figure 7-38. Furthermore, detector positions are chosen, such that both reflective and refractive components of scattered light can be expected. However, due to the relatively large size of the particles, these components appear one after the other and not mixed. This is illustrated in Figure 7-39 for a water droplet and for a 16% ink solution.

Single-Point Laser Measurement

297

From the burst arising from reflected light, it is possible to determine the particle size according to Equations 7.18 and 7.19. The bursts from refractive light also yield the particle size, according to Equations 7.18 and 7.20 or, if the refractive index is unknown, it can be estimated (Onofri et al. 1996).

V Figure 7-38Optical arrangement for the dual burst technique Thus, the DBT yields an estimate of refractive index, which in multiphase flows opens the possibility of distinguishing among different dispersed particles. Secondary properties of the particle, for instance the temperature, may also be estimated; however, this hinges on the accuracy and resolution of the refractive index measurements. For liquid droplets an accuracy of k0.02 in the determination of the refractive index is typical, at least for droplets larger than 30-40 pm. For smaller droplets the technique is no longer suitable, primarily because the phase/diameter fluctuations at small diameters, together with inherent estimator variability, become larger than the measurement value. Attention can now be turned to the amplitude of the refractive bursts shown in Figure 7-39. In the case of the 16% ink solution, the amplitude is considerably smaller due to the light absorption in the particle. The difference in amplitude can therefore be used to estimate the ink concentration, or more directly, the absorption coefficient can be given in terms of light intensity into the droplet and intensity leaving the droplet. The difficulty in implementing this is that the incident intensity, or alternatively the signal amplitude with pure water, is not known beforehand, only the signal amplitude of the reflected burst is known. To overcome this difficulty, the theoretical relation between the amplitude of reflective to refractive contributions for the particular optical arrangement is used, as computed by a light scattering program. Therefore, the ratio of the measured amplitude ratios to the theoretical amplitude ratios for pure liquid are used to estimate the absorption coefficient. Figure 7-40 illustrates some example measurements of absorption coefficient, compared with measurements taken with a refractometer.

298 Instrumentation for Fluid-Particle Flow

.... d

u

u

-

-

%

'

-

T i e (s)

s - - % ? -

Time

(8)

Figure 7-39 Signal received for a water droplet (upper figure) and a droplet with a 16% ink solution (lower figure) 4x1@

-.-

- 0 - Ahsorption musumnunb wlth DBT Photometer measuremnm

3x101

I); -0

z &I@ X

,,/" \

linear regression wer DBT meacuremenls

1 X W

Figure 7-40 Absorption coefficient: comparison between DBT and photometer.

Single-Point Laser Measurement

299

Clearly the DBT requires additional information from the received signals over what is currently available in commercial instruments. To date therefore, solutions based on transient recorders and software signal processing have been implemented. Furthermore the DBT does not measure the velocity component of the main particle flow, which incidentally must be more or less aligned with the y axis. Therefore a second LDA channel, with appropriate color separation in the receiving optics, must be added. Despite these restrictions and limitations, the DBT is a good example of novel light scattering techniques related to the PDA, which can be used for specific laboratory studies. Finally some brief remarks will be directed to the use of rainbow refractometry, as this technique, although not yet mature, is intimately related to the light scattering involved in PDA and has also been combined with PDA instruments to extend measurement capabilities to refractive index. The monochromatic rainbow for spherical, hom*ogeneous particles is a well documented scattering phenomenon, which results in very characteristic scattering intensity patterns in the far field (Bohren and Huffman 1983). Such an intensity distribution, the primary rainbow, is pictured in Figure 7-41 for a water droplet and a wavelength of h=632.8nm (van Beeck and Reithmuller 1996 a)). The position of the first maximum is primarily a function of the refractive index of the particle. Further maxima, Airy fiinges, also exhibit a characteristic scattering angle frequency, as does the ripple structure superimposed on these fringes. The spatial frquency of the Airy fiinges is a strong function of particle size.

? d r =-,

K

4-

,-

E0 )

.-a

e!

B

8

I31

138

139

140

141

scattering angle [degree]

Figure 7-41 Far-field Lorenz-Mie scattered light intensity distribution, characterizingthe primary, monochromatic rainbow (van Beeck and Riethmuller 1996 a)). Next Page

Previous Page

300 Instrumentation for Fluid-Particle Flow The properties of this scattering pattern have been studied extensively in an effort to extract size, sphericity, velocity and refractive index information about the particle (Roth et al. 1992, Roth et al. 1996, Marston 1980). Two concepts for implementation have been successhlly demonstrated. One uses a line detector to capture the intensity pattern directly, and has been combined with a conventional PDA for size and velocity information (Sankar et al. 1996). The second uses a single photomultiplier and yields also particle velocity directly (van Beeck and Riethmuller 1996 b)). The main application to date is for the insitu determination of he1 droplet size and temperature, however firther development work is necessary before this technique can be routinely used. 7.4 SIGNAL PROCESSING

Attention is now turned to the signal processing and data processing tasks involved in LDA and PDA. For each scattering center passing the measurement volume, a signal of the form shown in Figure 7-42 is obtained, whereby the amplitude, the duration, the noise level, etc., depend on the particular optical set-up, the flow and the properties of the scattering center. It is the task of the signal processing to detect when a signal is present and then to estimate from the signal several primary measurement quantities, including the frequency (which yields the velocity), the arrival time of the particle, possibly the duration of the signal and in PDA the phase of the signal with respect to another signal. Sometimes amplitude information is also required from the signal, depending on the type of processor and data processing used.

Figure 7-42 Signal from photodetector when a scattering particle passes the LDA measurement volume.

The data processing then estimates from the primary data the desired fluid mechanic properties, such as the mean velocity, the turbulence level, spectral densities, or in the case of PDA, particle distributions, concentrations, mass

Single-Point Laser Measurement

301

flux, etc. Furthermore, the data processing usually has some validation checks about whether the individual measurements were within acceptable bounds. Generally a purpose-built device is used for the signal processing, whereas the data processing is performed on a PC. The first step of the signal processing is therefore to detect when a signal is present, which refers to distinguishing a signal from the noise background. The noise background arises from several sources, including stochastic noise coming from the photodetector and electronics (shot noise and Johnson noise) as well as from the physical processes themselves (scattering, laser). Noise can also arise from unwanted reflections or stray light associated with the flow rig. The noise in LDA/PDA signals is usually considered to be white in spectral content. The signal strength on the other hand is dependent on a variety of factors, as outlined in section 7.2.1. The particle size is of particular importance, due to the squared dependence of scattered intensity, so that this represents an important optimization step in laying out an experiment with LDA. Large particles scatter more light and increase the signal strength, however they also respond less to flow velocity fluctuations. Neutrally buoyant particles are therefore particularly attractive as seeding particles for the continuous phase in dispersed, two-phase flows. The response of particles in a given flow-field can be estimated using a simplified equation of motion containing only the drag force (CD = 24Re) and the acceleration force. v up-u, d -Up -187 dt d, (P, / P f ) particle velocity U, - fluid velocity

Up

-

p,

- particle density

pf

d,

- particle diameter

v

(7.45)

- fluid density - fluid kinematic viscosity

Obviously, Up - Ufrepresents the slip velocity. Table 7-1 gives allowable seed particle sizes for a 99% amplitude response to sinusoidal fluctuations at 1 kHz and 10 kHz. Finally, the choice of detector, either a photomultiplier, an avalanche-photodiode (APD) or a PIN diode, can greatly influence the final signal-to-noise ratio (SNR) of the signal, depending on the frequency of the signal involved and the wavelength of the light. Further details on choice of detectors and their influence on signal quality can be found in Durst and Heiber (1977) and Dopheide et al. (1987). Typically noise contributions are reduced by using bandpass filters prior to the signal processing, however great care must be taken in choosing cut-off frequencies, to avoid suppressing particle signal information.

302 Instrumentation for Fluid-Particle Flow Particle

Medium

silicone oil

air

TiO2

air

MgO

methane-air flame (1800°C)

I Density ratio I Allowabl I

1

900

i

2.6

io3

1.3

1 . 8 I~O 4

2.6

3.5 x

diameter

f = l kHz

Table 7-1 Summary of allowable particle diameters for 99% amplitude response to sinusoidal fluctuations at the given frequencies. The signal detection can be performed either in time domain or frequency domain. A simple time domain detection involves an amplitude level as an indicator for signals, as shown schematically in Figure 7-43. This method, although widespread in commercial processors, has many drawbacks and is rapidly being replaced by more advanced spectral techniques, in which the SNR of the signal is continually monitored and submitted to an acceptance level (Qiu et al. 1994; Ibrahim and Bachalo 1992). The SNR ratio can be derived either from the spectrum or from the autocovariance function, and both techniques are used in commercial processors. In the particular case of dispersed, two-phase or multi-phase flows, the signal detection may have the hrther task of distinguishmg between the phases and this aspect is discussed in more detail below because most practical schemes employ combinations of signal detection, signal processing and optical techniques to make this distinction.

I

amplitude of trigger level band-pass filtered signal

nn

nu

trigger signal

time

Figure 7-43 Signal detection using an amplitude level

The estimation of signal frequency is the main task of the signal processing and there have been a large number of techniques used in the past to accomplish this. Whereas time domain methods such as zero or level crossing detectors

Single-Point Laser Measurement

303

(counters) were used in the first generation of instruments, spectral methods are used almost exclusively now. Most processors are also realized in digital electronics. There are three basic spectral approaches used, as outlined in Figure 7-44, in which appropriate references are also given. Not uncommon are customized processing systems based on a fast digitizer, for instance a transient recorder or digital oscilloscope, and software programs for implementing the spectral analysis.

Figure 7-44 Overview of modern signal processing techniques in LDA and PDA. h

.0 In C

8

a,

-0 -

6

SNR = 24 dB

!

Y

8

4

I n 2

ij

3 0

-Ei 0

-2 0.0

0.5

10

1.5

2.0

2.5

3.0

3.5

frequency (MHz)

Figure 7-45 An example LDA signal after high-pass filtering (The power spectral density separates effectively the signal content from the noise content.) The performance of any given processor will depend on a large number of parameters and can be very specific to a given application, as discussed by Tropea (1989). The main issues concerned are robustness, i.e. an insensitivity to front panel settings, ability to detect and estimate frequency at low SNR, typically below OdB, and processing speed, which determines maximum achievable data rates. The advantages of spectral processing are manifold, the most decisive being the clear distinction between signal and noise. In the power spectral density the white noise appears as a constant value over all frequencies, in the autocorrelation as a peak at lag time zero and in the quadrature method as an amplitude variation of the rotating phasor. This is illustrated in Figure 7- 45,

304 Instrumentation for Fluid-Particle Flow

showing a high-pass filtered Doppler signal and its corresponding power spectral density. The techniques used for actually estimating the frequency from either the power spectral density or the autoccorelation are quite advanced, typically incorporating validation criteria to increase the reliability. For instance, acceptance may be dependent on a minimum SNR being exceeded and/or a maximum signal duration, derived from the system optical parameters and estimated velocity. A remark concerning the interplay between optical parameters and signal processing performance is appropriate here, especially for two-phase flows. Clearly the signal-to-noise ratio should be maximized. A good approximation for SNR is given by Stieglmeier and Tropea (1992). (7.46) q

- quantum efficiency of detector Af - bandwidth of system

Po - incident light power d, - particle diameter

G - scattering coefficient 11 - quantum efficiency of detector Da - receiving aperture diameter f, - focal length, tranmitting lens

V Po d,,

-

visibility incident light power beam diameter

f,

-

focal length, receiving lens

The most readily varied parameters here are the focal lengths and the scattering coefficient G, through the choice of the scattering angle. Focal lengths however are often dictated by the flow rig, as is the scattering angle. For PDA the scattering angle must also yield an appropriate phase/diameter response, see section 7.3.2. Another method of increasing S N R is through beam expansion, i.e. the laser beams before the front lens are expanded in order to achieve a smaller measurement volume, hence a higher light intensity. A smaller measurement volume will also, in principle, allow measurements in a more dense two-phase flow, without violating the hndamental pre-requisite for LDA/PDA, namely that only one particle resides in the volume at any one time. However there are also drawbacks to reducing the measurement volume size indefinitely. In particular, the variance of frequency estimation is inversely proportional to the duration of the signal. Smaller measurement volumes result in short signals and hence more statistical scatter in the velocity values. This is none other than the Heisenberg uncertainty principle taking effect. This can be seen by examining the minimum possible estimator variance, the so-called Cramer-Rao-Lower Bound (CRLB),which in fact is closely achieved in many processors and is given by Rife and Boorstyn (1974) as:

.:x =

3

z sN (~N ~-~1) f:

(7.47)

Single-Point Laser Measurement

305

Here f, is the sample frequency and N represents the number of samples. The signal duration is given by N/f, and thus the variance decreases with increasing signal duration. Just to complete the discussion on measurement volume size, smaller volumes will cause systematic errors in particle sizing (Gaussian beam effect), as discussed in the following section. Also in multi-component LDA/PDA systems, very small measurement volumes, say below 50pm, become difficult to align on top of one another. Therefore the conclusion is that some optimization is necessary in choosing the measurement volume size. The determination of arrival time is important to reconstruct the time series of velocity in the data processing stage. The duration of the signal, termed the residence or transit time of the particle, is also important for the data processing as described below. The accuracy requirement on these two quantities lies considerably below that of the signal frequency estimation. In PDA however, the transit time is often used to indirectly estimate the measurement volume size ( S a h a n 1987 b)) and for this a higher accuracy is required. Several refined techniques have therefore been proposed, also based on spectral analysis (Qiu and Sommerf'eld 1992). The phase of the signal is unimportant in LDA, however in PDA the phase difference between two simultaneous signals is the primary measurement quantity which corresponds to the particle size. Again, spectral domain estimates are most widely used either through the covariance function (Lading and Andersen 1988) or from the cross spectral density (Domnick et al. 1988). The latter is a complex quantity obtained after the Fourier transform of the two input signals x and y. The ratio of the imaginary to the real part gives the phase relation between the two signals at the chosen frequency. The Erequency is chosen as the peak of the spectral magnitude and corresponds to the fundamental signal frequency. This is illustrated in Figure 7- 46, showing the function G, and 0, for a pair of PDA signals with SNR=25dB.

k =0,1...,N / 2 - 1 (7.48)

(7.49) Generally the peak position of the cross-spectral density magnitude is chosen by interpolating between two or more of the coefficients, yielding a frequency resolution at least one order of magnitude better than the coefficient spacing. A number of interpolation procedures have been proposed, usually employing either a parabolic fit on the logarithrmc amplitude (Domnick et al. 1988) or a

306 Instrumentation for Fluid-Particle Flow Gaussian fit on the linear amplitude (Hishida et al. 1989). The appropriateness of the Gaussian curve form for interpolation can be improved by windowing the input data in time domain, typically with a Hanning or cos’ window (Matovic and Tropea 1991). Further improvements are achievable by using more points around the peak (Qiu et al. 1991) or by strategically spacing the points according to the spectral peak width (Matovic and Tropea 1991). Performance tests indicate, that optimized routines for spectral peak interpolation can be made reliable even for signals with a S N R as low as -10 dB (Qiu et al. 1991).

-3.01 360

t 270

-m

2

-

., 180;

t a

. .

e

: 90

-

Figure 7-46 Cross spectral density function and phase of a PDA signal with SNR=25&.

Whereas the method of signal processing in LDA and PDA is fixed by the choice of processor, the data processing task, performed with software, often requires considerable input from the user and must be matched carefully to the flow situation. There are basically two reasons for this.

Single-Point Laser Measurement

307

The flow velocity or particle velocity information from an LDA or PDA system is available only at irregular (and almost random) time intervals. The rate of velocity information is usually correlated to the quantity being measured, i.e. the flow velocity. The first condition means that in principal, the constraint imposed for equidistant sampled data by the sampling theorem can be circumvented. Thus spectral content of velocity fluctuations can be estimated beyond half of the mean data rate, however this is generally achieved at the expense of estimator variability. There exists a large body of literature on the estimation of spectra from randomly sampled velocity data, such as with LDA, and this remains an active area of research (Adrian and Yao 1987, Gaster and Roberts 1977, Roberts and Ajmani 1986, Nobach et al. 1996). One aspect of these developments which is of particular interest when measuring in two-phase flows, is that of signal reconstruction, i.e. the estimation of fluid velocity between particles (Muller et al. 1994 a) b), Veynante and Candel 1988). In this way the velocity of the continuous phase can be approximated at the instance when the dispersed phase is measured and can thus lead to improved estimators of the slip velocity (Prevost et al. 1996). The second feature of LDA data, the correlation between sample rate and sampled quantity, demands consideration when formulating estimators, even for the simplest quantities such as the mean velocity. This is illustrated in Figure 747 in which the measured particles are superimposed on a hypothetical velocity time trace. A simple arithmetic average of all particle velocities will result in an overestimation of the mean velocity, because more particles are seen at high velocities than at low velocities. Thus, the arithmetic average is a biased estimator, as first discussed by McLaughlin and Tiederman (1973). 0

r

1

I

C

time t [a.u.]

Figure 7-47 The deviation of an arithmetic average velocity over all measured particles compared to the true mean velocity.

308 Instrumentationfor Fluid-Particle Flow

It is apparent that the magnitude of the error on the mean velocity will increase with increasing turbulence level. For moderate levels of turbulence, up to about 40%, the maximum error is given by Erdmann and Tropea (1982) as: (7.50)

where

For this purpose, most signal processing electronics also measure the residence time of particles. 5 RECAP AND FUTURE DIRECTIONS 7.4

This chapter has concentrated on single-point measurements for two-phase flows using elastic light scattering, with a focus on the laser-Doppler and phaseDoppler techniques. Despite many recent improvements in both techniques, the limitations of these methods, especially when applied to two-phase flows, must be recognized and understood. The phase-Doppler anemometer for instance, is restricted to spherical particles and, although non-sphericity can be reliably detected, there is presently no means to estimate the mass flux contained in the non-spherical particles which are usually excluded from krther processing by validation criteria. For this and other reasons, the mass flux and concentration measurements in dispersed two-phase flows using PDA can be of widely varying accuracy and often below acceptable limits for use as verification data of numerical simulations. The consequence of these limitations is that in many studies a tailoring of the experiment can be recommended, for instance the dispersed phase can be modelled using spherical particles. Furthermore, independent and/or consistency checks of the measurement quantities should be planned as an integral part of the experiment. The most obvious example is that the total mass flux is measured also on the feed or collection line and compared to measured values integrated across given flow planes. This of course, is only

Single-Point Laser Measurement

309

possible in selected experiments and is seldom applicable in flows with evaporation. Nevertheless the outlook for hrther improvements of both laser-Doppler and phase-Doppler instruments is very encouraging. Some recent development trends in LDA-systems have been summarized in Tropea (1 995). These include miniaturization of the optical systems using semiconductor or solid state light sources, integrated optics, fiber devices and holographic elements. This miniaturization is generally also associated with increased robustness and performance, in terms either of signal-to-noise ratio and of measurable quantities. Rapid improvements have also been made in the field of data processing, in particular spectral analysis, which meets the rising need to resolve small scale turbulent motions. The field of phase-Doppler anemometry or PDA-like instruments appears to have even larger potential for new developments. Some of these novel systems have been indicated in this chapter, however, hrther extensions can be expected in the measurement of non-spherical, oscillating or inhom*ogeneous particles. Unavoidably, these extensions will only be possible by detecting scattered light at additional spatial orientations and the challenge is to minimize the number of detectors, while gaining maximum significant information about the particles. One major constraint, both for laboratory and commerical systems, is that it is very difficult to focus physically separated detectors independently onto the same detection volume. This dilemma requires innovative technical solutions, One pre-requisite for these developments consists in readily accessible methods to compute the scattered light field from arbitrary particle positions in arbitrary beams. This goal is equally challenging as the design of appropriate optical systems and has been achieved to date only for very restricted classes of beams and particles. This field has recently been reviewed in a series of articles dedicated to the measurement of non-spherical and non-hom*ogeneous particles (see the special issue of Measurement Science and Technology to appear in Vol. 9, Feb. 1998). To summarize, the field of single-point measurements continues to undergo rapid developments in all of its aspects and applications and will undoubtly continue to play an important role in the study of dispersed two-phase flow. Such developments are presented at regular conferences, such as the International Symposium on Application of Laser Techniques to Fluid Mechanics (Lisbon) and the Conference on Optical Particle Sizing. Moreover, international journals, such as Measurement Science and Technology, Particle and Particle Systems Characterization, and Experiments in Fluids are devoted to recent developments in measurement techniques for two-phase flows.

3 10 Instrumentationfor Fluid-Particle Flow 7.56 REFERENCES

Adrian, R.J. and Yao, C.S., Power spectra of fluid velocities measured by laser Doppler velocimetry. Exper. in Fluids, 5, 17-28 (1987) Agrawal, Y., Quadrature demodulation in laser Doppler velocimetry. Applied Optics, 23, 1685-1686 (1984)

A h ,Y., Durst, F., Grehan, G., Onofri, F. and Xu, T.H., PDA-system without Gaussian beam defects. 31d Conference on Optical Particle Sizing, Yokohama, Japan, 461-470 (1993) Albrecht, H.-E., Borys, M. and Hubner, K., Generalized Theory for the simultaneous measurement of particle size and velocity using laser Doppler and lase two-focus methods. Part. Part.. Syst. Charact. 10, 138-145 (1993) Albrecht, H.-E., Bech, H., Damaschke, N. und Feleke, M., Berechnung der Streulichtintensitat eines beliebig im Laserstrahl positionierten Teilchens mit Hilfe der zweidimenstionalen Fouriertransformation, Optik, 100, 1 18-124 (1995) Allano, D., Gouesbet, G., Grehan, G. and Lisiecki, D., Droplet sizing using a top-hat laser beam technique. J. of Physics D: Applied Physics, 17, 43-58 (1984) Bao, J. and Soo, S.L. Measurement of particle flow properties in a suspension by a laser system. Powder Technology, 85, 261-268 (1995) Bauckhage, K., The phase-Doppler-difference-method, a new laser-Doppler technique for simultaneous size and velocity measuremets. Part. Part. Syst. Charact., 5 , 16-22 (1988) Black, D.L., McQuay, M.Q. and Bonin, M.P., Laser-based techniques for particle size measurements: Areview of sizing methods and their industrial applications. Prog. Energy Comb. Sci., 22, 267-306 (1996) Bohren, C.F. and Huffman, D.R., Absorption and Scattering of Light by Small Particles. Wiley: New York, Chap. 4, 1983 Borner, Th., Durst, F. and Manero, E., LDV measurements of gas-particle confined jet flow and digital data processing, Proc. 3rd Int. Symp. on Applications of Laser Anemometry to Fluid Mechanics, Paper 4.5. (1986) Chigier, N. A., Ungut, A. and Yule, A. J., Particle size and velocity measurements in planes by laser anemometer, Proc. 17th Symp. (Int.) on Combustion, 3 15-324 (1979) Czarske, J., Hock, F. and Muller, H., Quadrature demodulation - A new LDV burst signal frequency estimator. Proc. SPIE 2052, 79-86 (1993)

Single-Point Laser Measurement

31 1

Damaschke, N. Gouesbet, G., Grehan, G., Mignon, H. and Tropea, C., Response of PDA systems to non-spherical droplets. 13th Ann. Conf Liquid Atomization and Spray Systems, Florence, Italy (1997) DANTEChvent, STREU: A computational code for the light scattering properties of spherical particles. Instruction Manual (1994) Domnick, J., Ertl, H., Tropea, C. Processing of phaseDoppler signals using the cross-spectral density hnction. 4th Int. Symp. on Appl. of Laser Anemometry to Fluid Mechanics, Lisbon, July 11- 14 (1988) Dopheide, D., Faber, M., Reim, G., Taux, G., Laser- und Avalanche-Dioden fur die Geschwindigkeitsmessung mit Laser-Doppler-Anemometrie, Technisches Messen, 54, 291-303 (1987) Dullenkopf, K., Willmann, M., Schone, F.,. Stieglmeier, M., Tropea, C. and Mundo, Chr. Comparative mass flux measurements in sprays using patternator and phase-Doppler anemometers. 8th Int. Symp. on Appl. of Laser Techniques to Fluid Mechanics, Lisbon, 8.-11.7. (1996) Durrani, T.S. and Greated, C.A., Laser Systems in Flow Measurement. Plenum Press, New York (1 977) Durst, F. and Zare, M., Laser-Doppler measurements in two-phase flows. Proceedings of the LDA-Symposium, University of Denmark (1975) Durst, F. and Heiber, K.F., Signal-Rausch-Verhdtnissevon Laser-DopplerSignalen, Optica Acta, 24, 43-67 (1977) Durst, F., Melling, A. and Whitelaw, J.H. Principles and Practice of LaserDoppler Anemometry. 2nd Edition, Academic Press, London (1981) Durst, F., Review-combined measurements of particle velocities, size distribution and concentration. Transactions of the ASME, J. of Fluids Engineering, 104, 284-296 (1982) Durst, F., Melling, A. and Whitelaw, J.H. Theorie und Praxis der Laser-Doppler Anemometrie. G. Braun, Karlsruhe (1987) Durst, F., Tropea, C. and Xu, T.-H. The Slit Effect in Phase Doppler Anemometry. 2nd Int. Conf. on Fluid Dynamic Measurements and its Application, Beijing, China (1994) Erdmann, J.C. and Tropea, C., Statistical bias of the velocity distribution function in laser anemometry. Proc. Int. Symp. on Application of LDA to Fluid Mechanics, Lisbon, Portugal, Paper 16.2 (1982) Farmer, W. M., Measurement of particle size, number density and velocity using a laser interferometer. Applied Optics, 11, 2603-2612 (1972) Farmer, W. M., Observation of large particles with a laser interferometer. Applied Optics, 13, 610-622 (1 974)

31 2 Instrumentation for Fluid-Particle Flow Gaster, M. and Roberts, J.B. The spectral analysis of randomly sampled records by a direct transform. Proc. R. SOC.Lond. A 354, 27-58 (1977) Grehan, G. and Gouesbet, G., Simultaneous measurements of velocities and size of particles in flows using a combined system incorporating a top-hat beam technique. App. Opt. 25, 3527-3538 (1986) Grehan, G., Gouesbet, G., Nagwi, A. and Durst, F., On elimination of the trajectory effects in phase-Doppler systems. Proc. 5th European Symp. Particle Characterization (PARTEC 92), pp. 309-3 18 (1992) Hardalupas, Y. and Taylor, A.M.K.P., On the measurement of particle concentration near a stagnation point. Exper. in Fluids, 8, 113-118 (1989) Hardalupas, Y. and Taylor, A.M.K.P., Phase validation criteria of size measurements for the phase Doppler technique. Exper. in Fluids, 17, 253-258 ( 1994)

Hardalupas, Y., Hishida, K., Maeda, M., Morikita, H., Taylor, A.M.K.P. and Whitelaw, J.H., Shadow Doppler technique for sizing particles of arbitrary shape. Applied Optics, 33, 8417-8426 (1994) Hecht, E. and Zajac, A., Optics, Addison-Wesley Publishing Company, Inc., New York (1982) Heitor, M.V., Starner, S.H., Taylor, A.M.K.P. and Whitelaw, J.H., Velocity, size and turbulent flux measurements by laser Doppler velocimetry. in: Instrumentation for flows with combustion (Ed. A.M.K.P. Taylor), Academic Press, London, 113-250 (1993) Hess, C. F., Non-intrusive optical single-particle counter for measuring the size and velocity of droplets in a spray, Applied Optics, 23, 4375-4382 (1984) Hess, C. F. and Espinosa, V. E., Spray characterization with a nonitrusive technique using absolute scattered light. Optical Engineering, 23, 604-609 (1984)

Hishida, K., Kobashi, K. and Maeda, M., Improvement of LDAPDA using a digital signal processor (DSP). Proc. 4th Int. Symp. on Appl. of Laser Anemometry to Fluid Mechanics, Swansea, UK (1989) Hishida, K. and Maeda, M., Application of lasedphase Doppler anemometry to dispersed two-phase flow. Part. Part. Syst. Charact., 7, 152-159 (1990) Ibrahim, K. and Bachalo, W., The significance of the Fourier Analysis in Signal Detection and Processing in Laser Doppler and Phase Doppler Applications. Proc. of the 6th Int. Symp. on Appl. of Laser T e c h . to Fluid Mechanics, Lisbon, Portugal, paper 2 1.5 (1992) Ibrahim, K. and Bachalo, W., Time-Frequency Analysis and Measurement Accuracy in Laser Doppler and Phase Doppler Signal Processing Applications.

Single-Point Laser Measurement

313

Proc. of the 7th Int. Symp. on Appl. of Laser Techn. to Fluid Mechanics, Lisbon, Portugal, paper 8.3 (late) (1994) Ikeda, Y., Shimazu, M., Yoshida, N., Nagayama, H., Kurihara, N. and Nakajima, T., Burst Digital Correlator for Wide-Band and Low SNR LDV Measurements. Proc. of the 6th Int. Symp. on Appl. of Laser Techn. to Fluid Mechanics, Lisbon, Portugal, paper 21.3 (1992) Jenson, L.M., LDV Digital signal processor based on autocorrelation. Proc. of the 6th Int. Symp. on Appl. of Laser Techn. to Fluid Mechanics, Lisbon, Portugal, paper 21.4 (1992) Kliafas, Y., Taylor, A.M.K.P. and Whitelaw, J.H., Errors due to turbidity in particle sizing using laser-Doppler anemometry. Trans. of the ASMJ3,J. Fluid Engineering, 112, 142-148 (1990) Lading, L. Spectrum Analysis of LDA Signals. Proc. of The Use of Computers in Laser Velocimetry, ISL, France, paper 20 (1987) Lading, L. and Andersen, K., A Covariance processor for velocity and size measurement. 4th Int. Symp. on Appl. of Laser Anemom. to Fluid Mech., Lisbon, July 11-14, paper 4.8 (1988) Maeda, M., Hishida, K., Sekine, M., and Watanabe, N., Measurements of spray jet using LDV system with particle size discrimination. Laser Anemometry in Fluid Mechanics-I11 (Eds. R.J. Adrian et al., Selected Papers from the 3rd Int. Symp. on Appl. ofLaser Anemometry to Fluid Mechanics, 375-386 (1988) Maeda, M., Morikita, H., Prassas, I.,Taylor, A.M.K.P. and Whitelaw, J.H., Accuracy of particle flux and concentration measurement by shadow-Doppler velocimetry. Proc. 8th Int. Symp. on Appl. of Laser Techn. to Fluid Mech., Paper 6.4 (1996 a)) Maeda, T., Morikita, H., Hishida, K. and Maeda, M. Determination of effective measuring area in a conventional phase-Doppler anemometer. Proceedings of the Eigth International Symposium on Applications of Laser Techniques to Fluid Mechanics, Lisbon, Portugal, Vol. 1, Paper 2.5 (1996 b)) Marston, P.L. Rainbow phenomena and the detection of non-sphericity of drops. Applied Optics 19, 680-685 (1980) Matovic, D. and Tropea, C., Spectral peak interpolation with application to LDA signal processing. Measurement Science and Technology, 2, 1100-1106 (1991) McLaughlin, D.K. and Tiederman, W.G., Biasing correction for individual realization of laser anemometer measurements in turbulent flows. Physics of Fluids, 16, 2082-2088 (1973) Meyers, J.F. and Clemmons, J.I. Jr., Frequency domain laser velocimeter signal processor. NASA Techn. Paper 2735 (1987)

314 Instrumentation for Fluid-Particle Flow

Mie, G., Beitrage zur Optik triiber Medien, speziell kolloidaler Metallosungen. Ann. der Physik, 25, 377-422 (1908) Mignon, H., Grehan, G., Gouesbet, G., Xu, T.-H. and Tropea, C. Measurement of cylindrical particles using phase-Doppler anemometer. Applied Optics, , (1996) Modarress, D. and Tan, H., LDA signal discrimination in two-phase flows, Experiments in Fluids, 1, 129-134 (1983) Morikita, H., Hishida, K. and Maeda, M., Simultaneous measurement of velocity and equivalent diameter of non-spherical particles. Part. Part. Syst. Charact., 11, 227-234 (1994) Muller, E., Nobach, H. and Tropea, C., LDA signal reconstruction: Application to moment and spectral estimation. 7' Int. Symp. on Appl. of Laser Techniques to Fluid Mechanics, Lisbon, Portugal, Paper 23.2 (1994) Muller, H., Czarske, J., Kramer, R., Tobben, H., Arndt, V., Wang, H. and Dopheide, D., Heterodyning and quadrature signal generation: Advantageous techniques for applying new frequency shift mechanisms in the laser Doppler velocimetry. 7& Int. Symp. on Appl. of Laser Techniques to Fluid Mechanics, Lisbon, Portugal, Paper 23.3 (1994) Mundo, Chr. Zur Sekundarzersaubung newtonscher Fluide an Oberflachen. Dissertation University of Erlangen (1996) Nakajima, T. and Ikeda, Y., Theroetical evaluation of burst digital correlation method for LDV signal processing. Meas. Sci. and Techn., 1, 767-774 (1990) Naqwi, A.A. and Durst, F. Light scattering applied to LDA and PDA measurements. Part 1: Theory and numerical treatments. Part. Part. Syst. Charact., 8, 245-258 (1991) Naqwi, A,, Durst, F. and Liu, X., Two methods for simultaneous measurement of particle size, velocity, and refractive index. Applied Optics, 30, 4949-4959 (1991) Naqwi, A,, Ziema, M., Liu, X., Hohmann, S. and Durst, F. Droplet and particle sizing using the dual cylindrical wave and the planar phase Doppler optical systems combined with a transputer based signal processor, 6th Int. Symp. on Appl. of Laser Techniques to Fluid Mechanics, Lisbon, 15.3 (1992) Naqwi, A. and Menon, R., A rigorous procedure for design and response determination of phase Doppler systems. Proc. 7& Int. Symp. on Appl. of Laser Techniques to Fluid Mechanics, Lisbon, Portugal, Paper 24.1 (1994) Negus, C. R. and Drain, L. E., M e calculations of scattered light from a spherical particle traversing a fiinge pattern produced by two intersecting laser beams, J. Phys. D: Applied Physics, 15,375-402 (1982)

Single-Point Laser Measurement

315

Nobach, H., Muller, E. and Tropea, C., Refined reconstruction techniques for LDA analysis. 8~ Int. Symp. On Appl. of Laser Techn. to Fluid Mechanics, Lisbon, Portugal, Paper 36.2 (1996) Onofri, F., Girasole, T., Grehan, G., Gouesbet, G . ,Brenn, G., Domnick, J., Xu, T.H. and Tropea C., Phase-Doppler anemometry with the dual burst technique for measurement of refractive index and absorption coefficient simultaneously with size and velocity. Part. Part. Syst. Charact., 13, 112-124 (1996) Panidis, Th. and Sommerfeld, M., The locus of centres method for LDA and PDA measurements. Proc. of the Eigth Int. Symp. on Applications of Laser Techniques to Fluid Mechanics, Lisbon, Portugal, Vol. 1, Paper 12.1 (1996) Prevost, f., Boree, J., Nuglisch, H.J., Charnay, G. Measurements of fluidparticle correlated motion in the far field of an axisymmetric jet. Int. J. Multiphase Flow, 22, 685-701 (1996) Qiu, H.-H., Sommerfeld, M. and Durst, F., High resolution data processing for phase-Doppler measurements in a complex two-phase flow. Measurement Science and Technology, Vol. 2,455-463 (1991) Qiu, H.-H. and Sommerfeld, M., A reliable method for determining the measurement volume size and particle mass fluxes using phase-Doppler anemometry. Experiments in Fluids, Vol. 13, 393-404 (1992) Qiu, H.-H. and Sommerfeld, M., The impact of signal processing on the accuracy of phase-Doppler measurements. Proc. 6th Workshop on Two-Phase Flow Predictions, Erlangen 1992, (Ed. Sommerfeld, M.), Bilateral Seminars of the International Bureau Forschungszentrum Julich, 42 1-430 (1993) Qiu, H.-H., Sommerfeld, M. and Durst, F., Two novel Doppler signal detection methods for laser-Doppler and phase-Doppler anemometry. Meas. Sci. Techn., 5, 769-778 (1994) Qiu, H.-H. and Hsu, C.T., A Fourier optics method for the simulation of measurement volume effect by the slit constraint. Proceedings of the Eigth International Symposium on Applications of Laser Techniques to Fluid Mechanics, Lisbon, Portugal, Vol. 1, Paper 12.6 (1996) Rife, D.C. and Boorstyn, R.R., Single-tone Parameter Estimation from Discrete-time Observations. IEEE Trans. on Information Theory, 20, 59 1-598 (1974) Roberts, D.W., Particle sizing using laser interferometry. Applied Optics, 16, 1861-1868 (1977) Roberts, J.B. and Ajmani, D.B.S., Spectral Analysis of Randomly Sampled Signals Using a Correlation-based Slotting Technique. IEEE Proc., 133, 153162 (1986)

316 Instrumentation for Fluid-Particle Flow Roth, N., Anders, K. and Frohn, A. Simultaneous determination of refractive index and droplet size using Mie theory. Proc. 6th Int. Symp. on Appl. of Laser Techniques to Fluid Mechanics, Lisbon, 15.5 (1992) Roth, N., Anders, K. and Frohn, A. Size insensitive rainbow refractometry: Theoretical aspects. Proc. 8th Int. Symp. on Appl. of Laser Techniques to Fluid Mechanics, Lisbon, Paper 9.2 (1996) S a h a n , M., Optical particle sizing using the phase of LDA signals. Dantec Information, No. 05, 8-13 (1987 a)) S a h a n , M., Automatic calibration of LDA measurement volume size., Appl. Optics, 26, 2592-2597 (1987 b)) Sankar, S.V. and Bachalo, W.D., Response characteristics of the phase-Doppler particle analyzer for sizing spherical particles larger than the wavelength. Applied Optics, Vol. 30, 1487-1496 (1991) Sankar, S.V., Bachalo, W.D. and Robart, D.A., An adaptive intensity validation technique for minimizing trajectory dependent scattering errors in phase Doppler interferometry. 4th Internationsl Congress on Optical Particle Sizing, Niirnberg, Germany (1995) Sankar, S.V., Buermann, D.H. and Bachalo, W.D. An advanced rainbow signal processor for improved accuracy in droplet temperature measurements. 8th Int. Symp. on Appl. of Laser Techniques to Fluid Mechanics, Lisbon, 9.3 (1996) Sommerfeld, M. and Qiu, H.-H., Characterization of particle-laden confined swirling flows by phase-Doppler anemometry and numerical calculation. Int. J. Multiphase Flows, 19, 1093-1127 (1993) Sommerfeld, M. and Qiu, H.-H., Particle concentration measurements by phaseDoppler anemometry in complex dispersed two-phase flows. Exper. in Fluids, 18, 187-198 (1995) Stieglmeier, M. and Tropea, C., Mobile fiber-optic laser doppler anemometer. Appl. Optics, 3 1,4096-4105, (1992) Tayali, N. E. and Bates, C . J., Particle sizing techniques in multiphase flows: A review. Flow Meas. Instrum., 1, 77-105 (1990) Taylor, A.M.K.P., Two phase flow measurements. Optical Diagnostics for Flow Processes (Eds. L. Lading et al.), Plenum Press, New York, 205-228 (1994) Tropea, C . , Dimaczek, G., Kristensen, J., Caspersen, Chr.,Evaluation of the Burst Spectrum Analyser LDA Signal Processor. 4th Int. Symp. on Appl. of Laser Anemom. to Fluid Mech., Lisbon, July 11-14, paper 2.22 (1988) Tropea, C. Performance Testing of LDA/PDA Signal Processing Systems. 3rd Int. Cod, Laser App1.- Advances and Applications, Sept. 26-28, Swansea, Wales (1989)

Single-Point Laser Measurement

31 7

Tropea, C. Laser Doppler anemometry: Recent developments and fbture challenges. Meas. Sci. Techn. 6,605-619 (1995) Tropea, C., Xu, T.-H., Onofri, F., Grehan, G., Haugen, P. and Stieglmeier, M., Dual mode phase Doppler anemometer. PARTEC 95, Preprints 4th Int. Congress Optical Particle Sizing, 287-296 (1995) Tropea, C., Xu, T.H., Onofri, F., Grehan, G., Haugen, P. and Stieglmeier, M. Dual mode phase Doppler anemometer, Part. Part. Syst. Charact., 13, 165-170 (1996)

van Beeck, J.P.A.J. and Riethmuller, M.L., Rainbow Phenomena Applied to the Measurement of Droplet Size and Velocity and to the Detection of Nonsphericity, Appl. Optics, 35, 2259-2266 (1996 a)) van Beeck, J.P.A.J. and Ihethmuller, M.L., A Single-Beam Velocimeter Based on Rainbow-Interferometry.Proc. 8th Int. Symp. on Appl. of Laser Techniques to Fluid Mechanics, Lisbon, 9.1 (1996 b)) Van de Hulst, H.C., Light Scattering by Small Particles. Dover Publications, Inc. New York (1981) van de Wall, R.E. and Soo, S.L. Measurement of particle cloud density and velocity using laser devices. Powder Technology, 8 1, 269-278 (1994) Veynante, D. and Candel, S.M., Application of Non Linear Spectral Analysis and Signal Reconstruction to Laser Doppler Velocimetry. Exp. Fluids, 6, 534540 (1988)

Yeoman, M. L., Azzopardi, B. J., White, H. J., Bates, C. J. and Roberts, P. J., Optical development and application of a two-colour LDA system for the simultaneous measurement of particle size and particle velocity. ASME Winter Annual Meeting, Arizona, 127- 135 ( 1982)

Full Field, Time-Resolved, Vector Measurements Yang Zhao and Robert S. Brodkey

In the history of turbulence there are a number of markers in time. Such points occur when researchers take stock of their efforts and attempt to evaluate its worth to engineering science. The area of coherent structures in turbulent shear flows has attracted the attention of many researchers from the mid-1960's to the present time. These people have made major gains and have established a rudimentary picture of the dynamic details of turbulence: sweeps, ejections, interactions, etc. But we do not have a complete picture. We would like to have fill-field, time-resolved, vector velocity data with high enough resolution so that we could determine the stress and vorticity fields. Two approaches show promise: experiments that provide fill-field measurements and direct numerical simulation (DNS). Neither approach is filly satisfactory today for highly resolved, practical flows in the time domain! However, we are at a threshold of being able to accomplish this. In this review, some of the experimental approaches that seem fruithl and might be amenable to firther development to give us the information we need to progress to the next step in our understanding of turbulence will be outlined and discussed. 8.1 INTRODUCTION

Turbulent flow still is one of the most important and challenging problems for scientists and engineers. There is little doubt that to correctly understand, describe and control turbulence will provide great benefits to the design of processes. Where possible, experimental observations are a first step to provide 318

Full Field, Time-Resolved, Vector Measurements

3 19

guidatice for theoretical studies and computational simulations. All of these allow the necessary checks of the accuracy of established engineering models. There is a wide range of algorithms availableto model steady-state flows. However, many of the flow fields of current interest, such as coherent structures in shear flows, are unsteady. There is a comparative lack of experimental data and models for such unsteady flow fields. Hot-wire or laser Doppler anemometer (LDA) data of such flows are dif€idt to interpret as both spatial and temporal information of the entire flow field are required and these methods are commonly limited to simultaneous measurements at only one or at most a few spatial locations. They are in reality, single point measurement techniques. Because of new light sources, such as powefil lasers, as well as the rapid development of digital computers, there is now available commercial two-dimensional (2-D) measurement techniques. The most common 2-D measurement techniques, particle image velocimetry (PIV), consist of two steps. First, the flow field is seeded with small particles. A laser light sheet illuminates a selected plane of the flow and the flow pattern in this plane is recorded. Secondly, the recorded flow patterns are processed and analyzed to obtain the desired 2-D information. This method can provide the simultaneous measurement in time in the illuminated plane even for high unsteady flow fields by extending the present commercial techniques to high speed video cameras and advanced computationaltechniques. However, most turbulent flows are not only highly unsteady but also strongly three-dimensional. Therefore, the development of 3-D measurement techniques is an essential fbrther step for fbrther progress. We would like to be able to model practical turbulent systems that are of commercial importance, for example, the flow within the cylinder of an internal combustion engine. We also want to understand complex reactor flow phenomena which can be helpful to improve the efficiency and the quality of commercial products. For example, consider the flow in mixing vessels common to the biotechnology industry, the formation and removal of voids in manufacturing polymer composites, etc. We can make rough estimates today by experimental measurements and by numerical simulations. But these are rough because our experiments are not refined enough, we do not have the depth of understanding needed to accurately model the field, or our computers are not adequate. The hope is that a well-founded middle of the road approach will work, but this will involve some degree of approximation. For example, large eddy simulations (LES)might be the path to provide the answers we need. However, to make this approach work we need to understand more about the smaller scale mechanism of turbulent flow, especially when chemical reactions are involved. Such understanding has been the goal of fluid dynamics research for many decades. The researchers of the past started with the simplest of ideas. As each step or approach proved not to be the definitive model, the efforts became more and more

320 Instrumentation for Fluid-Particle Flow

complex. Often along the time-line, some researchers developed a frustration that their approach was not going to generate the desired results. They had arrived at a point of reflection about their work. The recent development of digital computers (like the personal computer - PC) has brought a revolutionary change to our approach to flow measurements. In recent years, microprocessors, the PC’s central brains, traditionally doubles in speed and halved in price every 18 months (according to a report in USAToday). New subsystems - video, sound, discs and control boards - are built to make best use of that power. This provides a possibility for processing huge image data files in relative short time and can be a new stepping stone for the next thrust to “understand turbulence.” The history of frustration of fluid researchers is not new. For example, early researchers realized that laminar flow models could not describe turbulent flow, so turbulent had to be studied. G.I. Taylor realized that the phenomenological approach of eddy viscosity and mixing lengths could not describe turbulent flow adequately. This was a point of reflection that led Taylor to introduce the statistical approach to turbulence. G.K. Batchelor realized that the statistical approach, in turn, was not giving the answers he desired and was not sure what should be done. He chose to change his research field. Some researchers turned to what we now call the coherent structures approach. They wanted to obtain a picture of the flow in terms of coherent structures and establish some idea of the dynamical interactions that occur in the flow. However, the frustration is back and these researchers now realize that although we have made major gains and have established a rudimentary picture of the dynamical details of turbulence, we do not have the picture needed to allow us to model the flow with the degree of reliability we want. Is it time once again for reflection? If so, whence turbulence? What do we need? Where must we go? What are we missing? Current investigations are directed toward fhll-field measurement techniques and direct numerical simulation(DNS). The numerical approaches are limited by the need for much bigger and better computers. Previously, visual observations were used for qualitative assessment. Hot-wirdfilm and LDA measurements were used to provide the hard numbers for a few points in space in the time domain. Today, the visual-based techniques are being extended to allow full-field, timeresolved velocity vector information to be obtained. However, the need for fhllfield and time-resolved measurements put vast restrictions on what can be accomplished. To get time-resolved results, often today, we must sacrifice resolution. To get resolution, we must sacrifice the dynamics. Ultimately we want both. Let us think about what might be ideal for the final attack on the turbulence reaction problem. In the most ideal of all worlds, we would like to have full-field, time-resolved, vector velocity measurementswith high enough resolution that we could determine the stress and vorticity fields. This requires that we either

Full Field, Time-Resolved, Vector Measurements

321

measure the instantaneous velocity vectors in the entire space-time domain or extend DNS. These efforts must be applied to meaningfhl turbulent shear flows, not just to idealizations. What do we need for the next attack on the turbulence problem? For the experimental work, we must develop and utilize full-field, timeresolved, scalar and velocity vector information. We need the dependent stress and vorticity fields to aid in solving our problems that involve chemical reactions in turbulent flows. In this brief review, some of the experimental approaches that seem fruitfil and that might be amenable to still further development will be outlined and discussed. Where it will be helphl, we will put the work into context of applied fluid flow problems and theoretical approaches. Hopefully, this combination will give us the information we need to progress to the next step in our understanding of turbulence. What then is the next step? All the single point, time-resolved techniques are to be considered as techniques of the past for this review. All the two-dimensional, time-resolved or not, are also considered a technique of the past, unless there is a hope that it can be extended to fill-field, time resolved measurements. We will fold in those possible techniques that are unique and can provide the simultaneous measurement of both the velocity and scalar fields. It might also be well at this point to cite some of the applicationsthat are being addressed for such measurements: flow in an internal combustion engine, mixing in biotechnical reactors, mixing in conventional mixers, mixing and reaction in opposed jet reactors, mixing and reaction in pipe flow reactors with internal elements, flow in the cooling regions of an internal combustion engine, catalyst surface analysis (non-flow), and slow motion flow in polymer composite structures (void formation and removal). In summary, commerciallyavailable flow measurements have been developed from single point techniques to non-time-resolved, two-dimensional (2-D) methods. Also today low resolution, three-dimensional(3-D) measurements can be made. It is the intent of this Chapter to discuss and outline some of the experimental approaches and their applications, including, but not limited to, particle tracking velocimetry (P"V), scanning particle image velocimetry (SPIV), holographic particle image velocimetry (HPIV), laser induced photochemical anemometer (LIPA), laser induced fluorescence (LE) and scattering methods (Lorenz-Me, Rayleigh, Raman). These are techniques that might be amenable to hrther development to give us the hll-field, time-resolved, vector information we need to progress to the next step. Let us emphasize, at this point, the development ofthese techniques is still in progress, no one can currently provide highresolution, fill-field (3-D), time-resolved velocity vector measurements and dependent measures like vorticity. They can provide parts of these, but not all at once. It is also clear, however, that the goal can be reached in time. Finally, it should be pointed out here that with the advent of fast, efficient imaging hard-

322 Instrumentation for Fluid-Particle Flow

ware, the use of image-based measurement has increased tremendously, and the number of annual publications on imaging velocimetry has grown exponentially. It is almost impossible to include every aspect of image-based measurements in this short review. For firther background information, the reader is referred to Adrian (1991, 1993) and Grant (1994). A new PIV bibliography edited by Adrian (1996) contains references from early studies done from 1917 to the latest research in 1995.

8.2 PARTICLE TRACKING VELOCIMETRY (PTV)

The simple goal is to obtain a hlly automated, computer-based technique that can track a sequence of particle motions in two or more views to allow extraction of the full three-dimensional flow field measurements in the time domain. Such a procedure would involve the M y integrated image processing of the raw images, position location of the particles and their tracks in two or more views, stereo matching to establish the three-dimensional nature of the flow and a final evaluation for consistency of the measurements. Dkvative properties such as vorticity, stress and strain rates are calculated from these instantaneous velocity vectors. For turbulent flows, mean flow vector properties are obtained by ensemble averaging the velocity vectors over a large enough number of realizations. Subtracting the mean component from each vector in the instantaneous fields provides the instantaneous fluctuating vectors over the whole flow region. Because particles were tracked over a time sequence (from one frame to the next), there are no velocity direction ambiguity problems such as in PIV. The velocity vectors in the time domain are obtained. The method must be carefilly tested on known synthetic data and then validated for a number of real and meaningfil flows. Particle tracking is probably the most popular technique for fill-field measurements. This technique usually (but not always) uses two cameras. An image taken by one camera is a projection of flow markers in the three-dimensional (3D) space onto a two-dimensional (2-D) image plane. Hence, the single image does not contain enough information to establish the third dimension. That is, distances from the objects to the camera are lost unless the 2-D image information is supplemented in some manner. One means of providing more information is two or more images taken from different camera positions. In this manner the three-dimensional structure of the markers can be extracted directly. This is the approach used at The Ohio State University and thus, our stereo, multiframe PTV technique is first briefly described in this section. The major steps involved in the process are calibration,preprocessing, tracking, establishing correspondence and recovering the 3-D information.

Full Field, Time-Resolved, Vector Measurements

323

1) Camera calibration In principle, with two views, either taken fiom two cameras or one camera with a stereo mirror or a prism, the position of an object in the 3-D world can be determined from the analysis of intersecting image rays. Unfortunately, in practice, there often is no exact intersection between the two rays. This occurs because the recorded image will almost certainly have errors due to the imperfection of physical imaging systems and the particular physical limitations that occur in every application in which image data are recorded. For instance, errors in locating the centroid arise fiom camera lens distortions, finite resolution due to recording of the image on film because of finite grain size or on a video detector array of finite pixel size. Obviously, a calibration is a prerequisite for reliable data. In addition to eliminatingerrors, a camera calibration also is used to establish the relationship between the 3-D world coordinates and the corresponding 2-D image coordinates on film or a detector array. Once this relationship is established, 3-D information can be inferred from the 2-D images and vice versa. The important issues in camera calibration are i) ability to deal with matching errors, ii) compensation for image distortions, iii) knowledge of camera positions and parameters and iv) knowledge of the locations of selected markers in the 3-D world. The camera calibration,in our case, is accomplishedby a least-squares method to determine the relative position and orientation of two cameras from a set of matched points. For more detail of camera calibration see Slama (1980).

2) Preprocessing Preprocessing of images is an important component for any image-based measurement. The purpose of image preprocessing for PTV measurements is to help in the identificationof the particles fiom the background and in the location of their centroids. During preprocessing, the particles must satis@ certain well-defined characteristics, such as threshold value, minimum size, maximum size and maximum aspect ratio. Some standard operations involved in this stage are background subtraction, contrast enhancement, filtering, etc. Special attention must be given to particle overlap. The resolution of a particle overlay into individual particle positions is necessary for good results. 3) Tracking and establishing correspondence Perhaps, the matching of particles is the hardest and the most important step in using the stereo approach. Once the stereo images are brought into point-to-point correspondence, the 3-D reconstruction process is relatively straightforward. Given two views of a measured field, correspondence needs to be established among the particles identified. Matching strategies can be differentiated according

324 Instrumentation for Fluid-Particle Flow

to the primitives used for matching as well as the image geometry. Ideally, we would like to find the correspondences (Le., the matched locations) of every individual particle in both images of a stereo pair. However, the information content in a single particle is too low for unambiguous matching. It is impossible to stereoscopically match all the individual points in the two views when the concentration of particles is usefully high. Instead, we establish the tracks by a tree type search from frame to frame in both views and then the tracks are stereoscopicallymatched. In the tracking part of the analysis, use is made of the continuity of position, velocity and acceleration; that is, as much of the physics as possible is brought into play to help in the analysis. Once matched, the vector velocity information can be extracted as described in the next stage.

4) 3-D positions determination The 3-D reconstruction process can be considered as an inverse procedure of the calibration. Since closed form solutions may not exist for all cases, a more general approach is required for this process. The lines joining the center of projection and the 2-D image point in each of the stereo images are projected backwards into 3-D space. Then the point in space that minimizes the sum of its distance from each of the back-projected lines is chosen as the estimated 3-D position of the matched point. As mentioned above, instead of using a single point, the identified tracks are used as the matching features. The midpoints of the matched tracks are projected backwards in 3-D space and the 3-D positions of the tracks are determined using a similar minimization criterion. When compared with a single frame, multi-exposure PTV techniques, the main advantages of our multiframe, single exposure PTV are the results are time-resolved As particles can be tracked for long times, i) this allows a higher number of seed particles, as a consequence, there is ii) higher spatial resolution, and iii) there are no ambiguous problems about the motion direction. The entire process is detailed in Guezennec et al. (1994) and won't be repeated here. It is important to note that image preprocessing is a necessary step as well as calibration of the geometry because of index of refraction mismatching and lens distortion. It cannot be stressed too much, that accurate calibration and, if possible, as close an index of refraction matching are essential for accurate results. In the first evaluation of the technique, we used a swirling and tumbling flow field that is something like that experienced during the intake stroke in an internal combustion engine. The flow was generated by simple modeling on the computer, the tracks for a large number of fluid particles were established and were then translated to what would be viewed by two orthogonal views. These views were then evaluated by the PTV techniques and the results compared to the exactly

Full Field, Time-Resolved, Vector Measurements

32 5

known locations and velocities. There are, of course, many detailed steps along the path to obtain satisfactory results. The technique works quite well and has now been applied to a variety of important and practical flow fields. Several such results for 3-D measurements are shown in Figures 8-1 and 8-2. AI1 the vectors found by the PTV technique were located randomly. They have been interpolated and projected onto regular grid points in the three orthogonal directions. Figure 8-la shows one example from a cut through the water simulation of an internal combustion engine during the intake stroke when the piston is at bottom dead center. An example of the flow at the midplane of two opposing jets that are sometimes used in jet reactors is shown in Figure 8-lb. Figure 8-2a shows a mixing vessel common to the biotechnology industry. Vortical structures observed in this mixing vessel is represented in Figure 8-2b and the turbulent dissipation field for the mixing system is shown in Figure 8-2c. This has been hypothesized to correlate with cell destruction during mixing.

FIGURE &la One 2-Dplane of 19 through the water simulation of an internal combustion engine during the intake stroke when the piston is at bottom dead center (Reprinted by permission of Guezennec et al.) However, there are limitations in the number of particles that can be observed in each view. In the analysis, two stereoscopicviews are being used to establish the three-dimensional position of the particles. These views are the projections

32 6 Instrumentation for Fluid-Particle Flow

4 Outlet

YJETl :VeIooIly 4.051

x = 0.0oooM)

6%

Inlet

a41

CUI*

: . : : : : : :::::::::: : :

-0.01 .

E

0-

0.01

-

0.02L\._..I.

,,,,\---,*

view1

vied

005

view3

003

001

001

003

005

y [ml

FIGURE 8-lb One 2-Dplane of 19 through the center of the two interacting jets.

n

c

r . \

\

b,

\

8

\

I

\

..\b<

\ \

. --c-.*-..A

MA--.

H * . .

I

,,

-

. \ '

I

I

,

.

.. - ., -. . t

.. . .. c

c)

Full Field, Time-Resolved, Vector Measurements

327

on two image planes of all the particles in the flow field. PIV techniques only study a slice of the flow field, while the PTV approach uses all the particles in the flow field at each instant of time. Instead of using two cameras, Racca and Dewey (1988) have used a single camera and a split-View mirror system for 3-D measurementsby PTV. This is the same as for the mixing vessel study previously cited. Followed Ram and Dewey (1988), Reese and Chen (1995) have successfilly applied the stereo-mirror PTV technique in studying the local, transient flow phenomena in multiphase systems. For a single camera with a split-view system, the main advantage is there are no synchronization problems between cameras. On the other hand, the measurement fields are smaller than using two cameras because two views are now projected onto the single camera’s image plane. Clearly, it would not take too high a density of particles to supersaturate the projected view; thus, the particle density is limited so that the analysis can cope with the particle density in each projected view. The analysis is thus limited to modest particle concentrations (several hundred in the volume). The particle concentration can be increased by increasing the number of views. Although hard numbers are not available, the concentration might be increased by a factor of five or so by this means and not increase the computational time very much. Dracos and his coworkers (Maas et ai., 1993; Makik et ai., 1993) have used up to four cameras. They investigated the influences of geometry parameters and physical factors on the establishment of a 3-D mathematical model, the system calibration and the particle tracking procedure. They tested and validated the method against simulated turbulent flow trajectories. In addition, a simple experiment was carried out to verifl the procedure. A complex approach has been examined by Kasagi and Matsunaga (1995) using three video cameras. In addition to measuring mean and turbulence velocities, three Reynolds stress values and other third-order correlations were obtained for flow over a backwardfacing step. One of their 3-D measured results is shown in Figure 8-3. In these examples, instantaneous data were obtained, but the results were ensemble averaged to establish an adequate sample for the curves shown. As point out above, it is in essence, phase averaged information where the local fluctuations in velocity might be composed of a true turbulence contribution and also a cycle to cycle (or sample to sample) contribution. It should be emphasized, that although the particle concentration can be increased, it is often more convenient to look at a series of realizations and then use an ensemble average to gain a picture of the flow field. Of course, this is averaged and cannot provide information about the dynamics of the flow, which requires time-resolved data.

Next Page

Previous Page

3 2 8 Instrumentation for Fluid-Particle Flow 30

25 +

g 20

t *

1.5

'3 1.0 0.5 00

lo0

200

4w

'Y

FIGURE 8-3 Three-dimensional distribution of root-mean-square turbulent veloci@fluctuations upstream of a step (Kasagi and Matmnaga 1995). (Reprinted by permission of ButterwortWHeinemann.) 8.3 OTHER TECHNIQUES In the remaining part of this paper, possible application of other techniques being investigated by a number of researchers will be discussed. The emphasis w ill be on the three dimensional and time dependent nature of the measurements. Most of these techniques are being used for idealized systems and the current efforts are directed to the development of the system of measurement itself

8.3.1 Scanning Particle Image Velocimetry (SPIV) The commercially available and more conventionalPIV approach provides a twodimensional slice of the flow field. Good starting places for the previous work are the reviews cited at the end of the introduction section. Most systems are not designed to provide time resolution, but rather ensemble averaged results are obtained to establish the statistical two-dimensional average and fluctuating flow field. This limitation can be overcome. The present video-based systems are limited to the video fiaming rate, which in turn is limited by the band-width of the imaging boards used. Film-based techniques or high band-width and/or high on board storage video systems could be used to extend the results into the time domain. Because the two-dimensional PIV view is an illuminated plane that is normal to the viewing, there is no question as to the location in the third dimension. The particles being observed are only in the lighted field of view. The density of particles (on a volume basis) for the PIV case can be much higher than for the 3-D PTV case. It is simply the difference in looking at a single 2-D plane versus the full 3-D volume. However, the limitation of 2-D rules the technique

Full Field, Time-Resolved, VectorMeasurements

329

out for the type of measurements being discussed here. Having ruled such measurements out, one needs to cite at least, the use of stereoscopic viewing to provide a measure for the velocity in the third dimension within the plane as done by Prasad and Adrian (1993). Since, for conventional PIV,the particle images resulting fiom two or more exposures are stored on the same recording, there is no directional information about the particles' movement. In order to avoid directional ambiguity problems, image-shifting devices are often used. M e 1 et al. (1995) adopted a very different way for obtaining information about the outof-plane velocity components. In contrast with the auto-correlation technique n o d y used in PIV, they estimated out-of-plane velocities by analyzing images of particles within two adjacent laser sheets by spatial cross-correlation. Their imaging arrangement is shown in Figure 8-4. The scanner was only used to alternate the laser sheet location after each second during imaging.

Scanner Laser

Shutter Cyl. lens

Cyl. scanner lens Sheet shaping cyl. lens First light sheet positon Second light sheet position

- .

FIGURE 8-4 Optical componentsfor two parallel light sheet planes used to establish out of plane velocity component (Rage1 et al. 1995). (Reprinted by permission of Springer-Verlag.)

As an alternate, the 2-D plane could be scanned across the volume rapidly and, if fast enough, the full 3-D flow field could be reconstructed and at much higher particle densities than is possible with the PTV approach. Briicker and Althaus (1992) described a scanning apparatus shown in Figure 8-5. The function of the rotating polygonal mirror was to deflect the laser beam rapidly to form a "laser sheet" and to provide mdti-exposure. The generation of the scanning laser sheets was then performed by the oscillating mirror. Using this method, a set of 2-D velocity fields was obtained from these scanning sheets by the normal PTV methods. As a test case, the 3-D shape of a vortex ring was reconstructed from these laser sheets. Reviews of the reconstruction of 3-D flow structures from such scanning light sheets can be found in articles by Gad-el-Hak (1989).

33 0 instrumentationfor Fluid-Particle Flow

FIGURE 8-5 Optical components used for scanning a single laser beam to obtain I O cross sections of the flow (Briicker and AIthaus 1992). (Reprinted by permission of Springer- Verlag.) More recently, a new approach in scanning systems has been made at The Ohio State University. Figure 8-6 shows the scanning system put forward by Guezennec et al. (1994), where the scanning beam is maintained exactly parallel. This avoids a correction introduced by using a rotating mirror, where the planes are not parallel. If the beam is wide (a few mm or so, not for the full field) then 3-D information can be obtained for each plane by using a stereoscopic viewing approach (Figure 8-7). The use of scanning requires obtaining the series of scanned images fast enough so there is little change in the flow field during the cycle time to scan across the volume. This requires high-speed recording. Filmbased techniques are faster and of higher resolution than video based techniques. However, modest resolution, but high speed (or high-resolution, modest speed) video based systems are becoming available at a high price. The choice in the work cited here is to use film with a Cu-vapor laser that can record individual pictures at high resolution at 10,000 fiames per second (fps). The laser and rotating drum are synchronized to the film speed, since this later is not necessarily constant during the entire run. There can be an appreciable acceleration period at the beginning to get the film up to the final speed. Indeed, some of the older cameras at the higher speeds, operated entirely in the acceleration period. You often ran out of film before getting to the final high speed. The imaging techniques for individual frames are similar to the present processing by PIV methods. These methods will not be discussed further here. However, the post-processing suggested by Guezennec and Kiritsis (1990) needs to be mentioned further. Figure 8-8 shows the conventional 2-D PIV processing by using cross-correlation in limited sub-volumes between successive scans.

Full Field, Time-Resolved, Vector Measurements

33 1

Figure 8-9 illustrates the 2-D"Guided" tracking between successive scans and possibly adjacent laser sheets. Figure 8- 10 shows a reconstructed synthetic field, where a) is the synthetic test, b) the conventional 2-D PIV cross-correlation result, c) the actual particle locations and d) the refinement using the subsequent 2-D tracking to add information for each particle trace. These latter two illustrations are a close-up of the vortex structure that is at the lower center of illustration a). Clearly, the loss of detail as a result of the finite area needed for the cross-correlation is recovered bv the subseauent nuided tracking step.

FIGURE 8-6 Parallel beam scanning system (Guezennec et al. 1994). (Reprinted by permission of Guezennec et al.) n

FIGURE 8-7 Schematic of slit-image arrangement for stereoscopic viewing using a movie camera (Guezennec et al. 1994). (Reprinted by permission of Guezennec et al.)

33 2 Instrumentation for Fluid-Particle Flow

.-

.....-.*.... ._

. ..... . - .*. . :,.:,::! a

-*6q

..-*

.‘.. ..

.-...:-

..

-.a_

*

:

’. . . :,.. . ............. ::...*e .. .......... .-a,-:

FIGURE 8-8 Schematic of the 2 - 0 cross-correlation processing between successive scans (Guezennec et al. 1994). (Reprinted by permission of Guezennec et al.)

FIGURE 8-9 Schematic illustration of the 2 - 0 “guided” tracking between successive scans (andpossibly adjacent laser sheets) (Guezennec et al. 1994). (Reprinted by permission of Guezennec et al.)

Full Field, Time-Resolved, Vector Measurements T a t Velocity Field

Velociw Field horn 2 - 0 P N

Particle locations

. . ...... .. .

333

Particle Velocities

., .

FIGURE 8-1 0 Example of 2-0 cross-correlationprocessing and subsequent 2-0 tracking (Guezennec et al. 1994). (Reprinted by permission of Guezennec et ai.) 8.3.2 Holographic Particle Image Velocimetry (HPIV)

HPIV methods require a complex and very stable optical system. There are several possible techniques: in-line, off-axis, stereo-viewing, phase conjugate reconstructionand combinationsof these, etc. All of the details will not be shown here, but can be found in the referencesby Adrian and coworkers (Barnhart et al., 1994) and Hussain and coworkers (Meng and Hussain, 1991; Simmons et al., 1993; Hussain et al., 1994). These techniques are truly three-dimensional viewing methods. However, they are currently limited by being very complex and presently are limited to one instant in time. Effective time-based recording has not as yet been accomplished for HPIV. Research to extend HPIV methods to examine complex flows with full space and time resolution is underway in a number of laboratories; however, progress is slow and the efforts are either for limited scales and low time resolution. For example, Weinstein and Beeler (1 987) made flow measurements behind a cylinder by using dual-view holographic movies. Two orthogonal in-line holographic cameras were used with the experimental arrangement shown in Figure 8- 1 1. Dual view holographic movies were

33 4 Instrumentation for Fluid-Particle Flow

made at 15 framedsec for an U,of 2 cdsec. However, there are efforts to extend PIV measurements by using higher speed digital cameras (Meinhart et al., 1993; Hassan, 1994) and these could then be used for HPIV. Of course, ensemble averages can be obtained by looking at a large number of the individual realizations. This later is the current mode of operation for PIV and will no doubt be extended to HPIV. The computational time involved for high density HPIV images is large and thus has limited what has been accomplished. Figure 8-12 shows two recent examples.

FIGURE 8-11 Dual view holographiccamera systemfor holocinematographic velocimeter (Weinsteinand Beeler 1987). (Reprinted by permission of NASA.)

FIGURE 8-12a Velocityvectorfield in a 3-0 .puce (21x40~11m d ) of hay the vortex ring. Grid interval is 1 mm; total number of vectors is 10,824 Wengand Hussain 1995). (Reprinted by permission of American Institute of Physics.)

Full Field, Time-Resolved, Vector Measurements

33 5

..-

FIGURE 8-12b Complete 3-0vectorfield volume,fLom a pipe channelflow, showing the measured vectors along the sides (24.5~24.5~60 mm’) of the memement volume, based on cross-correlationof particle images. More than 400,000 3-0velocity vectors have been extracted The mean velocity of 0.8 m/s has been subtracted (Barnhart andA&ian 1994). (Reprinted by permission of Optical Society of America.)

8.3.3 Laser Induced Photochemical Anemometer (LIPA)

LIPA is based on placing a non-invasive grid system in the flow. This is done by marking the fluid with a laser beam and long term fluorescence of the fluid fiom a dissolved photochromic or photoluminescent chemical. It is easiest to implement on a two-dimensional basis; however, thought has been given to using stereoscopicviewing and a more complex three-dimensionalgrid. The first efforts to measure velocity date back to the single line work of Hummel and his coworkers (Popovich and Hummel, 1967; Seeley et al., 1975). The grid development technique is due to Falco and his coworkers (Falco and Chu, 1987; Chu et al., 1992), and the most recent improvementsare by Hill and Klewicki (1996). This latter work has an excellent literature review. The starting grid is displaced by the flow and the changes in location of the gird allow the velocity, vorticity, etc. to be determined. The technique is limited in the time domain because of the diffusionor disappearance of the dye marker with time. However, a series of time realizations should be possible, although there may be gaps in the time line. Figure 8-13 fiom Hill and Klewicki (1996)

33 6 Instrumentation for Fluid-Particle Flow

illustrates the scanning beam technique to generate the grid, a sample grid and it representation, and an example of the grid some time later when it has deformed. These are 2-D results. Results for the extensionto 3-D have not been reported yet.

FIGURE 813a WPA optical configuration for flow tagging velocity measurements (Hill and Klewicki 1996). (Reprinted by permission of SpringerVerlag.)

FIGURE $-13b, c b) Sketch of the original and displaced g r i h for LPIA, c) A mica1 &formed experimental LIPA grid image (Hill and Klewicki 1996). (Reprinted by permission of Hill and Klewicki and Springer-Verlag.)

Full Field, Time-Resolved, Vector Measurements

337

8.3.4 Laser Induced Fluorescence (LIF) and Scattering Methods (Lorenz-Mie, Rayleigh, Raman)

LIF and scattering methods are often lumped together because the configuration is essentially the same as that used for PIV. Details of the principles of LIF as well as examples of LIF measurements, were presented by Miles and Nosenchuck (1 989). The attraction for this approach is that it only requires the presence of suitable tracer species and avoids the use of particles. Most of the LIF image activity is concerned with species concentration. The species-specific nature of LIF provides direct information on the possible coupling between chemistry and fluid motions. Clearly, LIF techniques have potential to contribute to our understanding of mixing and reacting flows. Most of the LIF techniques are currently found in 2-D configurations. Again, there is no need to provide details about the experimental facilities, since they are parallel to what is currently used for PIV measurements. Just as for PIV, each of these could, have, or are being extended by using a scanning system to provide full 3-D viewing. Where PIV measures the velocity, the LIF and scattering procedures are used for concentration, density and temperature measurements. Combinations of these have also been used. An important development is underway by D a h and his coworkers @ahm et al., 1991, 1992, 1996). In this effort, full field velocity vector information is obtained fiom scalar measurements. The formal facilities to do the measurements are again very similar to a scanningPIV setup. The data storage requirements are massive as they obtain 200 images in the time domain, each image being a volume of 256 elements on a side. In their first article, the technique has been adopted to analyze the fine scale structure of molecular mixing in turbulent flows. The means of making space-time, fine scale scalar measurements are addressed. Although the velocity fields are not obtained in this article, the vector fields of the scalar dissipation rate are presented. In their second article, the analysis of such data to extract the Mly resolved space-time vector velocity field is considered, which they call scalar imaging velocimetry (SIV). In this work, the scalar transport equation has been applied to recover the velocity fields. The final article of the three is an excellent review of their work and the work of others in this area. A number of examples of what can be accomplished are offered. One example fiom their work is given in Figure 8-14 that shows the scalar field and the corresponding vector field along the local gradient vector. This approach, although complex in its implementation, is relatively straightforwardand holds promise for further development. Since the technique relies on a scalar measurement in a liquid flow field, it is currently restricted to very h e scale measurementsbecause of the large Schmidt number involved with dye flow markers in liquids. Thus, as demonstrated so far the method is over

338 Instrumentation for Fluid-Particle Flow

1

c

Y

c

G

X f

0.91

FIGURE 8-14a The measured scalarfield, &,Q, for Sc >>I as obtained by Dahm et al. 1991. Resolution is 256’ for one plane with 256 colorsfor the concentrationjeld (Dahm et al. 1992). (Reprinted by permission of American Institute of Physics.)

-1.25

FIGURE 8-14b The velocity componentfield ull(x,Q along the local scalar gradient vector direction &<(x,t) obtained vis the scalar tranqort equation (Dahmet al. 1992). (Reprinted by permission of American Institute of Physics.)

Full Field, Time-Resolved, Vector Measurements

33 9

resolved since the scales associated with the high Schmidt number scalar transport is 45 times that needed for the velocity field. To use the method as suggested for large scale motions would require even more massive data handling, which is at the limit now with present technology. It is interesting to speculate what might be done by combining this scalar technique with the previously mentioned larger scale PTV approach. The recognition for the need of such large scale measurements, has led the authors in the final article (Dahm et ul. 1996), to suggest a possible extension to large scale motions. Thus, they suggest a plausible means to obtain the full-field measurements by intentionally using under-resolved scalar field data. The means suggested, although not as yet tested, would remove the need for fully-resolved measurements that have been presented so far. Merkel et ul. (1994, 1995) have recently modified the LJF technique to use a scanning mirror and flow tomography to investigate turbulent mixing. The L E technique dates back to the earlier work of Dimotakis and his coworkers (Koochesfahaniand Dimotakis, 1986; Dahm and Dimotakis, 1990). The present effort is based on a proposal by Maas (1993) that suggests an optimal fitting technique to match the scalar field evolution. In the more recent work, fifty consecutive planes were recorded by use of a high-speed photodiode camera, which gave a 2-ms exposure time for each plane. A small volume (15x15x3 mm’) within a turbulent jet, near the intermittent boundary, was investigated. This work, also at a large Schmidt number, is restricted in its view to a relatively small scale. This, in turn, requires that the resolution for Ax, b y and Az must be smaller than the scalar difisivity to allow meanin&l measurement in all three space directions. Since the spatial resolution is set by the optical detector, with 5 12x512 pixels being typical, the LIF technique is still restricted to very fine scale measurements. It is expected that this limitation can be eliminated by the use of newer and higher resolution cameras and faster and much larger data storage systems. It also may be possible to apply the recent suggestions of Dahm et al. (1 996) to the correlation technique; however, this suggestion has not been evaluated. Figure 8-15 shows an example of the scalar and velocity fields obtained by the correlation approach. In contrast to the work of Dahm and his coworkers, this work does not invert the scalar transport equations, but rather uses a correlation technique to obtain the presented results. Long and his coworkers (Frank et ai., 1994, 1996) have studied L E and scattering techniques for combustion problems. There can be disadvantages for any of the techniques that range fiom very low signal to noise ratio for Raman scattering to LIF limitations associated with the chemistry of the tagged molecules. Figure 8-16 provides two examples. The first is a pseudo-color example of the concentration field of a 2-D Freon jet mixing into air. The second is an example for a non-reactingjet that shows the 2-D fields of the simultaneous

340 Instrumentation for Fluid-Particle Flow

FIGURE &15a Crosssection ofjet at ./do = 200fiom the orifice. The location of measurement is marked by the circle. (1Merkel et al. 1994). (Reprinted by permission of Merkel et al.)

FIG&15b 3-0 scalar concentrationfieldwithin the marked region of a). (uerkel et al. 1994). (Reprintedby permission of Merkel et al.)

FIGURE 8-15c m e velocities of the centroid of the volumes at the middle plane of b). (uerkel et al. 1994). (Reprinted by permission of Merkel et al.)

Full Field, Time-Resolved, Vector Measurements

34 1

scalar and velocity maps (Lon& 1993; Yip et ai., 1987). The scalar field uses LIF and the velocity field uses PIV for the evaluation. This is one of the few multidimensional measurements for both the scalar and velocity fields. There have been no attempts to extend this result to 3-D by using scanning techniques, but clearly, this should be possible. Montemagno and Gray (1995) have used a variation on the LIF technique to make volume measurements in a porous media by matchingthe index of refraction of media to the fluid and tagging the fluid with laser dye chemicals. The complexity here is to bring together the many subareas that had to be studied into the final picture.

FIGURE &16a Concentration measurementsfor ajet of Freon in air (Long 1993). (Reprinted by permission of Academic Press) -----I .

00

.

65

_

.

IO

Mole Fractton

FIGURE 8-16b Simultaneous scalar and velocity map for a nonreacting nozzleflow using biacetyi fluorescence and PIV (Frank et ai. 1996). (Reprinted by permission of Frank et ai.)

342 Instrumentation for Fluid-Particle Flow

8.3.5 Interferometry, Holographic, and Tomographic Techniques for Scalar Measurements

Before laser techniques became available, classic interferometry was one of the major techniques used in the investigation of high speed flows, combustion and heat transfer phenomena. Basically, in these studies either density, temperature or pressure changes, and as a consequence, the refractive index distribution also changes. Hence, when two light waves emitting simultaneously from the same light source, one penetrating the test section and the other passing outside the test section, interference fringes are created because of the optical path difference between the two light waves. However, this happens only if the optical path differencesare exactly within the wavelength of the light at the plane of interference. A consequence of this is that classical interferometry is expensive and the adjustment time both extensive and tedious. However, by this technique, the scalar fields can be extracted from the fringe patterns. With the krther development of lasers and holography, a new approach, holographic interferometry, has become important. For this new interferometry technique, both a double exposure and a real-time method have been presented. A new review book on "Optical Measurements, Techniques and Applications" has been edited by Mayinger (1994) and is an excellent starting place for this entire subarea. There are reviews on holography, holographic interferometry, light scattering, light emission and tomography (Hesselii 1988; Mewes, 1991). In the limited space available here, we will not try to compete with the book. A number of interferometric techniques parallel PIV (but for scalar fields) and are 2-D in nature. However, a great deal of effort has been made to extend the methods to 3-D by using holographic and tomographic methods. The combination of holographic interferograms with tomographic methods involve scanning or a complex set of beams combined with stereoscopicviewing to get the basic data. For example, Sollor et al. (1994) have used holographic interferograms together with tomographic reconstruction techniques to investigateunsteady flow fields. In their experiments, the full-view reconstruction uses data from two holograms and the analysis uses 20 views of these spread over 180'. Ruff and Zhang (1993) have studied applications of combining holographic interferometer with tomography to investigating flow and heat transfer phenomena. For this purpose, three holographic planes with different orientation (at 30, 90 and 150') were used to record double-exposure interference patterns, simultaneously. The tomographic data were then acquired by examining 30 views over a 111 angle of 140'. The reconstruction operator was designed to use all three holographs in the reconstruction so as to provide a high degree of accuracy in the final result. By this method, 3-D temperature fields were obtained and one reconstructed field is shown in Figure 8- 17. Figure 8-18 shows some results for the temperature during the growth and condensation of

Full Field, Time-Resolved, Vector Measurements

343

a steam bubble and for a viscous mixing system as a function of time. Many more examples can be found in the recent review book cited above.

-

-- -

BS Beam Splitter

PHb R e c ~ t r u c t i o nPlate Wder

c-ccDc.men

RM Rotating Mmm RP RotatingPlatform s shutter sF ~fmtlalmter

L--Laser

-

VBS Varlablc Bern Splitter

-

to mmitw/ frame grabbcr

recmtructica

FIGURE 8-17a Multidirectional holographic interferometry recording and reconstruction system (Rufand Zhang 1993). (Reprinted by permission of Int. Soc.of Optical Eng.) 0.0

----a-

FIGURE 8-17b Reconstructed 3-0 temperature measurements on the outside and a cut-awayportion of the natural convection test section (Ruf and Zhang 1993). (Reprinted by permission of Int. Soc.of Optical Eng.)

344 Instrumentation for Fluid-Particle Flow

FIG= &18a Temperatweefieldfor the growth and condensation of a steam bubble obtained by the real-time method (Mayinger 1994). (Reprinted by permission of Springer-Verlag.)

t=O

t=30 S

tal0 s

t=40 L

t=20 s

ts50 s

FIGURE 8-18b Interfrometric images for dissipation in a mixing vessel (Ostendorf 1987, see Mayinger 1994). (Reprinted by permission of SpringerVerlag.)

Full Field, Time-Resolved, Vector Measurements

345

8.3.6 Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR)

The last of the pure 3-D techniques to be discussed here, but clearly not the last technique that will be introduced in the quest for 3-D imaging, is nuclear magnetic resonance (NMR). There are several excellent reviews on NMR and flow measurements. A recent review by Caprihan and Fulushima (1990) is a good starting place. The references cited are extensive and include the half dozen previous reviews on the subject. In the recent review by Gladden (1994), readers can find more details about the principles of NMR and its applications, especially in chemical engineering. From the point of view of application, NMR techniques can be classified into three categories: (I spectroscopy ) experiments which explore the chemical and physical environment of a particular atomic or molecular species, (ii) diffusion measurement and (iii) imaging, in which spatially resolved maps and objects are obtained (see Gladden, 1994). For flow measurements, we focus attention on NMR imaging (sometimes called NMRI). The NMRI approach is a true non-invasive, three-dimensional method. Most people know of NMR because of its use in medical measurements. The basic facilities can be expensive, but their existence in medical research areas is making them more available today. Several strategies exist for measurement of flow fields by NMRI. Three of main approaches are steady-state, time-of-flight and phase-shift techniques. The principles of these techniques and their application are described hlly elsewhere (Caprihan et al., 1986; Altobelli et al., 1992; Gladden, 1994). In brief, in time-offlight, the nuclei within a slice are exited by a selective radio frequency (RF) pulse and magnetically “tagged”. These tagged spins are detected at a time At later, from which 3-0 velocity distribution of these spins can be obtained. It is clear that when the materials are correctly selected, both the velocity and concentration can be measured (Majors, 1989; Altobelli et al., 1992; Nakagawa et al., 1993; Turnet et al., 1995), simultaneously. However, ferromagnetic constructions and electrical conductors must be avoided. In addition, NMRI techniques applied to liquids are more efficient and more common than to gas flows or solids. The small signal-to-noiseratio, among other factors, in gases or solids results in poor quality of measurements. The NMRI technique uses an induction coil surrounding the sample to image nuclear spin density that results from the nuclear spin system rearrangement. An initial magnetic pulsed field orients the nuclear spin system and then it relaxes back toward a random state. Because of the relaxation time and that tomographic reconstruction is needed to extract the 3-D details, there are time limitations (Altobelli et al., 1992) (currently of the order of 10-ms,at best). Consequently, the technique has been used mostly for steady or quasi-steady laminar flows because of the rather low data acquisition rate. However, modifications to allow turbulent and unsteady flows to be investigated have been reported and new

346 Instrumentation for Fluid-PaHicle Flow

approaches are being considered. One research group currently employingNMRI techniques is that of Powell (Li et al., 1994, 1995) and coworkers at University of California at Davis in the study of turbulent pipe flows. A significant advantage of applyingNMFU to measure turbulent boundary layers is that the data near the wall, 1 < y' < 10, can be obtained, which is more difficult by other conventional techniques. Figure 8-19 provides several examples of recent results. Included are measurements by Gleeson and Woessner (1991) on 3-D N M R imaging of pore connectivityin limestone and the recent results from Li et al. (1994, 1995) on the measurements of low Reynolds number transition and turbulent flows. As an imaging technique, NMRI has some advantages over other scattering techniques such as optical, ultrasonic or X-ray. The major advantage of NMRI is that it does not suffer from shadows and other opacity effects because the typical fluids usually do not affect the output nuclear spin density signal. This can allow the NMRI technique to measure an optical opaque sample or a flow field in an optical opaque mold. The other advantage of NMRI is that it does not need a model for interpretation of the raw data in contrast to other methods. A straight approach to observe the particle velocity profile, which is somewhat similar to PIV, is to

FIGURE 8-19a 3-0 reconstructionfiom merging 2-Djlow-weighted images of water saturated limestone with the waterjlowing at 7.5 ml/min. Rendering shows the fray viewed at the noted angles. The high flow values are dark (Gleeson and Wmssner 1991). (Reprinted by permission of Pergamon Press.) Next Page

Previous Page

Full Field, Time-Resolved, Vector Measurements

34 7

use particles containing a nuclear species not found in the suspending fluid. However, these added particles must possess all the characteristics needed for PTV and in addition must have the correct NMRI properties.

1-1

t-m.1

FIGURE &19b Joint spatial-velocity distribution images of water at 1970, 2090,2310 and 3080 Reynol~!~ mimbers. The vertical axis is the position across the pipe and the horizontal axis represents the axial velocity (Li et al. 1994) (Reprinted by permission of Elsevier Science Ltd.) 8.4 ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

The authors would like to acknowledge their colleagues - Professors Yann Guezennec and Jeffgr Chalmers and Dr. R.V. Venkat. In addition, thanks must be extended to the outstanding students in Chemical and Mechanical Engineering at The Ohio State University and the entire crew from the W.W. Clyde Chair (Univ. of Utah) Course on Full-Field Measurements in Turbulent Shear Flows that

348 Instrumentation for Fluid-Particle Flow

was given in the Fall of 1994. Thanks must also be extended to the many colleagues who kindly provided reprints and comments on their full-field efforts.

8.5

REFERENCES

Adrian, R.J., “Particle-imagingtechniques for experimental fluid mechanics,” Ann. Rev. Fluid Mech., U ,261-304 (1991). Adrian, R.J., ed. Selected Pwer on J , a s e m D l e r V e l o m, SPIE Vol. MS 78, SPIE Optical Engineering Press, 6 17 pp (1 993). Adrian, R.J., “Bibliography of particle velocimetry using imaging methods: 19171995,” TAM Rep. No. 817, UILU-ENG-96-6004, Theor. and Appl. Mech., Univ. 11. (1996), also will be available as TSI Model 600090 PIV Bibliography Vers. 1 .o. Altobelli, S.A., Caprihan, C., f*ckushima, E., and Majors, P.D., “NMRImaging Studies of Velocity and Concentration Distributions in Flows,” in . . . Resonance Microscopy. Methods and &phat,mns in-M -a Acridture and Biomedicine (Bluemich, B., and Kuhn, W., eds.), 1992. Barnhart, D.H., Adrian, R.J., and Papen, G.C., “Phase-conjugated holographic system for high-resolution particle image velocimetry,” Applied Optics, Vol. 33, NO. 30, 7159-7170 (1994). Briicker, C.,and Althaus, W., “Study of vortex breakdown by particle tracking velocimetry (PTV) Part 1 : Bubble-type vortex breakdown,” Exps. in Fluids, U, 339-349 (1992). Caprihan, A., Davis, J.G., Altobelli, S.A., and f*ckushima, E., “A New Method for Flow Velocity Measurement: Frequency Encoded NMR,” Magnetic Resonance in Medicine, 2,352-362 (1986). Caprihan, A., and f*ckushima, E., “Flow Measurements by NMR,” Physics Reports (Rev. Section of Physics Letters), B,195-235 (1990). Chu, C.-C., and Liao, Y.-Y., “A quantitative study of the flow around an impulsively started circular cylinder,” Exps. in Fluids, U,137-146 (1992).

Full Field, Time-Resolved, Vector Measurements

349

Dahm, W.J.A., and Dimotakis, P.E., “Mixing at large Schmidt numbers in the selfsimilar far field of turbulent jets,” J. Fluid Mechs., 212,299-330 (1990). Dahm, W.J.A., Southerland, K.B., and Buch, K.A., “Dkect, high-resolution, fourdimensional measurements of the fine scale structure of Sc>>l molecular mixing in turbulent flows,” Phys. Fluids, A3, 1 1 15 (1991).

Dahm, W.J.A., Su, L.K., and Southerland, K.B., “A scalar imaging velocimetry technique for Mly resolved four-dimensionalvector velocity field measurements in turbulent flows,” Phys. Fluids, A4,2 191-2206 (1992). Dahm, W.J.A, Su, L.K., and T a c h K.M., “Four-DimensionalMeasurements of Vector Fields in Turbulent Flows,” AIAA 96-1987, 27th AIAA Fluid Dynamics Conference, New Orleans, LA, June 17-20, 1996. Falco, R.E., and Chu, C.-C., “Measurement of two-dimensional fluid dynamic quantitiesusing a photo chromic grid tracing technique,” SPIE, &I 706 , (1987). Frank, J.H., Lyons, K.M., Marran, D.F., Long, M.B., Starner, S.H., and Bilger, R.W., “Mixture Fraction Imaging in Turbulent Non-premixed Hydrocarbon Flames,” Proceedings, manuscript by private communication (1994). Frank, J.H., Lyons, K.M., and Long, M.B., “Simultaneous ScalarNelocity Field Measurementsin Turbulent &-Phase Flows,” Combustion and Flame (in press) (Oct. 1996). Gad-el-Hak, M., ed. Advances in Fluid Mechanics Measurements. New York: Springer-Verlag. 606 pp. 1989. Gladden, L.F., “Nuclear magnetic resonance in chemical engineering: principles and applications,” Chemical Engineering Science, Vo1.49, N0.20, 3339-3408 (1994). Gleeson, J.W., and Woessner, D.E., ‘‘Three-dimensional and flow-weighted NMR imaging of pore connectivityin a limestone,” Magnetic Resonance Imaging, Vol. 9, 879-884 (1 991). Grant, I., ed. Selected Paper on PartlcleImage Veloc’imetry - ,SPIE Vol. MS 99, SPIE Optical Engineering Press, 7 12 pp (1994).

350 Instrumentation for Fluid-Particle Flow

Guezennec, Y.G., Brodkey, R.S., Tngue, N.T., and Kent, J.C., “Algorithms for Fully Automated Three-Dimensional Particle Image Velocimetry,” Exps. in Fluids, U ,209-219 (1994). Guezennec, Y.G. and Kiritsis, N., “Statistical Investigation of Errors in Particle Image Velocimetry,” Exps. in Fluids, My138-146 (1990). Guezennec, Y.G., Zhao, Y., and Gieseke, T.J., “High-speed 3-D scanning particle image velocimetry (3-D SPIV) technique,” 7th Int. Symp. on Applications of Laser Techniques to Fluid Mechanics, July 11- 14, Lisbon, Portugal (1994). Hassan, Y.A., “Measurements of two-phase flows with digital image velocimetry,” in Exp. & Comp. Asps. of Validation of Multiphase Flow CFD Codes, 180, 37-46 (1994). Hesselink, L., “Digital image processing in flow Visualization,” Ann. Rev. Fluid 423 1-485 (1988). Mech., By

Hill, R.B., and Klewicki, J.C., “Data reduction methods for flow tagging velocity measurements,” Exps. in Fluids, 2,142-152 (1996). Hussain, F., Meng, H., Liu, D., Zimin, V., Simmons, S., and Zhou, C.,“Recent Innovations in Holographic Particle Velocimetry,” Proc. 7th ONR Propulsion Meeting, (Roy, G., and Givi, P.,eds.), 233-249 (1994).

Kasagi, N., and Matsunaga, A., “Three-dimensional particle-tracking velocimetry measurement of turbulence statistics and energy budget in a backward-facing step flow,” Int. J. Heat and Fluid Flow, Ih,477-485 (1995). K o o c h e s f w M.M., and Dimotakis, P.E., “Mixing and chemical reactions in a turbulent liquid mixing layer,” J. Fluid Mechs., 170,83-1 12 (1986). Li, T.-Q., Seymore, J.D., Powell, RL., McCarthy, K.L., Odberg, L., and McCarthy, M.J., “Turbulent pipe flow studied by time-averaged NMR imaging: Measurements of velocity profile and turbulent intensity,” Magnetic Resonance Imaging, 12,923-934 (1994). Li, T.-Q., Odberg, L., Powell, RL., and McCarthy, M.J., “Quantitative Measurements of Flow Accelerationby Means of Nuclear Magnetic Resonance Imaging,” J. Magnetic Resonance, EB, 213-217 (1995).

Full Field, Time-Resolved, Vector Measurements

35 1

Long, M.B., “Multi-DimensionalImaging in Combusting Flows by Loren-Mie, Rayleigh and Raman Scattering,” btrumenwion for Flows with Combustion (Taylor, A.M.P.K., ed.), Academic Press, 468-508 (1993). Maas, H.G., “Determination of velocity fields in flow tomography sequences by 3-D least squares matching,” Proc. 2nd Cod. on Optical 3D Measurement Techniques, Zurich (1993). Maas, H.G., Gruen, A., and Papantoniou D., “Particle tracking Velocimetry in Three-dimensional flows: Part I Photogrammetric determination of particle coordinates,” Exps. in Fluids, 15,133-146 (1993). Majors, P.D., Givler, R.C., and f*ckushima, E., “Velocity and Concentration Measurements in Multiphase Flows by NMR,” J. of Magnetic Resonance, Si, 235-243 (1989). Makik, N.A., Dracos, Th., and Papantoniou, D., “Particle tracking Velocimetry in Three-dimensionalflows: Part I1 Particle Tracking,” Exps. in Fluids, 15,279294 (1993). Mayinger, F., (ed.) Qptical Measurements: Techniques and Applications, Springer-Verlag. (1994). Meinhart, C.D., Prasad, A.K., and Adrian, R.J., “A parallel digital processor system for particle image velocimetry,” Meas. Sci. Technol., 4, 619-626 (1993). Meng, H., and Hussain, F., “Holographicparticle velocimetry: a 3D measurement technique for vortex interactions, coherent structures and turbulence,” Fluid Dynamics Research, 8, 33-52 (1991). Meng, H., and Hussain, F., “Instantaneous flow field in an unstable vortex ring measured by holographic particle velocimetry,” Physics of Fluids, 7 (l), 9 (1995). Merkel, G.J.,Drams, T., Rys, P., and Rys, P.S., “Turbulent Mixing investigated by Laser Induced Fluorescence,” Proc. 5th Europ. Turb. Cod. (1994). Merkel, G.J.,Rys, P., Rys, F.S., and Drams, T., “Concentrationand velocity field measurements in turbulent flows by Laser Induced Fluorescence Tomography,” Proc. EU-ROMEC Workshop on Imaging Techniques and Analysis in Fluid Dynamics, Rome (1995).

3 5 2 Instrumentation for Fluid-Particle Flow

Mewes, D., “Measurementof TemperatureFields by Holographic Tomography,” Exp. Thermal and Fluid Sci., 4, 171-181 (1991). Miles, R.B., and Nosenchuck, D.M., “Three-Dimensional Quantitative Flow r m s (Gad-el-Hak., M., Diagnostics,” in m ed.),gi in rin , Springer-Verlag, Berlin, 1989. Montemagno, C.D., and Gray, W.G., “Photoluminescent volumetric imaging: A technique for the exploration of multiphase flow and transport in porous media,” Geophysical Research Letters, 22,425-428 (1995). Nakagawa, M., Altobelli, S.A., Caprihan, C., f*ckushima, E., and Jeong, E.-K., “Non-invasivemeasurements of granular flows by magnetic resonance imaging,” Exps. in Fluids, s,54-60 (1993). Ostendorf, W., “Einsatz der optischen Tomographie zum Messen von Temperaturfeldern in Ruhrgef&en,” Dissertation Universititat Hanover, 1987 Popovich, A.T., and Hummel, R.L., “A new method for non-disturbing turbulent flow measurements very close to a wall,” Chem. Engr. Sci., 2,21-25 (1967) Prasad, A.K., and Adrian, R.J., “Stereoscopic particle image Velocimetry applied to liquid flows,” Exps. in Fluids, 15,49-60 (1993). Racca, R.G., and Dewey, J.M., “A method for automatic particle tracking in a three-dimensional flow field,” Exps. in Fluids, &25-32 (1988). M e l , M., Gharib, M., Ronneberger, O., and Kompenhans, J., “Feasibility study of three-dimensional PIV by correlating images of particles within parallel light sheet planes,” Exps. in Fluids, B,69-77 (1995). Reese, J., Chen, R.C., and Fan, L.-S., “Three-dimensional particle image velocimetry for use in three-phase fluidization systems,” Exps. in Fluids, By 367378 (1995). Ruff, G.A., and Zhang, Y., “Interferometrictomography in a three-dimensional . . differentiallyheated enclosure,” in Qptical Diagnostics in Fluid and Thermal Flow (Cha, S.S., and Trolinger, J.D.,eds.), SPIE Proc., 2005, 602-610 (1993).

Full Field, Time-Resolved, Vector Measurements

353

Seeley, L.E., Hummel, R.L., and Smith, J.W., “Experimental velocity profiles in laminar flow around spheres at intermediate Reynolds numbers,” J. Fluid Mechs., 591-608 (1975).

a,

Simmons, S., Meng, H., Hussain, F., and. Liu, . D., “Advances in holographic in F W and Thermal Flow (Cha, particle velocimetry,” in S.S., and Troliiger, J.D.,eds.), SPIE Proc., X U ,1001-1 19 (1993). ietv of Slama, C., ed.I&bnual of Photocammetry-Fourth Edition. American SOC 1980. -grammetry Sollor, C., Wenskus, R., Middendorf, P., Meier, G.E.A., and Obermeier, F., “Interferometrictomography for flow visualization of density fields in supersonic jets and convective flow,” Applied Optics, Vol. 33, No. 14, 2921-2932 (1994). Turnet, M.A., Cheung, M.K., McCarthy, M.J., and Powell, R.L., “Magnetic resonance imaging study of sedimenting suspensions of noncolloidal spheres,” Physics Fluids, 1,904-91 1 (1995). Venkat, R.V., “Study of hydrodynamics due to turbulent mixing in animal cell microcarrier bioreactors,” Dissertation of The Ohio State University, 1995 Weinstein, L.M., and Beeler, G.B., “Flow Measurementsin a Water Tunnel Using a Holocinematographic Velocimetry,” AGARD-CP-413, 16 (1 987). Yip, M., Lam, J.K., Winter, M., and Long, M.B., “Time-Resolved Three-Dimensional Concentration Measurements in a G a s Jet,” Science, 235. 1209-121 1 (1 987).

Radioactive Tracer Techniques Jian Gang Sun and Michael Ming Chen

9.1 INTRODUCTION The motions of solids play central role in determining various unique characteristics of fluidization systems. Among these characteristics are the high heat and mass transfer rate, high solids mixing rate, and high erosion rate of bed internals. The motion of individual particles is important to the understanding of the mechanisms of solids dynamics and its formulations. Despite its importance, however, experimental techniques for measuring particle motion in fluidization systems without disturbing the flow field are limited. Among those, the radioactive-tracer technique has been shown to be capable of providing detailed information on local instantaneous particle motion and on the distribution of mean and statistical parameters. The radioactive-tracer method was first used to study the mixing of catalysts in commercial fluidized beds in two steps. To obtain maximum sensitivity, gamma emitters were selected as the radioactive source. In these experiments, the tracers were made from catalyst particles tagged with a gamma-emitting radioisotope. After the tracers were released into the bed, their subsequent mixing with the bed particles was detected by sensors. In early studies (Singer et al., 1957; Overcashier et al., 1959), samples were withdrawn from various locations in the bed at specified time intervals and their intensity was measured by a sodium iodide (NaI) scintillation detector. In studies made somewhat later (May, 1959; Hull and Rosenberg, 1960), several scintillation detectors were mounted at various locations around the bed to monitor the variation in local radiation, indicating the state of local solids mixing and feed velocity in the riser. The radioactive-tracer method was also developed to determine the motion of an individual tracer particle. Kondukov et al. (1964) used six scintillation detectors around the bed as three pairs along the three Cartesian coordinates. The tracer particle was 354

Radioactive Tracer Techniques

355

made of clear plastic into which was inserted a small piece of radioactive Co60 metal imbedded in it, with its size and weight matched with bed particles. With a proper calibration process, the tracer position was determined from readings obtained by these detectors in the x, y, and z directions. Velzen et al. (1974) later applied a similar tracer method to study solids motion in a sprouted bed. They used a single scintillation detector fixed at the top of the bed to determine the axial motion of the tracer in their small-diameter bed. These studies, however, provided only limited qualitative information about the particle motion because adequate instrumentation and efficient data processing schemes were not available. The radioactive-tracer technique was perfected for, fluidized-bed application through the development of a computer-aided particle-tracking facility (CAPTF) (Lin, Chen, and Chao, 1985; Moslemian, 1987; Sun, 1989). Considerable effort was expended to develop the efficient photoncounting instrumentation and automated data reduction and processing schemes. In Section 9.2, the principle of radiation detection and a theoretical model of the CAPTF is presented. The instrumentation of the CAPTF and the data reduction schemes are described in Section 9.3. Sample results obtained by the CAPTF are presented in Sections 9.4 and 9.5, and a conclusion is presented in Section 9.6. 9.2.

PRINCIPLES OF RADIATION DETECTION

The radiation detection process whereby the CAPTF detects radiation in a fluidized bed is schematically illustrated in Fig. 9.1. The radioactive tracer particle emits gamma photons at a certain average rate in all directions. These photons pass through the surrounding solid particles and the wall of the bed. Some of them reach the scintillation detector, which consists of a NaI crystal coupled with a photomultiplier. The interaction of the photon with the crystal produces fluorescent spikes that are picked up and amplified by the photomultiplier and converted into electrical pulses that are further amplified and counted by associated electronics. The count rate of the detector signal represents the number of photons received by the scintillation detector. The number of photons received is, in turn, related to the position of the tracer and the detector. A theoretical determination of the relationship between the count rate and the traceddetector position would not only provide a better understanding for the operation of the CAPTF, but also have practical importance in optimizing the

3 56 Instrumentation for Fluid-Particle Flow system. This relationship, which accounts for various physical and geometrical influencing factors, has been established by Sun (1985) and is briefly described below. 9.2.1

Factors that Affect Radiation Measurement

Many factors affect a gamma radiation measurement (Knoll, 1979; Tsoulfanidis, 1983). The most important factors relevant to the CAPTF are the characteristics of the radioactive source, the interaction of gamma rays with matter, the position of the source relative to that of the detector, the efficiency of the scintillation detector, and the dead-time behavior of the whole measurement system. These factors are separately discussed in the following subsections.

FIGURE 9.1 Process of radiation detection in afluidized bed 9.2.1.1

Radioactive Source

A radioactive source may affect a measurement by its geometrical configuration and physical properties. In the CAPTF, the radioactive tracer

Table 9.1 Decay data for nuclide Sc46and Na24 Isotope Sc46

E(MeV) Y(%) 83.7 days 0.889 99.98 1.121 99.99 Na24 15h 1.37 100 2.75 100 Gamma ray photon yield per disintegration Y.. 412

Radioactive Tracer Techniques

357

particles are dynamically identical to the bed particles. Generally, the particle diameter is on the order of 1 111111, which is very small when compared with the attenuation length of gamma rays in the 0.1-10 MeV range. Therefore, the tracer particles can be treated as isotropic point radioactive sources. The radioactive isotopes used in the tracer particles are made of their physical properties are listed scandium-46 ( S C ~and ~ ) sodium-24 in Table 9.1. The decay of the activity of a radioactive material is described by the equation --1

S = S0e

I*

,

where So and S are activities at time zero and t, respectively; and t, is the mean decay time, which is 120.8 days for Sc46and 21.6 h for Na24. The activity unit is Curie (Ci), which is equivalent to 3.70*10" disintegrations per second. Table 9.1 shows that, for S C ~each ~ , disintegration yields two photons with energy levels of 0.889 and 1.121 MeV, respectively, and for Na24,each disintegration yields two photons with energy levels of 1.37 and 2.75 MeV, respectively. 9.2.1.2

Interaction of Gamma Rays with Matter

Gamma rays are electromagnetic radiation. The term photon is used when gamma rays are treated as particles with associated energies. The interaction of gamma rays with bed particles and a fluidization column can be treated separately as attenuation and scattering effects. Attenuation. Many interactions can occur between photons and matter. However, the photoelectric effect, the Compton effect, and the pair production effect are the three major interactions involved in the gamma radiation. The Compton effect is predominant when the gamma ray energy is in the range of 0.5-5 MeV, and the photoelectric and pair production effects are important only in lower and higher energy ranges, respectively. The total probability of an interaction can be represented by the total linear attenuation coefficient m, which is a function of the gamma ray energy. In the literature, m is usually expressed as a product of the material density r and a total mass attenuation coefficient a, i.e., m = ra. For a parallel beam of

358 Instrumentation for Fluid-Particle Flow monoenergetic gamma rays passing through a material of thickness r, the intensity of the exit beam I can be expressed as

I = Ioe-apr: where I, is the initial gamma ray intensity. For the fluidized bed system illustrated in Fig. 9.1, the materials that cause gamma ray attenuation are the bed particles and the fluidization column wall. Thus, Eq. 9.2 can be expressed as

where ap and a,,,, rp and r,, and rp and r, are the total mass attenuation coefficients, material densities, and gamma ray penetrating distances for the bed particles and the fluidization column wall, respectively. Scattering. The entire beam of all of the gamma rays that reach the detector consists of two components: an unscattered beam and a scattered beam. Commonly, it is convenient to express the entire beam in terms of a buildup function B, i.e.,

I = BI, ,

(9.4)

where I is the total beam and I, is the unscattered beam given by Eq. 9.3. Compton scattering, the predominant component that contributes to the buildup function B for photon energy levels in the range of 0.5-5 MeV, can be considered a collision between a photon and a free electron in the medium (Tsoulfanidis, 1983; Tait, 1980; Segre, 1953). After the collision, the direction of motion of the photon is changed and associated with a change of photon energy. The energy E of a photon scattered through an angle q with the incident direction is described by the equation

where E, is the incident energy of the photon and mc2 is a constant equal to 0.511 MeV. Detailed analysis (Segre, 1953; 1964) showed that, for an incident photon with an energy at “1 MeV, the distribution of the scattered photons is within a small range of the change in angle q. This implies that the energy change of the photons due to Compton scattering is also small

Radioactive Tracer Techniques

359

(about the order of q2) and many scattered photons will build up to the main beam. Therefore, the buildup function B may still reach an appreciable value. For the case of an infinite plate shield placed between a source and a detector, Berger’s formula gives the buildup function B as (Tsoulfanidis, 1983)

where m is the linear attenuation coefficient, r is the distance of gamma ray penetration, and a and b are two parameters that are dependent on both material and gamma ray energy. Equation 9.6 may be used for the fluidization bed system with a simple modeling of distance r. The parameters a and b can be determined by fitting experimental data.

9.2.1.3

Geometrical ConJguration of the Detection System

The geometry effect of the detection system concerns the size and shape of the radioactive source and the detector, and the distance between them. For the fluidized-bed configuration, these factors can be accounted for completely by the solid angle W of the detector with respect to the point source. The solid angle represents the fraction of photons emitted from the source that reaches the detector. 9.2.1.4

Eflciency of the Detectors

When a photon enters a detector, it may or may not produce a signal or it may produce a signal lower than the discriminator threshold and, therefore, it is not counted. This effect is accounted for by the detector efficiency h, defined as the ratio of the number of photons recorded to the number of photons that impinge upon the detector per unit time. Statistically, the probability that a photon has at least one interaction in the detector NaI crystal is 1 - e-pr,where m is the linear attenuation coefficient of NaI and r is the distance that the photon travels in the crystal. For an isotropic radioactive point source, the detector efficiency can be expressed as (Tsoulfanidis, 1983) 1

q =-

sz Jn (1 -

(9.7)

360 Instrumentation for Fluid-Particle Flow where i 2 is the solid angle. When the spherical coordinate that originates at the point source is used, dR is expressed as sineded4. Here r becomes a function of 8 and 4. The solution of Eq. 9.7 indicated that q varies from 0.3 to 0.5 for a NaI crystal that is 2 in. long and 2 in. in diameter, depending on the distance between the source and the detector in the system (Sun, 1985). For the detectors that are used in the CAPTF, which contains a NaI crystal that is 2 in. long and 2 in. in diameter, q is very weakly dependent on the angle 8, which has been experimentally demonstrated by Lin (1981).

9.2.1.5

Dead-Time EfSect

An electric pulse signal in the radiation detection circuit is characterized by a short rise time followed by a long decay time. When several successive interactions occur too closely in a short period of time, the detection system my not be able to distinguish them and some counts will be lost. The minimum time needed for a system to distinguish two successive events and record them as two counts is called the dead time of the counting system. Dead-time losses may be particularly important in cases with high counting rates. The dead time may arise from a detector or from the associated electronics. In the CAPTF, the dead time of the system is determined by the detectors because of the long decay time of the interactions of the photon with the NaI crystals within the detectors. Two models of dead-time behavior have been commonly used: the paralysable model and the nonparalysable model (Knoll, 1979). Experimental data suggested that the paralysable model is suitable to describe the current detection system (Sun, 1985). For this model, the statistical relationship of the recorded count rate m to the true scintillation rate n is expressed as m=ne

-T n

,

(9.8)

where t is the dead time of the system. From Eq. 9.8 we note that there is a maximum observable rate for the paralysable model, above which the detector will be "saturated." This behavior restricts the maximum sensitivity and accuracy of the radiation detection system.

Radioactive Tracer Techniques 9.2.2

361

Relationship between Tracer Position and Detector Count Rate

The various effects that influence the detector count rate were described in the previous sections. If all of the correlation equations are considered, the detector count rate can be expressed as a function of tracer position. In the following section, this formulation is presented and its prediction is compared with measured data.

9.2.2.1

Formulation

If the various effects described above are considered, the scintillation rate n can be expressed as

where A is a constant, B is the buildup factor, S is the activity of the tracer particle, L2 is the solid angle, is the detector efficiency, and the last term is due to the absorption of gamma rays by matter. Substitution of the expressions for the detector efficiency h in Eq. 9.9 gives

The recorded count rate m is affected by the dead-time behavior of the detection system and is determined by the paralysable model in Eq. 9.8. Equations 9.10 and 9.8 are the basic formulations that relate the position of the tracer particle to the count rate of the detection system. The parameters in these equations have been determined for the CAPTF (Sun, 1985).

9.2.2.2

Comparison of Theoretical Predictions with Experimental Data

Equations 9.8 and 9.10 were used to predict the recorded count rates for given positions of the tracer particle. The experiments were performed with tracer particles of differing radioactive activities. The predicted results and the experimental data, shown in Figs. 9.2 and 9.3, are in good agreement. Because the experimental data in Figs. 9.2 and 9.3 were actual calibration data, the good agreement between the theoretical predictions and the data

362 Instrumentation for Fluid-Particle Flow indicate that calibration curves may be generated from Eqs. 9.8 and 9.10. These equations have also been used to study solids mixing in a fluidized bed with the CAPTF (Moslemian, 1987). 250

I

I

0 1

200 -

I

-

o Experimental

6

2 1500

I

Detector No.1 Tracer Activity, 69.5,uCi Empty Bed A

Analytical -

b

E c

C

2 1000

-

50 -

-

PDg I

I

I

I

Comparison of experimental calibration data with analytical FIGURE 9.2 predictions in an empty fluidized bed. 250

I

I

I

I

Detector No. 1 Tracer Activity, 40pCi

uo/uMF= 2.5

200 ng

-

150-

-

OExperimental

s

A Analytical

-

e,

A?

8

Distonce (mm)

Comparison of experimental calibration data with analytical FIGURE 9.3 predictions in ajluidized bed at udu,,, = 2.5

Radioactive Tracer Techniques 9.3. 9.3.1

3 63

THE COMPUTER-AIDED PARTICLE-TRACKING FACILITY Principles of Operation

The CAPTF can be used in two modes of operation. In the singleparticle tracking mode, a radioactive particle, made of s~~~ and dynamically identical to the bed particles under study, is introduced into the fluidized bed. As the tracer particle moves with other particles, its gamma radiation is continuously monitored by an array of 16 strategically arranged scintillation detectors that surround the bed. The count rate of each detector is automatically converted by an on-line computer to the distance between the tracer and the detector according to a previously established calibration. The computer then proceeds to calculate the instantaneous position of the tracer from the 16 distances, taking full advantage of the redundancy provided by the large array of detectors. Time differentiation of the position data yields the local instantaneous velocities. After a test run of many hours, a large number of such instantaneous velocity measurements are available for each “location” in the bed, identified by a numbered small-sampling volume. The ensemble average of all velocities for each sampling volume then yields the mean particle velocity for the location. By subtracting the mean from the instantaneous velocity, the fluctuating components of the velocity can also be obtained. From these, the statistical quantities of the solids fluctuating motions are readily computed. Counting the number of occurrences in each sampling volume enables us to determine the distribution of occurrence probability for the entire bed. The CAPTF can also be operated in the swarm-particle tracking mode. In this mode, the CAPTF employs a small amount (usually 10 g) of radioactive particles as tracers. The tracer particles are simply the bed particles (soda-lime glass beads), except that they had been activated in a nuclear reactor to convert the sodium in the glass to its radioactive isotope Na24. After introduction of the tracers into the bed, their subsequent migration and dispersion were monitored by the 16 scintillation detectors. Initially, the detector signals (count rates) show transients; then they settle down to statistically stationary values that represent the uniformly mixed condition. The transient portion of the detector signals is related to the mixing rate, and the time variation of the signals in the statistically stationary state provides information on the fluctuating frequency of the bulk solids motion. Therefore, this technique is useful for the study of solids mixing and

3 64 Instrumentation for Fluid-Particle Flow

fluctuations in fluidized beds. The CAPTF was developed by Lin, Chen, and Chao (1981, 1985), and improved later by Liljegren (1983) and Moslemian (1987). The advantage of this technique is that the flow field is not disturbed by the facility and, therefore, the measurement gives the actual movement of particles inside the bed. 9.3.2

Hardware Implementation

9.3.2.1

Radioactive Tracer Particle

For single-particle tracking, the radioactive tracer particle was made from a miniature scandium ingot with a specific gravity of 2.89 g/cm3 which is only slightly higher than that of the glass particles in the bed (2.5 g/cm3). The scandium particle was coated with a layer of polyurethane so its size and mass matched that of the glass spheres. The coating also serves to prevent abrasive loss of radioactive material in the erosive fluidized environment. The coated tracer was irradiated in a nuclear reactor to obtain the Sc46 isotope, which has a half-life of 84 days. Figure 10.4 shows a typical energy spectrum for S C ~ The ~ . two distinct peaks at 0.89 and 1.12 MeV are due to the primary emission of S C ~The ~ . tracer particle was reirradiated to activities in the range of 400-600 mCi. This relatively high-intensity source is needed

Backscatter Peak x

t ._

cn

c

Q) t

c

-

Energy Figure 9.4

Typical spectrum of Sc"

Radioactive Tracer Techniques

365

to improve data accuracy because of the statistical nature of the radiation count rate measurement. For swarm-particle tracking, the tracer particles are simply the sodalime glass beads in the bed. The glass beads contain "10% of sodium by weight, which can be converted to its radioactive isotope in a nuclear reactor. The Na24isotope emits gamma radiation at 1.37 and 2.75 MeV, and has a half-life of 15 h. The irradiated activity of the 10-g glass particles was "400 mCi. 9.3.2.2

Scintillation Detector Array

Sixteen Bicron Model 2M2/2 scintillation detectors, composed of 2in. (5 1-mm)-long, 2-in. (5 1-mm)-diameter NaI(T1) crystals with integral 10stage photomultiplier tubes (PMT), were used to continuously monitor the gamma ray emission from the tracer. They are strategically arranged around the perimeter of the bed, as illustrated in Fig. 9.5. The rise time of the current pulses generated at the anode of the PMT is =80 ns; the decay time is -430 ns. Therefore, the total time required for processing of each pulse is =0.5 ms, which corresponds to a maximum count rate of =2 MHz.

Y

FIGURE 9.5 Arrangement of dectectors around a cylindricalfluidized bed

366 Instrumentation for Fluid-Particle Flow

FIGURE 9.6 Schematic diagram of the signal-processing instruments and data acquisition system 9.3.2.3 Data Acquisition Electronics The data acquisition system utilizes a direct photon-counting scheme, as shown schematically in Fig. 9.6. The pulse signals from the scintillation detector are further amplified by high-speed timing/filter amplifiers. The amplified signals have a noisy background originated mainly from secondary emissions due to the interaction of gamma rays with bed materials and from gamma rays that had only partially deposited their energy with the NaI(T1) crystal. Because most of the secondary emissions consist of gamma rays of fairly low energy, their contributions can be effectively removed by employing a leading-edge discriminator. Referring to Fig. 9.4 for the energy spectrum of S C ~the ~ ,discriminator threshold may be set at the base of the Compton edge. Pulses of greater magnitude than the threshold energy are presumably from the gamma rays which come directly from the tracer to the detector where they deposit all of their energy in the interaction with the crystal. Consequently, these pulses are converted into logic pulses by the discriminator units, and are then counted by the 16-bit binary digital pulse counters. Outputs of the counters are fed into an on-line computer through a transistor-transistor logic (TTL) pulse shaper. The use of the TTL device with the digital counters permits simultaneous measurement of the output of all of the detectors without time delay. The DR11-C parallel interface is a general-purpose module suitable for interfacing logic signals and a minicomputer.

Radioactive Tracer Techniques 9.3.2.4

367

Fluidized Bed System

The fluidized bed used in this study was constructed from a 190-mm (7.5-in.)-i.d. plexiglass tube. The air distributor was made of sintered plastic plate with nominal pore spacing of 90 p. 9.3.3

9.3.3.1

Software Implementation

Data Acquisition and Reduction Method

The data acquisition, reduction, and storage were controlled by an online computer. The sampling rate was determined by an input variable in the data acquisition software, and was usually set at 30 ms. The numbers of counts (referred to as count rates) of the 16 detectors recorded during the sampling duration were converted into distances between the tracer and the detectors by using previously established calibration. The computer then proceeded to calculate the instantaneous location of the tracer particle. Because the tracer position was usually calculated in real time, only the coordinates of the instantaneous tracer position needed to be stored. The total duration of the experiment depended on the specified data accuracy, but it usually took at least 5 h to ensure significant sampling of the entire bed volume.

9.3.3.2

Calibration Curves

A monotonic relationship between intensity (Le., count rate) and distance between the tracer and each detector was established by calibration. The density dependence of gamma ray attenuation through the bed made it necessary to calibrate in situ because of the inhom*ogeneity of the bubbling fluidized bed. The procedure involved positioning the tracer in a large number of distributed locations within the bed and then measuring the count rates of all detectors at each tracer location. Of particular concern was whether the density-distance relationship would vary with the angle from the axis of the cylindrical detector. As it turned out, an empirical center of the crystal near its geometrical center could be found such that the angular dependence was virtually eliminated (Lin, 1981). Thus, a single calibration curve that relates intensity to distance can be established for each detector.

368 Instrumentation for Fluid-Particle Flow 500

-Callbratlon Curve Fit Q

400 h

Polnrs

2

v

300

a,

u

5

200

c, VI -d

a 100 0

128

256

3a4

512

Count Rate FIGURE 9.7 54.8cm/s

Typical calibration data for 500- pm glass particles at u, =

It is desirable to express the calibration data in functional form with a curve fit for real-time processing. Polynomial fits of various orders by the least-square method may be used in various regions of the data to represent the intensity-to-distance relationship with the following form: (9.1 1)

Here, r is the distance from the tracer to the empirical center of the crystal, I is the intensity of gamma rays (or count rate), a,,'s are the coefficients of the curve fit, and N is the number of the polynomial fit and was usually selected between 3 and 7. Figure 9.7 shows a typical set of calibration data and the polynomial-curve fit.

9.3.3.3

Computation of Instantaneous Position of the Tracer

In principle, only three detectors are needed to determine the tracer position. The availability of measured distances from 16 detectors resulted in data redundancy for location determination. To take advantage of this planned redundancy, a weighted least-square method based on an linearization scheme was used to determine the optimum tracer position. If we denote the position of the tracer by (x, y, z), the position of the NaI crystal of ith detector by (xi, yi, zi), and the measured distance between

Radioactive Tracer Techniques

369

the tracer and the ith detector by ri, then, an error function F can be defined by (9.12) where oi is a weighting factor and, for simplicity, is taken to be a function of ri only. The function F represents the measurement error. By differentiating Eq. 9.12 with respect to x, y, and z, and setting the resulting expressions to zero, we can determine the optimum position of the tracer by solving the resulting set of three equations. However, these equations are nonlinear with respect to x, y, and z and require iteration for their solution. To overcome this drawback, Lin (198 1) developed a linear regression scheme in which a new independent variable u (= x2 + 9 + 2) is defined, and the position of the tracer is then determined by differentiating F(x, y, z, u) with respect to x, y, z, and u and setting the resulting expressions to zero. Thus, 16 x 2

2c'x ,=I

(J,

l6 x y +2C-y

(J,

,=I

l6

xz

+2C-llZr=l

(J,

16 2 l6 y z 2 l6c ya xx + 2 p y + 2 c - z -

r=l

(J,

r=l

(J,

r=l

(J,

l6

p 1=1

=c-, (J, (J,

(9.13a)

ca,

(9.13b)

x

l6

2

r=l

16

p r=l

x,d,

4

u=

(J,

l6

yd

,=I

(Jr

and (9.13d) where d, = xr2+ y,' + z,' - r,' . It was found that the solution of Eqs. 9.13a-d is always very close to the original set of nonlinear equations for various types of errors (Sun, 1985). 9.3.3.4

Computation of Instantaneous Velocity of the Tracer After obtaining the tracer position data, the instantaneous tracer

370 Instrumentation for Fluid-Particle Flow velocity y at time I is obtained by simply dividing the distance between two consecutive tracer positions by the sampling duration 61 as follows: Y(U,I) =

s(u,/+ 6 f ) - s(u,l) 61

7

(9.14)

where s denotes the position of the tracer, which is initially at 8. The tracer velocity in each sampling duration is taken to be a constant. The present technique is incapable of resolving velocity variations of time scales smaller than the sampling duration.

9.3.3.5

Computation of Mean Velocity and Density Distributions of Solids

The tracer position and velocity data obtained as described above represent a Lagrangian description of the motion of a single particle in the bed. However, it is usually desirable to present the data in Eulerian form. To this end, the Lagrangiaxl data are used to evaluate local means of dynamic variables as functions of position in the fluidized bed. This is accomplished by dividing the cylindrical bed into imaginary sampling compartments in a cylindrical coordinate system, with the origin at the bottom center of the bed, as shown in Fig. 9.8. For this fluidized bed system, 10 radial, 16 circumferential, and 50 axial subdivisions were chosen, to give a total of 8000 compartments. By running the experiments for sufficiently long times, the tracer particle typically appears many times in each sampling compartment. Ensemble averages of the Lagrangian quantities of the tracer when it appears in a sampling compartment give the values of the corresponding Eulerian quantities for that compartment. The resulting data are then averaged circumferentially because of the near axisymmetry of the data. The mean density and velocity of the solids may be evaluated on the basis of statistical probability. Let us denote V, as the volume of a compartment; n as the local particle number density, which is unknown; and N as the total number of particles in the bed. The size d, and the mass m pof the particles in the bed are assumed to be uniform. Then, nVJN is the probability of finding the tracer particle in the compartment at a particular time. The value of nVJN is also the fractional time during which the tracer is found in the compartment. Therefore, if the total duration of an experiment is At, we have

Radioactive Tracer Techniques

371

rnm I

CL

9.5,12.5, 14.5 mm

ir T

ConJiguration of data reduction compartments in FIGURE 9.8 cylindrical coordinates

(9.15) where 6tk is the duration of the kth residency of the tracer in the compartment. If we multiply the numerator and denominator of the lefthand-side term in Eq. 9.15 by the particle mass %, noticing that Nm, = M is the total mass of the bed, the mean density p (= nm,) of the solids is then determined from (9.16) Correspondingly, the local mean solids velocity can be computed from

3 72 Instrumentation for Fluid-Particle Flow

(9.17)

Equations 9.16 and 9.17 can be viewed as a form of conditional time average. However, for a general compartment in cylindrical coordinates, the computation of the residence duration for a particle in straight-line motion is quite complex and time consuming. Instead, we count only the number of occurrences of the tracer in the compartments. One occurrence is assumed to be associated with one sampling duration 6t, and is assigned at the center location of the tracer trajectory in the period at. Let us denote No as the total number of occurrences of the tracer in the bed (=At/&),and no as the number of occurrences of the tracer in the compartment V,. The mean solids density and velocity may then be computed from the conditional ensemble averages (9.18) and (9.19) where the summation is performed only when the tracer occurs in the compartment. With the tracer occurrences, we simplified the continuous tracer trajectory into discrete-point tracer trajectory. Therefore, the probability of finding the tracer in a compartment, which is nVJN, as discussed above, should also be equal to the fractional occurrence of the tracer in the compartment n/No. This shows that, when At -+ 00, which is equivalent to No -+ 00, Eqs. 9.18 and 9.19 are identical to Eqs. 9.16 and 9.17, respectively. But when At is finite, Eqs. 9.18 and 9.19 would be less accurate because they are derived from simplified discrete-point motion of the tracer particle. 9.3.3.6

Estimation and Measurement of Data Accuracy

Two intrinsic random events are associated with tracer position measurement in the CAPTF. One is the random emission of gamma photons

Radioactive Tracer Techniques

373

from the source; the other is the random attenuation of the photon path due to fluctuation of solids density in the fluidized bed. The effect of these random events on the accuracy of the measured tracer position may be determined from the analytical expressions described in Section 10.1. For practical consideration, however, an approximate estimation of the accuracy is derived below. Consider a gamma source at a distance r from the detector. By assuming that the scintillation crystal is sufficiently small, an approximate relationship between the source activity S and the rate of scintillation n at the crystal is d2 n=-yS. 16r

(9.20)

Here, the first factor at the right-hand-side, which represents the fraction of gamma photons intercepted by the scintillating crystal, is equal to the solid angle extended by the detector crystal to the source, with d, denoting the crystal diameter. The efficiency of the crystal y depends on both the material and the size of the crystal. In the radioactive-particle tracking methodology, the distance is inferred by measuring the scintillation rate n. Thus, the approximate relationship between the accuracy of the distance measurement and the scintillation rate from Eq. 9.20 is (9.21) Because of the finite length of the output pulses from the scintillation detectors (on the order of 1 ps), the maximum practical count rate nmaxis -1 O5 countsh for the gamma photon energies in the vicinity of 1 MeV. The duration of the counting period 6t depends on application, and is usually in the range of 10-30 ms. For a stochastic process, the accuracy with which one can determine the average value is on the order of 1/NIR. Hence, the maximum accuracy for count rate is =(6t nmJ'", Le.,

374 Instrumentation for Fluid-Particle Flow

(9.22) This maximum accuracy is attained only when the tracer is at a minimum distance from the detector. For particle-tracking measurements, the system must be able to measure accurately in a range of distances. Let the closest working distance be denoted yo where the maximum count rate n,, is obtained. Then, the count rate at a mean working distance rmis (9.23)

When the above results are combined, the expected accuracy for distance for a mean working distance r,,,is

(9.24) According to the above estimation, for Y, on the order of 100 mm, r, in the range from ro to x2ro, 6t of 30 ms, and nmaxof 1O5 countsk, the mean error for distance measurement is in the range of 1-4 mm. The measurement accuracy was experimentally determined by positioning the tracer in known locations inside the bed (Moslemian, 1987). The apparent tracer positions were calculated from the linear regression formulation Eq. 9.13, based on the measured detector count rates and the predetermined calibrations. Sufficient data were taken at each location to allow for statistical determination of mean and standard deviations of the tracer position and velocity. In general, the axial errors were often greater than the radial errors because of the longer axial distance of the bed that the detectors had to monitor. For an empty bed, the mean axial error in determining the tracer position was -4.7 mm and the mean radial error was 3.9 mm. The corresponding standard deviations were 1.6 mm in the axial direction and 1.2 mm in the radial direction. These deviations were due to the statistical nature of the radiation detection and are the minimum deviations obtainable for the tracer position. The measured mean axial and radial velocities were approximately zero ( 4 c d s ) at all locations inside the bed. However, the standard deviations of the velocities were 7.6 c d s in the

Radioactive Tracer Techniques

375

axial direction and 5.3 c d s in the radial direction. By comparing these measurements with estimated values given above, it is seen that the measurements were not taken under optimum conditions and additional improvements in accuracy could be achieved. 9.4

SOLIDS DYNAMICS IN FLUIDIZED BEDS

The single-particle tracking mode of the CAPTF was used to study solids dynamics in fluidized beds. Most of the following data were obtained from a 19-cm (7.5-in.)-i.d. cylindrical fluidized bed. Some data were also obtained from a two-dimensional (2-D) bed with a cross-sectional area of 40 x 3.8 cm’. The bed particles were soda-lime glass spheres with diameters that ranged from 425 to 600 pm with a mean of 500 pm, and diameters from 600 to 850 pm with a mean of 705 pm. They have a specific gravity of 2.50 g/cm3. These glass spheres are Class B particles according to Geldart’s classification (1973). They are characterized by the formation of bubbles at or near the minimum fluidization velocity umf, which was determined experimentally by the usual pressure drop method. It was found that umf= 21.9 and 30.2 c d s for the 500- and 705-mm particles, respectively. 9.4.1

Mean Velocity and Density Distribution of Solids

Figure 9.9 shows a typical result of the circumferentially averaged solids circulation pattern, vector plot of solids velocity, and density distribution field for the 500-mm particles at u o / s f = 2. The averaged circulation pattern in Fig. 9.9a exhibits two counter-rotating vortices: particles in the lower vortex descended in the center and ascended near the wall (AWDC) and those in the upper vortex ascended in the center and descended near the wall (ACDW). In the velocity vector plot Fig. 9.9b, the magnitudes of the velocity vectors were normalized by the magnitude of the maximum velocity. The starting points of the vectors denote the center of each sampling compartment, and the lengths of the vectors are proportional to the magnitudes of the velocities. It is apparent that the solids velocities are usually higher near the centerline of the bed than near the wall. The solids density was evaluated from the repeated appearance of the radioactive tracer particle in each sampling compartment, Eq. 9.18. From the density contour plot in Fig. 9.9c, the density is uniform at a given height only in an upper portion of the bed.

376 Instrumentation for Fluid-Particle Flow

V ,

-

19.6 cm/s

p (Kg/m’) Contour f r o m 0 t o 2 0 0 0 Contour I n t e r v a l of 100

FIGRUE 9.9 Solids mean dynamic behavior (circumferentially averaged) in a cylindrical fluidized bed for 500-pm glass particles at u,/umf = 2 (a) recirculation pattern, (b) mean velocity vector $el4 and (c) density distribution The circumferentially averaged solids circulation patterns for the 500pm particles at udurnf= 1.5, 2, and 4 are plotted in Fig. 9.10, which shows that the mean dynamic behavior of the solids depends strongly on the air flow rate. The lower vortex is predominant at low gas flow rate (Fig. 9.10a); its size diminishes as gas velocity increases. At very high gas velocities it was shown that the lower vortex will completely disappear (Moslemian, 1987). The average recirculation patterns for larger particles (700 pm and 2 mm) were not significantly different Erom those for the 500-pm particles. However, large differences were observed in the absolute magnitude of the solids velocities. Those variations were mostly due to the higher superficial gas velocities required for the larger particles. As expected, the density of the solids decreased with increasing fluidization velocity. The foregoing observations can be interpreted in terms of the bubble behavior in fluidized beds. Werther and Molerus (1973) reported that very close to the distributor region, intensified bubble activity exists in an annular region near the wall. As bubbles detach and rise, they tend to move toward the center. If the bed is sufficiently deep, they will eventually merge at the center. Because the solids are carried upward in the wake of the bubbles, they basically move along the bubble tracks. Therefore, the solids would

Radioactive Tracer Techniques

377

(b) 1111111111111111

FIGURE 9.10 Effect of superficial velocity on solids circulation patterns in a cylindrical fluidized bed for 500-mmglass particles at (a) u,/umf= 1.5, (b) UJU, =2, ( c ) UJUmf = 4 ascend near the wall and descend at the center (AWDC) in the lower vortex. The elevation that separates the two vertical vortices marks the approximate location of complete bubble coalescence. Above this elevation, solids ascend at the center and descend near the wall (ACDW). 9.4.2

Solids Flow in Presence of Bed Internals

A very complex solids flow pattern will result when solid obstacles exist in the fluidized bed. The solids recirculation pattern in a cylindrical bed with a single sphere was presented by Lin, Chen, and Chao (1985), and in a 2-D bed with a single and multiple cylinders by Ai (1991). It was demonstrated that large obstacles would not only affect the local solids velocity, but also the global solids circulation patterns. A comprehensive study of the effects of internal rod bundles on bed hydrodynamics was compiled (Chen, Chao, and Liljegren, 1983). It was found that, qualitatively, the flow pattern of the solids in the bed was not significantly affected by the presence of distributed tube banks.

378 Instrumentation for Fluid-Particle Flow

A

A

I

I

S arse

Bundle

god

I . 60

70

80

90

No lnternals I 100

Unblocked cross-sectional area (%) FIGURE 9.11 Effect of internal rod bundles on the magnitude of solids velocity Quantitatively, however, the magnitudes of the solids circulation velocity was significantly reduced. A sample result is shown in Fig. 9.1 1. 9.4.3

Conservation of Mass for the Solids

With the availability of the ensemble-averaged solids velocities and densities, the consistency of the data can be assessed by determining if the solids mass flow through any closed imaginary surfaces in the bed is conserved. Ideally, the net mass flow should vanish. To carry out such a continuity check, mass flow rates were calculated at a number of enclosed imaginary surfaces. The imbalance of the solids flow across a surface was determined from Zlh,,, I (&fin + ilkouf),where M,,,and ilko,,are the average incoming and outgoing flow rates through the surface, respectively. The value was found to be generally 4 0 % (Lin et al., 1985; Ai, 1991).

&foufl

Radioactive Tracer Techniques 9.4.4

379

Lagrangian Autocorrelations of Fluctuating Velocities

The chaotic motion of the solids in gas fluidized beds necessitates the measurement of the fluctuating and mean velocities of the solids for thorough understanding of their dynamic behavior. The statistical information of the fluctuating velocity may be obtained from the Lagrangian autocorrelations. The Lagrangian autocorrelation coefficient %,(x,t) at a given position x is defined by Tennekes and Lumley (1972) as (9.25) where v; ( g , t ) is the fluctuating velocity in either axial (a= z ) or radial (a= r ) direction, a is the initial position of the tracer, and 0 denotes the ensemble average. Figures 9.12 and 9.13, respectively, show some sample results of the axial and radial autocorrelation coefficients R, and R, at six axial locations at approximately midradius of the 19-cm-i.d. fluidized bed for 500-pm glass beads at u,, = 54.8 c d s (Moslemian, 1987). Zero crossing of the time axis provides a measure of the correlation time of the random motion of the solids. The Lagrangian correlation between the axial motions in Fig. 9.12 strongly depended on the location within the bed. The correlation time was shortest near the distributor region (Lin et al., 1985). It increased to a maximum at the elevation that separates the two vertical vortices where the particles exhibited longest memory. The correlation time generally decreased at higher values of z. The overshoots and decays of the axial correlations indicate the existence of harmonic sloshing motion in this direction. It was estimated that the maximum frequency in the axial direction ranged from 1.3 to 5.1 Hz. On the other hand, the radial correlation times indicated in Fig. 9.13 were smaller than those in the axial direction and they were insensitive to both axial and radial locations (Lin, et al., 1985; Moslemian, 1987). The experimental results of Moslemian (1987) also indicated that the Lagrangian autocorrelation coefficients were generally independent of changes in fluidization velocity and particle size. The Lagrangian velocity autocorrelations can be used to evaluate several important quantities that characterize the fluctuating motion of solids,

3 8 0 Instrumentation for Fluid-Particle Flow

i

0.6

--__ Z2

=

0 O 0.4

Z Z

=

t

c 0 0.2 -

137.7 m m 185.2 m n 232.0 n n 280.3 rnrn

=

-

0 5

-.o 4 -.2 .-U

X <

-

-.4

-

-.6

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

100

200

300

400

500

600

700

000

900

Time Imsl FIGURE 9.12 Typical distribution oj’ Lagrangian autocorrelation coeflcients in axial direction for 500-pmglass particles at u, = 54.8 c d s 1.o t

cc

0.0

--- 2

L! 0

YLi-

0 0.6

e

0 0.4

2

= =

2 Z

= =

_-----Z __-- 2

X

+

=

42.0 m m 90.3 m m 137.7 m m 105.2 m m 232.0 rnm 280.3 m m

L

8 0

-8-

2

0.2

-.o

4 -

0 -.2

5 u

lx

-.4

-.6

100

200

300

400

500

600

700

800

!

Time (ms)

FIGURE 9.13 Typical distribution of Lagrangian autocorelation coeficients in radial direction for 500-mm glass particles at u, = 54.8cmh such as the root-mean-square (RMS) velocities, the Lagrangian integral time scales, and the dispersion coefficients. Those values, similar to the Lagrangian autocorrelations, were generally independent of changes in fluidization velocity and particle size, although some axial values may be affected by the gas velocity.

9.4.5

Turbulent Reynolds Stresses Figure 9.14 shows a sample result of the turbulent Reynolds shear

Radioactive Tracer Techniques

-p